UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM N-CSR

 

CERTIFIED SHAREHOLDER REPORT OF REGISTERED MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES

 

Investment Company Act file number: 811-04611
   
Exact name of registrant as specified in charter: abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.
   
Address of principal executive offices: 1900 Market Street, Suite 200
  Philadelphia, PA 19103
   
Name and address of agent for service: Sharon Ferrari
  abrdn Inc.
  1900 Market Street Suite 200
  Philadelphia, PA 19103
   
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 1-800-522-5465
   
Date of fiscal year end: October 31
   
Date of reporting period: October 31, 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1. Reports to Stockholders.

 

(a) 

 

 

 

abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (FAX)
Annual Report
October 31, 2025
aberdeeninvestments.com

 

Letter to Shareholders  (unaudited) 

Dear Shareholder,
We present the Annual Report, which covers the activities of abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. The Fund’s principal investment objective is to seek current income. The Fund may also achieve incidental capital appreciation.
Total Investment Return1
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the total return to shareholders of the Fund based on the net asset value (“NAV”) and market price of the Fund, respectively, compared to the Fund’s benchmark,  is as follows:
NAV2,3 6.24%
Market Price2 6.99%
Blended Benchmark4 7.48%
For more information about Fund performance, please visit the Fund on the web at www.aberdeenfax.com. Here, you can view quarterly commentary on the Fund's performance, monthly fact sheets, distribution and performance information, and other Fund literature.
NAV, Market Price and Premium(+)/Discount(-)
The below table represents a comparison between the current fiscal year end and the prior fiscal year end of the Fund's market price to NAV and associated Premium(+) and Discount(-).
       
  NAV Closing
Market
Price
Premium(+)/
Discount(-)
10/31/2025 $16.60 $15.49 -6.69%
10/31/2024 $17.70 $16.40 -7.34%
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Fund’s NAV was within a range of $16.09 to $17.75 and the Fund’s market price traded within a range of $14.49 to $16.96. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Fund’s shares traded within a range of a premium(+)/discount(-) of -0.94% to -12.43%.
On September 9, 2024, the Fund effected a 1-for-6 reverse stock split. The effect of this reverse stock split was to reduce the number of shares outstanding in the Fund, while maintaining the Fund's and each stockholder's aggregate net asset value. All historical per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.
Proposed Reorganization
On September 11, 2025, the Boards of abrdn Global Income Fund Inc. (NYSE American: FCO) (the "Acquired Fund") and abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (NYSE American: FAX) (the "Acquiring Fund") announced each had approved the reorganization of FCO into FAX (the "Reorganization"). The proposed Reorganization is subject to the receipts of the necessary Acquired Fund shareholder approvals.
There are no proposed changes to the current objectives or policies of FAX as a result of the Reorganization.  Individually, each Fund's Board believes that the Reorganization is in the best interest of their Fund's shareholders. The Reorganization is intended to be treated as a tax-free reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Additional information regarding the Reorganization will be presented in a prospectus/proxy statement to be sent to FCO shareholders (the "Proxy Statement"). FCO shareholders of record on December 12, 2025 will be asked to vote on the Reorganization at a special shareholder meeting currently targeted for March 12, 2026.
Shareholders of FAX are not required to vote on the issuance of FAX shares in connection with the Reorganization.
Aberdeen Name Change
On March 4, 2025, abrdn plc, the parent company of the Fund's adviser, announced that it would change its name, and from that date, will use `Aberdeen' as the principal trading identity for its Investments business. On March 12, 2025, abrdn plc completed the steps to legally change its name to Aberdeen Group plc. Aberdeen has retained`abrdn' as an operational abbreviation across its subsidiary legal entities (including the Fund's Investment Manager, fund names and descriptors).
 
{foots1}
1 Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Investment returns and principal value will fluctuate and shares, when sold, may be worth more or less than original cost. Current performance may be lower or higher than the performance quoted. Net asset value return data includes investment management fees, custodial charges and administrative fees (such as Director and legal fees) and assumes the reinvestment of all distributions.
{foots1}
2 Assuming the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
{foots1}
3 The Fund’s total return is based on the reported NAV for each financial reporting period end and may differ from what is reported on the Financial Highlights due to financial statement rounding or adjustments.
{foots1}
4 Blended Benchmark as defined in Total Investment Return section on Page 5.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 1

 

Letter to Shareholders  (unaudited)  (continued)

Managed Distribution Policy
The Fund's distributions to common shareholders and the annualized distribution rates based on market price and NAV, respectively, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, and the fiscal years ended October 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023 are shown in the table below:
  Distribution
per share to
common
shareholders
Market
Price
Annualized
distribution
rate
based on
market value
NAV Annualized
distribution
rate
based on
NAV
10/31/2025 $1.98 $15.49 12.8% $16.60 11.9%
10/31/2024 $1.98 $16.40 12.1% $17.70 11.2%
10/31/2023 $1.98 $14.34 13.9% $16.98 11.7%
Since all distributions are paid after deducting applicable withholding taxes, the effective distribution rate may be higher for those U.S. investors who are able to claim a tax credit.
On November 11, 2025 and December 9, 2025, the Fund announced that it will pay on November 28, 2025 and January 12, 2026, respectively, a distribution of U.S. $0.1650 per share to all shareholders of record as of November 21, 2025 and December 31, 2025, respectively.
The Fund’s policy is to provide investors with a stable monthly distribution out of current income, supplemented by realized capital gains and, to the extent necessary, paid-in capital, which is a non-taxable return of capital. This policy is subject to an annual review as well as regular review at the Fund's Board of Directors (the "Board") quarterly meetings, unless market conditions require an earlier evaluation.
Portfolio Allocation
As of October 31, 2025, the Fund held 72.3% of its total investments in Asian debt securities, 4.4% in Supranational (Offshore Indian denominated securities) debt securities, 4.0% in Latin America debt securities 3.9% in Australian debt securities and 15.4% in other debt securities and cash.
The Fund's currency exposure as of October 31, 2025 was 47.6% in U.S. Dollar, 36.1% in various Asian currencies, and 16.3% in other currencies.
Credit Quality
As of October 31, 2025, 28.2% of the Fund’s total investments were invested in securities where either the issue or the issuer was rated A
or better by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”)*, Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”)** or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”).***
Fund’s Leverage
The table below summarizes certain key terms of the Fund’s current leverage:
Amount ($ in millions) Maturity
364-day Revolving Credit Facility $76 July 30, 2026
5-Year Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares $100 October 4, 2029
15-Year Series C Senior Secured Notes $50 February 8, 2032
15-Year Series D Senior Secured Notes $100 August 10, 2032
15-Year Series E Senior Secured Notes $100 June 19, 2034
As of October 31, 2025, the combined $250 million 15-Year Series C, D and E Senior Secured Notes are rated AAA by Kroll.
A more detailed description of the Fund’s leverage can be found in the Report of the Investment Manager and the Notes to Financial Statements.
Unclaimed Share Accounts
Please be advised that abandoned or unclaimed property laws for certain states require financial organizations to transfer (escheat) unclaimed property (including Fund shares) to the state. Each state has its own definition of unclaimed property, and Fund shares could be considered “unclaimed property” due to account inactivity (e.g., no owner-generated activity for a certain period), returned mail (e.g., when mail sent to a shareholder  is returned to the Fund's transfer agent as undeliverable), or a combination of both. If your Fund shares are categorized as unclaimed, your financial advisor or the Fund's transfer agent will follow the applicable state’s statutory requirements to contact you, but if unsuccessful, laws may require that the shares be escheated to the appropriate state. If this happens, you will have to contact the state to recover your property, which may involve time and expense. For more information on unclaimed property and how to maintain an active account, please contact your financial adviser or the Fund's transfer agent.
Open Market Repurchase Program
The Board has approved an open market repurchase and discount management policy (the “Program”). The Program allows the Fund to
 
{foots1}
* S&P’s ratings are expressed as letter grades that range from ‘AAA’ to ‘D’ to communicate the agency’s opinion of relative level of credit risk.Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major ratingcategories. The investment grade category is a rating from ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB-’.
{foots1}
** Moody’s is an independent, unaffiliated research company that rates fixed income securities. Moody’s assigns ratings on the basis of risk andthe borrower’s ability to make interest payments.Typically, securities are assigned a rating from‘Aaa’ to ‘C’, with ‘Aaa’ being the highest qualityand ‘C’ the lowest quality.
{foots1}
*** Fitch is an international credit rating agency. Fitch ratings range from AAA (reliable and stable) to D (high risk).
2 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Letter to Shareholders  (unaudited)  (concluded)

purchase, in the open market, its outstanding shares of common stock, with the amount and timing of any repurchase determined at the discretion of the Fund's Investment Manager. Such purchases may be made opportunistically at certain discounts to NAV per share in the reasonable judgment of management based on historical discount levels and current market conditions. If shares are repurchased, the Fund reports repurchase activity on its website on a monthly basis. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Fund did not repurchase any shares through the Program.
On a quarterly basis, the Board will receive information on any transactions made pursuant to this policy during the prior quarter. Under the terms of the Program, the Fund is permitted to repurchase during each 12-month period ended October 31 up to 10% of its outstanding shares of common stock outstanding as of October 31 of the prior year.
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure
The Fund's complete schedule of portfolio holdings for the second and fourth quarters of each fiscal year are included in the Fund's semi-annual and annual reports to shareholders. The Fund files its complete schedule of portfolio holdings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for the first and third quarters of each fiscal year as an exhibit to its reports on Form N-PORT. These reports are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The Fund makes the information available to shareholders upon request and without charge by calling Investor Relations toll-free at 1-800-522-5465.
Proxy Voting
A description of the policies and procedures that the Fund uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities and information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available by August 31 of the relevant year: (1) upon request without charge by calling Investor Relations toll-free at 1-800-522-5465; and (2) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Investor Relations Information
As part of Aberdeen's commitment to shareholders, we invite you to visit the Fund on the web at www.aberdeenfax.com. Here, you can view monthly fact sheets, quarterly commentary, distribution and performance information, as well as other Fund literature. Enroll in Aberdeen's email services to receive content related to your fund. In addition, you will receive monthly factsheets based on your preferences. Sign up today at www.aberdeenfax.com.
Contact Us:
Visit: www.aberdeenfax.com
Email: Investor.Relations@aberdeenplc.com; or
Call: 1-800-522-5465 (toll free in the U.S.).
Yours sincerely,
/s/ Alan Goodson
Alan Goodson
President 
 
{foots1}
All amounts are U.S. Dollars unless otherwise stated.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 3

 

5All historical per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 1-6 reverse stock split.

 

Report of the Investment Manager  (unaudited) 

Market review
During the 12 months to end-October 2025, global fixed income markets were influenced by worries about tariffs, evolving geopolitical relationships, the direction of monetary policy1, and ever-changing growth expectations.
The end of 2024 saw investors processing the potential impact of Donald Trump’s victory in the U.S. presidential election, given his pro-growth agenda would likely add further inflationary pressure. This tone continued into the initial months of 2025, which remained eventful for global trade, geopolitical relationships, and market performance. The impact of U.S. presidential executive orders was dramatic, culminating in the aggressive, widespread ‘Liberation Day’2 tariffs on April 2, followed by subsequent delays and watered-down implementation. This affected bond markets and eroded investors’ perception of U.S. exceptionalism. Global high yield3 (HY) markets and the U.S. dollar bore the brunt of the market adjustments.
Indeed, President Trump’s trade policy remained the primary focus for global bond markets throughout the summer months, as the U.S. reached tariff agreements with several nations. Geopolitical concerns also threatened to derail markets in June as the conflict between Israel and Iran escalated, with much attention paid to direct/indirect involvement by the U.S.
U.S. reciprocal tariffs took effect on August 7, with most countries seeing levies ranging from 10% to 35%. Trade tensions between India and the U.S. also escalated after President Trump imposed a 50% tariff on the country for its purchases of Russian oil. In October, President Trump’s trip to Asia yielded a trade truce with China; his meeting with President Xi underscored China’s strong hand through its rare earth element monopoly, which is critical to key U.S. industries.
Regarding yield4 movements, the early stages of the review period saw the U.S. yield curve5 steepen6, with 10-year instruments hitting their highest level since November 2023. This move was primarily a reaction to Trump's victory in the U.S. election, with his pro-growth agenda likely to add further inflationary pressure. Moving into 2025, the U.S. yield curve steepened and yields largely declined amid ongoing fears that President Trump's tariffs would negatively affect economic growth and prompt the U.S. Federal Reserve (Fed) to ease7 more aggressively. That said, markets were particularly volatile8 in April, with the Bank of America ‘Move’ index – a measure of volatility in U.S. Treasuries – rising to around 140, its highest level in over two years. The U.S. yield curve subsequently reverted to a steeper shape, with 2- and 10-year instruments rising. As we drew to the end of the fiscal year, a soft consumer inflation report led to an initial rally in U.S. Treasuries, which was later offset by strong manufacturing and services data.
In U.S. monetary policy, economic data at the end of 2024 continued to illustrate a resilient U.S. economy. This prompted a more hawkish9 rhetoric from the Fed when it announced its final rate reduction of 2024 in December. The market had to wait until September 2025, for the central bank to make another move, with Fed Chair Powell stating that the threat of further weakness in the labor market was behind the decision to cut rates by 25 basis points (bps) that month. However, the subsequent 25 bps rate cut in October was interpreted by investors as hawkish, reducing expectations of additional rate cuts as Chairman Powell suggested the current stance toward policy could be explained by giving the reasoning, "What do you do if you're driving in the fog? You slow down."
The most recent economic news flow was delayed by the U.S. government shutdown that took place from October 1, 2025, to November 12, 202510. However, the ADP National Employment Report dropped by 32,000 in September, versus expectations of a
 
{foots1}
1 Decisions made by a government, usually through its central bank, regarding the amount of money in circulation in the economy. This includes setting official interest rates.
{foots1}
2 Higher import taxes announced on 2 April 2025 by the U.S. administration under President Trump as part of its trade policy.
{foots1}
3 Bonds that are viewed as having a higher risk of default. Credit rating agencies such as S&P Global Ratings, Fitch Ratings and Moody’s Investors Service assess the borrower’s ability to repay its debt. Bonds rated below BBB– by S&P and Fitch, or below Baa3 by Moody’s, are generally considered high-yield bonds.
{foots1}
4 The income an investor receives from a security, such as interest from bonds or dividends from shares.
{foots1}
5 A graph that plots yields (the income investors receive from holding a bond) against different maturity dates for bonds of the same credit quality (which measures the likelihood of the lender receiving their money back).
{foots1}
6 A situation where the spread between long-term and short-term bond yields widens, indicating that the former are rising relative to the latter. Bond yields represent the income investors receive from holding a bond, expressed as a percentage of the bond's price.
{foots1}
7 Quantitative easing refers to central banks using monetary policy to increase the money in circulation, typically by purchasing government bonds or other securities in order to lower interest rates and stimulate economic growth.
{foots1}
8 If the price of an asset, fund, or market moves significantly over a short period of time, it is said to be ‘volatile’ or to have ‘high volatility.’ If the price remains relatively stable, it is said to have ‘low volatility.’ Volatility can be used as a measure of risk, indicating the potential for large price fluctuations.
{foots1}
9 When a central bank signals a preference for tightening monetary policy to restrain economic activity and/or address high inflation.
{foots1}
10 A disruption of normal government operations in the U.S. that occurs when Congress does not approve funding for those functions.
4 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Report of the Investment Manager  (unaudited)  (continued)

51,000 increase. Furthermore, August was revised by 3,000 to a rise of 54,000. Elsewhere, the consumer inflation report for September undershot expectations, with prices rising by 0.3% month on month (m/m) and 3.0% year on year (y/y) versus expectations of 0.4% m/m and 3.1% y/y, respectively. Meanwhile, gross domestic product (GDP) growth for the second quarter of 2025 was upwardly revised to a strong 3.8% y/y from 3.3% y/y previously.
Asian local currency11 government bonds delivered positive returns over the fiscal year  as 10-year yields fell across the region. The political situation in South Korea was very much in focus at the end of 2024, as President Yoon was impeached, introducing an element of risk and prompting cautious bond market moves amid the possibility that policy might need to be adjusted to address these concerns. Elsewhere, the People’s Bank of China (PBoC) announced that it would stop buying Chinese government bonds in open-market operations and cautioned investors against overinterpreting its stance on relaxed monetary policy.
The Thai bond market performed strongly at the beginning of 2025, with investors responding to the Bank of Thailand's (BoT) rate cuts in February and April. India and South Korea also posted solid returns, with the latter buoyed by news that FTSE Russell will include Korean Treasury Bonds in the World Government Bond Index from April 2026. A notable development in the summer months was the PBoC changing its position from “cut interest rates and reserve rates in time” to “correct the procyclical behavior of the market,” suggesting it is turning more conservative vis-à-vis cutting borrowing costs.
Asian bond market performance became more mixed in the final three months of the review period. Indonesia led the gains, as investors reacted positively to the authorities' commitment to economic responsibility. Conversely, South Korea and Thailand notably underperformed. Having initially rallied, South Korean bonds sold off on news that the U.S. was seeking far higher cash investments from South Korea each year, while worries about elevated government bond issuance12 and BoT’s policy pause weighed on Thai bonds.
Central banks in Asia eased monetary policy over the period. The BoT trimmed borrowing costs on three occasions (each cut was 25 bps) as it sought to boost the economy, stave off tariff-related risk, and soften the impact of elevated household debt. Meanwhile, the Bank of Korea reduced interest rates in October 2024 and again in February and May 2025. The central bank then paused amid currency weakness and challenges in the housing market (notably in Seoul). Bank Indonesia was busy, too, with several cuts aimed at stimulating economic activity and an additional emphasis on improving the transmission mechanism through the credit channel. In May, the PBoC lowered various interest rates, including the loan prime rate and the key policy rate. Elsewhere, Malaysia made one precautionary easing amid trade uncertainty.
Asian currencies were mixed over the review period. The Indonesian rupiah fell sharply, given worries about the government’s fiscal13 approach, softer domestic consumption, and global uncertainties. The Indian rupee also declined amid U.S. tariffs and substantial capital outflows. More positively, the Malaysian ringgit held up well, given robust economic growth and rising foreign investment. The Thai baht was also strong as overseas investors viewed the country positively. On a broad-based measure, the U.S. dollar weakened as the DXY dollar index14 lost around 4%.
Asian corporate bonds15 (credit) delivered positive returns, driven by improving investor sentiment, easing trade tensions, and the prospect of interest rate cuts. HY16 debt continued to outperform investment-grade17 (IG) issuance as investors saw more appealing fundamentals18, especially with the dilution of the HY market’s exposure to China’s property segment.
Emerging market (EM) debt performed strongly over the year. Hard currency19 EM bonds were initially pressured by President Trump's re-election and reduced expectations for interest rate cuts in the U.S. However, performance subsequently strengthened into 2025, led by the HY segment, and outpaced EM local currency bonds. The market’s tone became more unsettled, with the announcement of U.S. reciprocal tariffs triggering a global sell-off, which was later mitigated by a 90-day pause in their implementation. However, this uncertainty proved short-lived, and the performance of EM debt was
 
{foots1}
11 Emerging market bonds issued in the currency of the issuer.
{foots1}
12 Bond issuance refers to when a government or company sells new bonds to investors to raise money.
{foots1}
13 Fiscal policy refers to the use of taxation and government spending to influence overall economic activity.
{foots1}
14 The DXY dollar index is a measure of the value of the U.S. dollar against a basket of global currencies.
{foots1}
15 Bonds that are issued by companies to raise money.
{foots1}
16 Bonds rated BB and below are considered ‘high yield’. Issuers of such bonds are thought to have a higher chance of defaulting on their debt than those rated as ‘investment grade’.
{foots1}
17 Companies whose bonds are rated as 'investment grade' have a lower chance of defaulting on their debt than those rated as 'non-investment grade'. Bonds rated BBB or above are known as Investment Grade Bonds.
{foots1}
18 Reviewing a company’s financial statements, business model and relevant economic factors to assess its underlying financial condition and long-term prospects.
{foots1}
19 Emerging market bonds issued in other currencies (such as the U.S. dollar and euro).
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 5

 

Report of the Investment Manager  (unaudited)  (continued)

robust throughout the summer as sentiment around U.S.-imposed tariffs improved. Hard currency EM bonds posted the best returns, led by HY, although IG also did well.
Performance review
The abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. returned 6.24% on a net asset value20 basis for the 12 months ended October 31, 2025, versus the 7.48% return of its blended benchmark21 for the same period. While the net asset value performance is net of fees and expenses and includes the impact of leverage22, the benchmark performance does not. The Fund's unlevered NAV return was 3.69% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, demonstrating that the decision to use leverage had a positive impact on the fund, adding 2.55% to Fund performance over that timeframe.
Although the Fund’s NAV underperformed its benchmark, the NAV benefitted from the use of leverage, which amplified the positive market performance. Leverage is used strategically by the Fund to support its income-generating capacity. The Fund continues to benefit from a positive interest-rate differential between the interest income on the investment portfolio and the cost of the leverage.
The Fund’s positive performance can be attributed to the impact of lower yields globally, especially in Asia Pacific local currency markets as well as the strong performance of a number of the region’s currencies against the U.S. dollar. Additionally, lower U.S. Treasury yields and tighter credit spreads for U.S. dollar-denominated Asian credit, particularly the HY exposures, contributed meaningfully.
Relative to the Fund’s blended benchmark, the investment portfolio underperformed. The main source of underperformance was the longer-than-benchmark exposure to the Indonesian and Indian local currency bond markets as well as a longer exposure to U.S. dollar-denominated assets. While the portfolio benefitted from lower interest rates in Indian and Indonesia, the currency weakness offset these gains. These overweight23 exposures were funded at the expense of underweight24 allocations in lower-yielding Asian local currency bond markets and non-Asian EM exposures, which experienced a combination of lower rates and stronger currencies. Within the U.S. dollar-denominated exposures, the overweight
allocation to higher-yielding U.S. dollar-denominated Asian credit bonds contributed notably to the relative performance.
The use of derivatives25 to hedge26 the interest rate risk (primarily paid interest rate swap positions to fix the cost of the leverage) in the portfolio contributed negatively to performance, about 1.8%, on a mark-to-market basis as U.S. Treasury yields fell. The use of U.S. Treasury futures to manage the interest rate risk of the U.S. dollar-denominated Asian credit exposure, particularly to manage the concentration risk across the yield curve, was positive, as was the use of long Korean Treasury bond futures. The use of currency forwards27 added value. These were used to maintain exposure to the Asian currencies where the bond exposure was underweight. For example, in Thailand and Singapore, where the currencies rallied against the U.S. dollar.
The monthly distribution reflects the Fund’s current policy to provide shareholders with a relatively stable cash flow per share. This policy did not have a material effect on the Fund’s investment strategy over the reporting period.
Outlook
The Fed’s clear easing bias, which provided a supportive backdrop for global bond markets, largely evaporated in November. In the U.S., persistent concerns about growth – driven by risks such as potential government shutdowns and evolving trade policies – continue to fuel volatility.
Technicals28, which had remained strong even amid record issuance in September, have now softened. Fed Chair Jay Powell cast doubt on a potential rate cut in December, dampening investor sentiment. Although in the near term the Fed (under Chair Powell) may see fewer rate cuts than originally anticipated, disappointing earnings from several major tech companies – which have weighed heavily on equity markets – and further broadening of the softer economic data sets the Fed for much easier monetary policy under a new President-Trump-endorsed Fed Chair.
For the Asia-Pacific region, we continue to see economic resilience in the face of significant uncertainty. The intra-regional trade linkages continue to support this resilience and provide much more diversity in supply chains. Despite this resilience, economic growth is
 
{foots1}
20 A key measure of the value of a company, fund or trust – the total value of assets less liabilities, divided by the number of shares.
{foots1}
21 The Fund’s blended benchmark comprises 10% Bloomberg AusBond Composite, 35% JPMorgan Asia Credit Diversified, 40% Markit iBoxx ALBI (USD),15% JPMorgan GBI Emerging Market Global Diversified.
{foots1}
22 Usually refers to a fund being exposed by more than 100% of its net asset value to assets or markets; typically resulting from the use of debt or derivatives.
{foots1}
23 A portfolio holding an excess amount of a particular security (or sector or region) compared to the security’s weight in the benchmark portfolio.
{foots1}
24 A portfolio holding less of a particular security (or sector or region) than the security’s weight in the benchmark portfolio.
{foots1}
25 A financial contract whose value is based on an underlying asset.
{foots1}
26 To reduce risk by taking an offsetting position in a related asset.
{foots1}
27 An agreement between two parties to buy or sell a specific currency or asset at a predetermined price on a fixed date in the future.
{foots1}
28 Movements in an asset’s price and volume over a period, which are used to analyze how an asset may perform in the future.
6 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Report of the Investment Manager  (unaudited)  (continued)

moderating, and unlike in the U.S., inflation rates across Asia are close to or below their respective central bank targets. This has allowed for central banks in the Asia Pacific region to ease monetary policy during 2025, especially as the pivot towards easing by the Fed created some opportunistic policy cover. Although real yields are still positive and the regional central banks have the capacity to ease further, the pause by the Fed has seen some regional central banks seek to save the remaining policy bullets they have left. Market repricing of expectations in many Asian local currency bond markets, such as Thailand and South Korea, is creating opportunities for re-establishing interest rate exposure in these markets.
With Asian credit spreads once again reaching new tights, we have become more cautious in our positioning. While we continue to maintain our expectations of fundamental resilience in the Asia credit space, we see rising risks of spread volatility from this point arising from a mixture of geopolitics and rebalancing technicals into the year end. We anticipate that income will be the major driver of returns in the near term, though we have begun to trim higher-beta holdings and look to raise cash buffers to allow us to be nimble in a weaker market.
The biggest risks to the EM asset class include the imposition of new tariffs, which could threaten EM exports and lead to policies that leave EM countries disadvantaged. A U.S. recession and a further downturn in the Chinese economy could weigh on commodity prices, particularly oil. Conversely, a further steepening of the U.S. Treasury yield curve may raise financing costs for frontier issuers and limit access to the primary market29. Geopolitical risks also remain heightened, with no end in sight for the Russia-Ukraine war, while tensions in the Middle East have dampened but not disappeared.
In foreign exchange, we continue to anticipate the economic environment, which points to slower but not negative economic growth that is supportive of the trade and investment flows into the Asia Pacific and EM regions. We aim to capture the structural theme of U.S. dollar asset diversification, anticipating that reallocation flows – driven by reserve management and hedging adjustments – could be significant and may materialise without clear signals. Against this backdrop of uncertainty, Asian local currency bonds and currencies offer resilience and strategic diversification benefits, positioning the portfolio to navigate volatility while capturing long-term structural trends.
Overall, the prospects for the Asia Pacific fixed income markets are underpinned by robust economic fundamentals, credible policy frameworks, and a capacity for policy to respond to economic challenges. With an expected moderation in economic growth and ongoing low inflation, the direction of monetary policy will remain supportive of interest rate markets in the region. Additionally, we
believe the resilient economic, trade and investment activities should continue to provide support for the region’s currencies.
Loan Facilities and the Use of Leverage
The amounts borrowed under the Revolving Loan Facility, the Term Loan Facility and the Notes and other funds obtained through various forms of leverage, including the Series B MRPS, may be invested to return higher rates than the rates pursuant to which interests or dividends are paid under such forms of leverage. However, the cost of leverage could exceed the income earned by the Fund on the proceeds of such leverage. To the extent that the Fund is unable to invest the proceeds from the use of leverage in assets which pay interest at a rate which exceeds the rate paid on the leverage, the yield on the Fund's common stock will decrease. In addition, in the event of a general market decline in the value of assets in which the Fund invests, the effect of that decline will be magnified in the Fund because of the additional assets purchased with the proceeds of the leverage.
The Fund obtained leverage via bank borrowing and other forms of leverage during the reporting period. On July 31, 2024, the Fund entered into a 364-day $100 million revolving credit loan facility with a syndicate led by The Bank of Nova Scotia (the “Revolving Loan Facility”). On October 3, 2024, the Fund issued a private offering of 4 million shares of Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares due October 4, 2029 (the “Series B MRPS”). The Series B MRPS have a liquidation value of $100 million and are rated “AA-” by Kroll.
As of October 31, 2025, the Fund had $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes rated `AAA’ by Kroll Ratings outstanding ($50,000,000 in 3.87% Series C Senior Secured Notes due February 8, 2032, $100,000,000 in 3.70% Series D Senior Secured Notes due August 10, 2032 and $100,000,000 in 3.73% Series E Senior Secured Notes due June 19, 2034) (collectively, the “Notes”).
The Fund’s leveraged capital structure creates special risks not associated with unleveraged funds having similar investment objectives and policies. The funds borrowed pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility and the Notes may constitute a substantial lien and burden by reason of their prior claim against the income of the Fund and against the net assets of the Fund in liquidation. The Fund is limited in its ability to declare dividends or other distributions under the terms of the various forms of leverage. In the event of an event of default under the Revolving Credit Facility, the lenders have the right to cause a liquidation of the collateral (i.e., sell portfolio securities and other assets of the Fund) and, if any such default is not cured, the lenders may be able to control the liquidation as well. If an event of default occurs under the Note Purchase Agreement, the holders of the Notes have the right to cause a liquidation of the collateral (i.e.,
 
{foots1}
29 When new securities are created and sold to investors for the first time by the company or government issuing them.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 7

 

Report of the Investment Manager  (unaudited)  (concluded)

cause the sale of portfolio securities and other assets of the Fund). A liquidation of the Fund’s collateral assets in an event of default, or a voluntary paydown of the Revolving Credit Facility, Series B MRPS or the Notes in order to avoid an event of default, would typically involve administrative expenses and sometimes penalties. Additionally, such liquidations often involve selling off of portions of the Fund’s assets at inopportune times which can result in losses when markets are unfavorable.
The Revolving Credit Facility Agreement,  and the Note Purchase Agreement, includes usual and customary covenants for the applicable type of transaction. These covenants impose on the Fund asset coverage requirements, Fund composition requirements and limits on certain investments, such as illiquid investments, which are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. The covenants or guidelines could impede the Fund’s investment manager or sub-adviser from fully managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Furthermore, non-compliance with such covenants or the occurrence of other events could lead to the cancellation of any and/or all of the forms of leverage. As of October 31, 2025, the Fund was in compliance with all covenants under the agreements relating to the various forms of leverage. Under the Fund's loan facilities, the Fund is charged interest on amounts borrowed at a variable rate, which may be based on a reference rate such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), plus a spread. Additionally, the Fund may invest in certain debt securities, derivatives or other financial instruments that utilize SOFR as a “benchmark” or “reference rate” for various interest rate calculations.
Interest Rate Swaps
As of October 31, 2025, the Fund held interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $76,000,000, which represented 100% of the Fund’s Revolving Credit Facility balance outstanding. Under the terms of the agreements currently in effect, the Fund receives a floating rate of interest and pays fixed rates of interest for the terms and based upon the notional amounts set forth below.
Remaining
Term as of
October 31, 2025
Receive/(Pay)
Floating
Rate
Amount
(in $ thousands)
Fixed Rate
Payable (%)
45 months Receive $31,000.0 3.40%
76 months Receive $20,000.0 3.40%
88 months Receive $25,000.0 3.38%
Risk Considerations
Past performance is not an indication of future results.
Foreign securities in which the Fund may invest may be more volatile, harder to price and less liquid than U.S. securities. They are subject to risks associated with less stringent accounting and regulatory standards, the impact of currency exchange rate fluctuation, political and economic instability, reduced information about issuers, higher transaction costs and delayed settlement. The Fund focuses its investments in the Asia-Pacific region, which may subject the Fund to more volatility and greater risk of loss than geographically diverse funds.
Fixed income securities are subject to certain risks including, but not limited to: interest rate (changes in interest rates may cause a fluctuation in the market value of an investment), credit (changes in the financial condition of the issuer, borrower, counterparty, or underlying collateral), prepayment (debt issuers may repay or refinance their loans or obligations earlier than anticipated), extension (principal repayments may not occur as quickly as anticipated, causing the expected maturity of a security to increase) and issuer risk (the value of a security may decline for reasons related to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services).
abrdn Asia Limited 
 
8 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Total Investment Return  (unaudited) 

The following table summarizes the average annual Fund performance compared to the Fund’s blended benchmark and the Bloomberg Asian-Pacific Aggregate Index for the 1-year, 3-year, 5-year and 10-year periods ended October 31, 2025.
  1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
Net Asset Value (NAV) 6.24% 11.92% 0.60% 2.88%
Market Price 6.99% 16.30% 3.31% 3.81%
Blended Benchmark* 7.48% 8.89% 1.64% 3.41%
Bloomberg Asian-Pacific Aggregate Index1 0.21% 1.59% -3.81% 0.14%
    
* The blended benchmark is summarized in the table below:
    
Blended Benchmark Constituents Weight
Bloomberg AusBond Composite Index2 10.0%
Markit iBoxx Asian Local Bond Index3 40.0%
J.P. Morgan Asian Credit Diversified Index4 35.0%
J.P. Morgan EMBI Global Diversified Index5 15.0%
Performance of a $10,000 Investment (as of October 31, 2025)
This graph shows the change in value of a hypothetical investment of $10,000 in the Fund for the periods indicated. For comparison, the same investment is shown in the indicated index.
The Fund changed its investment strategy effective June 24, 2020, following shareholder approval of the changes. Performance information for periods prior to June 24, 2020 does not reflect the current investment strategy. Please see Note 1 in the Notes to Financial Statements for details.
{foots1}
1 The Bloomberg Asian-Pacific Aggregate Index contains fixed-rate, investment-grade securities denominated in Australian dollar, Chinese yuan, Hong Kong dollar, Indonesian rupiah, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgit, New Zealand dollar, Singapore dollar, South Korean won and Thai baht. The index is composed primarily of local currency sovereign debt, but also includes government-related, corporate and securitized bonds.
{foots1}
2 The Bloomberg AusBond Composite Bond Index includes investment grade fixed interest bonds of all maturities issued in the Australian debt market under Australian law.
{foots1}
3 The Markit iBoxx Asia Local Bond Index (“iBoxx ALBI”) is designed to reflect the performance of local currency bonds from 11 Asian local currency bond markets.
{foots1}
4 The J.P.Morgan Asian Credit Diversified Index is a variant of the JP Morgan Asia Credit Index ("JACI") that focuses on reducing concentration risk of the JACI index to any particular market. The JACI is a broad-based securities market index which consists of liquid US dollar-denominated debt securities issued out of the Asia ex-Japan region.
{foots1}
5 The J.P. Morgan EMBI Global Diversified Index is a comprehensive global local emerging markets index comprising liquid, fixed rate, domestic-currency government bonds.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 9

 

Total Investment Return  (unaudited)  (concluded)

abrdn Inc. has entered into an agreement with the Fund to limit investor relations services fees, without which performance would be lower. This agreement aligns with the term of the advisory agreement and may not be terminated prior to the end of the current term of the advisory agreement. See Note 3 in the Notes to Financial Statements.
Returns represent past performance. Total investment return at NAV is based on changes in the NAV of Fund shares and assumes reinvestment of dividends and distributions, if any, at market prices pursuant to the dividend reinvestment program sponsored by the Fund’s transfer agent. All return data at NAV includes fees charged to the Fund, which are listed in the Fund’s Statement of Operations under “Expenses.” Total investment return at market value is based on changes in the market price at which the Fund’s shares traded on the NYSE American during the period and assumes reinvestment of dividends and distributions, if any, at market prices pursuant to the dividend reinvestment program sponsored by the Fund’s transfer agent. The Fund’s total investment return is based on the reported NAV as of the financial reporting period end date of October 31, 2025. Because the Fund’s shares trade in the stock market based on investor demand, the Fund may trade at a price higher or lower than its NAV. Therefore, returns are calculated based on both market price and NAV. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. The performance information provided does not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on distributions received from the Fund or the sale of Fund shares. The current performance of the Fund may be lower or higher than the figures shown. The Fund’s yield, return, market price and NAV will fluctuate. Performance information current to the most recent month-end is available at www.aberdeenfax.com or by calling 800-522-5465.
The gross operating expense ratio based on the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025 was 4.22%.The net operating expenses excluding interest expense and distributions to Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares based on the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025 was 1.41%. 
10 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Portfolio Composition  (as a percentage of net assets) (unaudited) 
As of October 31, 2025

Quality of Investments(1)(2)
As of October 31, 2025, 28.2% of the Fund’s investments were invested in securities where either the issue or the issuer was rated “A” or better by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch or, if unrated, was judged to be of equivalent quality by abrdn Asia Limited (the “Investment Manager”). The following table shows the ratings of securities held by the Fund as of October 31, 2025, compared with April 30, 2025 and October 31, 2024:
Date AAA/Aaa
%
AA/Aa
%
A
%
BBB/Baa
%
BB/Ba*
%
B*
%
B or below*
%
NR**
%
October 31, 2025 6.5 5.1 16.6 44.6 17.4 4.9 3.2 1.7
April 30, 2025 4.7 4.4 13.8 48.8 18.0 4.0 4.3 2.0
October 31, 2024 4.6 4.6 12.3 47.9 19.3 4.4 4.5 2.4
    
* Below investment grade
** Not Rated
Geographic Composition(2)
The table below shows the geographical composition of the Fund’s total investments as of October 31, 2025, compared with April 30, 2025 and October 31, 2024:
Date Asia
(Including NZ)
%
Supranational*
%
Latin America
%
Australia
%
Other, < 5
%
October 31, 2025 72.3 4.4 4.0 3.9 15.4
April 30, 2025 74.9 5.1 4.2 5.4 10.4
October 31, 2024 76.8 0.0 4.0 6.7 12.5
    
* Offshore Indian denominated securities.
Currency Composition(2)
The table below shows the currency composition of the Fund’s total investments as of October 31, 2025, compared with April 30, 2025 and October 31, 2024:
Date U.S. Dollar
%
Asian Currencies
(Including NZ Dollar)
%
Other, < 5
%
October 31, 2025 47.6 36.1 16.3
April 30, 2025 48.8 39.5 11.7
October 31, 2024 49.5 42.8 7.7
Maturity Composition(2)
The average maturity of the Fund’s total investments was 7.0 years as of October 31, 2025, compared with 7.6 years as of April 30, 2025, and 8.1 years as of October 31, 2024. The following table shows the maturity composition of the Fund’s investments as of October 31, 2025, compared with April 30, 2025 and October 31, 2024:
Date 0 to 5 Years
%
5 to 10 Years
%
10 Years & Over
%
October 31, 2025 51.8 33.2 15.0
April 30, 2025 51.8 29.2 19.0
October 31, 2024 53.4 29.1 17.5
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 11

 

Portfolio Composition  (as a percentage of net assets) (unaudited)  (concluded)
As of October 31, 2025

Modified Duration
As of October 31, 2025, the modified duration* of the Fund was 5.8 years. This calculation excludes the interest rate swaps that are used to manage the leverage of the Fund. Excluding swaps will decrease portfolio duration.
* Modified duration is a measure of the sensitivity of the price of a bond to the fluctuations in interest rates.
(1) For financial reporting purposes, credit quality ratings shown above reflect the lowest rating assigned by either S&P, Moody’s or Fitch if ratings differ. For purposes of complying with the Fund’s investment policies, the Fund may utilize the highest rating assigned by either S&P, Moody’s or Fitch, if ratings differ (see Additional Information Regarding the Fund – Investment Objectives, Strategies and Policies). These rating agencies are independent, nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and are widely used. Investment grade ratings are credit ratings of BBB/Baa or higher. Below investment grade ratings are credit ratings of BB/Ba or lower. Investments designated NR are not rated by these rating agencies. Unrated investments do not necessarily indicate low credit quality. Credit quality ratings are subject to change. The Investment Manager evaluates the credit quality of unrated investments based upon, but not limited to, credit ratings for similar investments.
(2) % reflected in below table do not reflect exposure to derivatives.  
12 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Summary of Key Rates  (unaudited) 

The following table summarizes the movements of key interest rates and currencies from October 31, 2025 compared to April 30, 2025 and October 31, 2024.
    Oct–25 Apr–25 Oct-24
Australia 90 day Bank Bills 3.64% 3.88% 4.42%
  10 yr bond 4.30% 4.12% 4.51%
  currency local per 1USD $1.53 $1.56 $1.53
South Korea 90 day commercial paper 2.55% 2.71% 3.43%
  10 yr bond 3.06% 2.57% 3.10%
  currency local per 1USD ₩154.06 ₩142.64 ₩152.33
Thailand 3-month deposit rate 0.80% 1.00% 1.00%
  10 yr bond 1.70% 1.88% 2.41%
  currency local per 1USD ฿32.34 ฿33.41 ฿33.75
Philippines 90 day T-Bills 4.90% 5.49% 5.33%
  10 yr bond 5.93% 6.27% 5.87%
  currency local per 1USD ₱58.85 ₱55.86 ₱58.11
Malaysia 3-Month T-Bills 2.83% 3.11% 3.14%
  10 yr bond 3.49% 3.66% 3.92%
  currency local per 1USD RM4.19 RM4.32 RM4.38
Singapore 3-month T-Bills 1.39% 2.46% 3.27%
  10 yr bond 1.91% 2.48% 2.82%
  currency local per 1USD S$1.30 S$1.31 S$1.32
India 3-month T-Bills 5.44% 5.89% 6.51%
  10 yr bond 6.53% 6.36% 6.84%
  currency local per 1USD ₹88.77 ₹84.48 ₹84.09
Indonesia 3-month deposit rate 3.92% 4.28% 4.29%
  10 yr bond 6.06% 6.86% 6.77%
  currency local per 1USD Rp16,630.00 Rp16,600.00 Rp15,695.00
China Onshore 3-month Bill Yield 1.29% 1.47% 1.40%
  10 yr bond 1.79% 1.63% 2.15%
  currency local per 1USD ¥7.11 ¥7.26 ¥7.12
Sri Lanka 3-month Generic Govt Yield 7.59% 7.68% 9.48%
  10 yr bond 11.16% 11.41% 12.83%
  currency local per 1USD Rs304.45 Rs299.48 Rs292.95
USD Denominated Bonds Indonesia (10 year, Government Bond) 4.51% 5.40% 5.02%
  Sri Lanka (3 year, Sovereign Bond) 8.93% 20.86% 21.28%
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 13

 

Portfolio of Investments  
As of October 31, 2025

  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
GOVERNMENT BONDS—76.9%  
BRAZIL—2.5%    
Brazil Notas do Tesouro Nacional      
10.00%, 01/01/2029 BRL  73,000,000 $ 12,546,000
10.00%, 01/01/2033   30,000,000 4,704,301
Total Brazil   17,250,301
CHINA—4.8%    
China Government Bonds      
1.46%, 05/25/2028 CNY 14,000,000 1,972,244
1.67%, 05/25/2035   175,500,000 24,486,167
1.88%, 04/25/2055   50,500,000 6,766,187
Total China   33,224,598
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC—0.6%    
Dominican Republic International Bonds, 13.63%, 02/03/2033(a)(b) DOP     219,950,000 4,111,439
EGYPT—0.4%    
Egyptian Financial Co. for Sovereign Taskeek, 10.88%, 02/28/2026(a) $       3,000,000 3,049,434
HONG KONG—2.4%    
Airport Authority      
4.88%, 01/12/2033(a)(b)   1,350,000 1,402,963
5.13%, 01/15/2035(a)(b)   2,131,000 2,275,154
Hong Kong Government Infrastructure Bonds Programme      
2.76%, 04/25/2028 HKD 48,000,000 6,212,335
3.17%, 07/24/2035   50,000,000 6,536,202
Total Hong Kong   16,426,654
INDIA—6.8%    
Export-Import Bank of India, 5.50%, 01/18/2033(a) $ 2,500,000 2,633,004
India Government Bonds      
6.79%, 05/15/2027 INR 325,000,000 3,708,609
7.26%, 01/14/2029   720,000,000 8,368,929
9.20%, 09/30/2030   9,590,000 120,754
7.41%, 12/19/2036   733,000,000 8,610,304
7.18%, 07/24/2037   250,000,000 2,885,101
7.40%, 09/19/2062   1,500,000,000 16,899,982
State of Maharashtra, 7.20%, 08/09/2027   300,000,000 3,430,165
Total India   46,656,848
INDONESIA—16.0%    
Indonesia Government International Bonds      
8.50%, 10/12/2035(a) $ 12,880,000 16,560,248
7.75%, 01/17/2038(a)   6,000,000 7,499,705
  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
Indonesia Treasury Bonds      
9.00%, 03/15/2029 IDR  160,000,000,000 $ 10,727,023
8.25%, 05/15/2029   240,000,000,000 15,795,550
7.00%, 09/15/2030   65,000,000,000 4,145,069
8.75%, 05/15/2031   260,000,000,000 17,924,835
9.50%, 07/15/2031   16,000,000,000 1,143,591
7.00%, 02/15/2033   235,000,000,000 14,872,971
6.75%, 07/15/2035   50,000,000,000 3,150,872
8.25%, 05/15/2036   69,000,000,000 4,806,765
7.13%, 06/15/2038   150,000,000,000 9,610,643
8.38%, 04/15/2039   48,500,000,000 3,413,665
Total Indonesia   109,650,937
KYRGYZSTAN—0.4%    
Kyrgyz Republic International Bonds, 7.75%, 06/03/2030(a) $       2,760,000 2,778,135
MALAYSIA—8.9%    
Malaysia Government Bonds      
3.90%, 11/16/2027 MYR 5,000,000 1,212,907
3.52%, 04/20/2028   20,000,000 4,816,905
3.73%, 06/15/2028   5,000,000 1,210,929
3.89%, 08/15/2029   20,000,000 4,885,129
2.63%, 04/15/2031   25,000,000 5,748,423
3.58%, 07/15/2032   25,000,000 6,008,895
3.83%, 07/05/2034   17,000,000 4,137,784
4.25%, 05/31/2035   20,000,000 5,051,060
4.76%, 04/07/2037   10,000,000 2,626,747
4.70%, 10/15/2042   16,500,000 4,344,579
4.18%, 05/16/2044   42,000,000 10,349,671
4.07%, 06/15/2050   14,800,000 3,561,489
Malaysia Government Investment Issue      
3.60%, 07/31/2028   10,000,000 2,415,419
3.64%, 08/30/2030   20,000,000 4,855,504
Total Malaysia   61,225,441
MEXICO—3.7%    
Mexico Bonos, 8.50%, 05/31/2029 MXN 469,000,000 25,677,930
MONGOLIA—0.6%    
Development Bank of Mongolia LLC, 8.50%, 07/03/2028(a) $ 3,800,000 3,885,500
PAKISTAN—4.5%    
Pakistan Government International Bonds, 6.88%, 12/05/2027(a)   3,000,000 2,996,210
Pakistan Investment Bonds      
14.00%, 02/15/2027 PKR 5,200,000,000 19,019,469
14.00%, 09/20/2027   2,400,000,000 8,887,537
Total Pakistan   30,903,216
PHILIPPINES—10.4%    
Philippines Government Bonds      
8.00%, 07/19/2031 PHP 755,000,000 14,189,196
6.75%, 09/15/2032   1,118,370,000 19,984,863
6.63%, 08/17/2033   148,140,000 2,619,115
6.25%, 01/25/2034   440,220,000 7,643,374
9.25%, 11/05/2034   435,710,000 9,108,487
8.00%, 09/30/2035   260,310,000 5,090,277
 
14 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Portfolio of Investments   (continued)
As of October 31, 2025

  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
GOVERNMENT BONDS (continued)  
PHILIPPINES (continued)    
Philippines Government International Bonds      
6.38%, 10/23/2034 $  6,500,000 $ 7,333,297
5.50%, 01/17/2048   5,200,000 5,336,628
Total Philippines   71,305,237
SAUDI ARABIA—0.4%    
Saudi Government International Bonds, 5.75%, 01/16/2054(a)         3,000,000 3,068,897
SINGAPORE—3.2%    
Singapore Government Bonds      
2.75%, 03/01/2035 SGD 12,000,000 9,869,853
3.25%, 06/01/2054(a)   12,400,000 12,013,500
Total Singapore   21,883,353
SOUTH AFRICA—3.5%    
Republic of South Africa Government Bonds      
8.25%, 03/31/2032 ZAR 256,987,600 14,765,338
8.50%, 01/31/2037   165,000,000 8,965,271
Total South Africa   23,730,609
SOUTH KOREA—3.6%    
Export-Import Bank of Korea, 5.13%, 01/11/2033 $ 4,884,000 5,140,503
Korea Electric Power Corp., 5.38%, 07/31/2026(a)   2,500,000 2,522,812
Korea Housing Finance Corp., 5.13%, 01/21/2030(a)   5,000,000 5,205,514
Korea Treasury Bonds, 2.50%, 03/10/2052 KRW 18,300,000,000 11,726,297
Total South Korea   24,595,126
SRI LANKA—0.2%    
Sri Lanka Government International Bonds, 3.35%, 03/15/2033(a)(c)(d) $ 1,500,000 1,309,486
THAILAND—2.1%    
Thailand Government Bonds      
2.41%, 03/17/2035 THB 320,000,000 10,481,154
2.70%, 06/17/2040   110,000,000 3,693,254
Total Thailand   14,174,408
TURKEY—0.4%    
Turkiye Ihracat Kredi Bankasi AS, 6.88%, 07/03/2028(a) $ 2,500,000 2,565,803
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES—0.8%    
Emirate of Dubai Government International Bonds, 3.90%, 09/09/2050(a)   6,800,000 5,215,023
URUGUAY—0.3%    
Uruguay Government International Bonds, 8.25%, 05/21/2031 UYU 79,419,234 2,027,267
UZBEKISTAN—0.4%    
Uzbekneftegaz JSC, 8.75%, 05/07/2030(a) $ 2,348,000 2,502,996
Total Government Bonds   527,218,638
  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
CORPORATE BONDS—72.9%  
AUSTRALIA—7.0%    
Australia & New Zealand Banking Group Ltd., (fixed rate to 08/12/2027, variable rate thereafter), 5.91%, 08/12/2027(b) AUD          900,000 $ 602,973
Commonwealth Bank of Australia      
(fixed rate to 11/09/2027, variable rate thereafter), 6.86%, 11/09/2027(a)(b)   4,000,000 2,731,284
(fixed rate to 03/15/2033, variable rate thereafter), 6.70%, 03/15/2033(b)   7,500,000 5,292,910
Emeco Pty. Ltd., 6.25%, 07/10/2026(b)         1,000,000 650,054
Mineral Resources Ltd., 8.00%, 11/01/2027(a)(b) $       4,000,000 4,085,296
National Australia Bank Ltd.      
(fixed rate to 08/03/2027, variable rate thereafter), 6.32%, 08/03/2027(a)(b) AUD 7,500,000 5,060,798
(fixed rate to 03/09/2028, variable rate thereafter), 6.16%, 03/09/2028(a)(b)   1,500,000 1,014,299
6.43%, 01/12/2033(a) $ 1,000,000 1,090,716
NBN Co. Ltd., 4.15%, 09/16/2030(a)(b)         2,907,000 2,893,378
Perenti Finance Pty. Ltd., 7.50%, 04/26/2029(a)(b)         3,800,000 3,971,000
Santos Finance Ltd., 4.13%, 09/14/2027(a)(b)         4,900,000 4,856,919
Wesfarmers Ltd., 2.55%, 06/23/2031(a)(b) AUD       7,000,000 4,060,121
Westpac Banking Corp.      
5.20%, 04/16/2026 $ 250,000 251,403
(fixed rate to 06/23/2028, variable rate thereafter), 6.49%, 06/23/2028(a)(b) AUD 5,000,000 3,418,717
(fixed rate to 06/23/2033, variable rate thereafter), 6.93%, 06/23/2033(a)(b)   5,000,000 3,576,436
(fixed rate to 11/15/2033, variable rate thereafter), 7.20%, 11/15/2033(b)   6,000,000 4,374,205
Total Australia   47,930,509
BAHRAIN—0.4%    
Bapco Energies BSC Closed, 7.50%, 10/25/2027(a) $ 2,500,000 2,607,850
CHINA—7.2%    
Alibaba Group Holding Ltd.      
4.50%, 11/28/2034(b)   5,000,000 4,993,970
5.63%, 11/26/2054(b)   2,350,000 2,493,832
CFAMC III Co. Ltd., 4.75%, 04/27/2027(a)   7,500,000 7,522,500
China Hongqiao Group Ltd.      
7.05%, 01/10/2028(a)   2,300,000 2,371,805
6.93%, 11/29/2028(a)   2,252,000 2,330,643
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 15

 

Portfolio of Investments   (continued)
As of October 31, 2025

  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
CORPORATE BONDS (continued)  
CHINA (continued)    
Far East Horizon Ltd., 6.63%, 04/16/2027(a) $         4,800,000 $ 4,912,800
Fortune Star BVI Ltd., 8.50%, 05/19/2028(a)(b)         3,600,000 3,761,891
GLP China Holdings Ltd., 2.95%, 03/29/2026(a)         3,962,000 3,907,279
Greentown China Holdings Ltd., 8.45%, 02/24/2028(a)(b)         1,200,000 1,234,449
Health & Happiness H&H International Holdings Ltd., 9.13%, 07/24/2028(a)(b)         4,900,000 5,202,134
Industrial & Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Series 2022-1, 3.28%, 01/20/2032(b) CNY      30,000,000 4,294,155
Kaisa Group Holdings Ltd.      
0.00%, 12/31/2025(a)(e) $ 48,203 964
0.00%, 12/31/2026(a)(e)   64,267 643
0.00%, 12/31/2027(a)(e)   80,338 402
5.250% Cash or 6.250% PIK, 12/28/2028(a)(f)   96,400 1,928
6.721% Cash or 7.721% PIK, 12/28/2028(a)(f)   64,267 1,607
0.00%, 12/31/2028(a)(e)   128,535 482
5.500% Cash or 6.500% PIK, 12/28/2029(a)(f)   160,668 3,055
0.00%, 12/31/2029(a)(e)   128,535 482
5.750% Cash or 6.750% PIK, 12/28/2030(a)(f)   192,802 3,117
0.00%, 12/31/2030(a)(e)   160,668 603
6.000% Cash or 7.000% PIK, 12/28/2031(a)(f)   289,203 4,573
0.00%, 12/31/2031(a)(e)   160,668 602
6.250% Cash or 7.250% PIK, 12/28/2032(a)(f)   270,976 2,630
0.00%, 12/31/2032(a)(e)   303,111 1,137
Meituan, 5.13%, 11/05/2035(a)(b)   1,395,000 1,395,687
Yuzhou Group Holdings Co. Ltd.      
6.000% Cash or 7.000% PIK, 06/30/2027(b)(c)(f)   551,889 58,319
4.00%, 06/30/2028(b)   467,916 9,943
0.000% Cash or 4.500% PIK, 06/30/2029(b)(f)   814,789 18,329
5.00%, 06/30/2030(b)   1,087,538 20,391
0.000% Cash or 5.500% PIK, 06/30/2031(b)(f)   1,525,555 15,280
0.000% Cash or 1.000% PIK, 06/30/2034(b)(f)   559,637 700
Zhongsheng Group Holdings Ltd., 5.98%, 01/30/2028(a)(b)   4,810,000 4,870,922
Total China   49,437,254
FRANCE—0.8%    
BNP Paribas SA, VRN, (fixed rate to 08/14/2028, variable rate thereafter), 8.50%, 08/14/2028(a)(g)   5,240,000 5,546,991
  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
GEORGIA—1.1%    
Bank of Georgia JSC, VRN, (fixed rate to 07/16/2029, variable rate thereafter), 9.50%, 07/16/2029(a)(g) $         2,500,000 $ 2,584,772
Georgia Global Utilities JSC, 8.88%, 07/25/2029(a)(b)         4,119,000 4,362,343
Silk Road Group Holding LLC, 7.50%, 09/15/2030(a)(b)           679,000 680,416
Total Georgia   7,627,531
HONG KONG—9.5%    
AIA Group Ltd., 5.63%, 10/25/2027(a)(b)         5,000,000 5,149,892
Bank of East Asia Ltd., VRN, (fixed rate to 03/15/2026, variable rate thereafter), 6.75%, 03/15/2026(a)(b)         2,500,000 2,518,516
CAS Capital No. 1 Ltd., VRN, (fixed rate to 07/12/2026, variable rate thereafter), 4.00%, 07/12/2026(a)(g)         7,000,000 6,901,073
China Ping An Insurance Overseas Holdings Ltd., 5.00%, 10/08/2035(a)(b)         1,260,000 1,261,511
Elect Global Investments Ltd., VRN, (fixed rate to 09/11/2030, variable rate thereafter), 7.20%, 09/11/2030(a)(g)         5,000,000 5,227,201
Hongkong Land Finance Cayman Islands Co. Ltd., 5.25%, 07/14/2033(a)(b)         5,000,000 5,190,076
Hutchison Whampoa Finance CI Ltd., 7.50%, 08/01/2027(a)        15,500,000 16,342,904
Hutchison Whampoa International 03/33 Ltd., 7.45%, 11/24/2033(a)           980,000 1,159,290
Melco Resorts Finance Ltd.      
7.63%, 04/17/2032(a)(b)   4,769,000 5,015,948
7.63%, 04/17/2032(a)(b)   3,000,000 3,155,346
MTR Corp. Ltd., 5.25%, 04/01/2055(a)(b)   1,300,000 1,342,042
NWD Finance BVI Ltd., (fixed rate to 03/22/2026, variable rate thereafter), 5.25%, 03/22/2026(a)(g)   6,900,000 3,044,670
NWD MTN Ltd., 8.63%, 02/08/2028(a)(b)   1,200,000 1,046,536
Phoenix Lead Ltd., 4.85%, 02/23/2026(a)(g)   3,100,000 2,730,201
Prudential Funding Asia PLC, VRN, (fixed rate to 08/03/2028, variable rate thereafter), 2.95%, 08/03/2028(a)(b)   5,400,000 5,162,884
Total Hong Kong   65,248,090
 
16 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Portfolio of Investments   (continued)
As of October 31, 2025

  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
CORPORATE BONDS (continued)  
INDIA—13.2%    
Axis Bank Ltd., VRN, (fixed rate to 09/08/2026, variable rate thereafter), 4.10%, 09/08/2026(a)(g) $         6,000,000 $ 5,910,277
Greenko Wind Projects Mauritius Ltd., 7.25%, 09/27/2028(a)(b)(c)         4,850,000 4,926,881
HDFC Bank Ltd.      
Series 1, 7.95%, 09/21/2026 INR 500,000,000 5,677,491
Series AB1, 7.69%, 01/27/2033   660,000,000 7,612,711
IIFL Finance Ltd., 8.75%, 07/24/2028(a) $       1,748,000 1,791,933
India Cleantech Energy, 4.70%, 08/10/2026(a)(b)(c)         2,277,000 2,254,304
India Green Power Holdings, 4.00%, 02/22/2027(a)(b)(c)         6,128,595 5,967,344
Indian Railway Finance Corp. Ltd., Series 129, 8.45%, 12/04/2028 INR      50,000,000 588,878
JSW Infrastructure Ltd.      
4.95%, 01/21/2029(a)(b) $ 920,000 926,556
4.95%, 01/21/2029(a)(b)   1,400,000 1,409,977
Manappuram Finance Ltd., 7.38%, 05/12/2028(a)(c)         2,500,000 2,553,078
Muthoot Finance Ltd., 7.13%, 02/14/2028(a)(c)         2,389,000 2,445,471
Periama Holdings LLC, 5.95%, 04/19/2026(a)         2,280,000 2,286,065
Power Finance Corp. Ltd., 6.15%, 12/06/2028(a)         7,112,000 7,457,506
Power Grid Corp. of India Ltd.      
8.13%, 04/25/2027 INR 150,000,000 1,722,352
8.13%, 04/25/2028   500,000,000 5,805,821
REC Ltd.      
5.63%, 04/11/2028(a) $ 3,443,000 3,534,890
4.75%, 09/27/2029(a)   5,000,000 5,049,673
Sammaan Capital Ltd.      
9.00%, 04/29/2026 INR 100,000,000 1,113,536
9.70%, 07/03/2027(a) $ 1,734,000 1,818,593
8.95%, 08/28/2028(a)   1,500,000 1,578,034
7.50%, 10/16/2030(a)   1,000,000 1,009,858
Shriram Finance Ltd., 6.63%, 04/22/2027(a)   5,000,000 5,112,535
UPL Corp. Ltd.      
4.50%, 03/08/2028(a)   2,641,000 2,560,083
4.63%, 06/16/2030(a)   2,700,000 2,504,726
Vedanta Resources Finance II PLC      
10.25%, 06/03/2028(a)(b)   1,000,000 1,034,149
10.88%, 09/17/2029(a)(b)   1,700,000 1,779,351
9.13%, 10/15/2032(a)(b)   2,500,000 2,477,695
9.85%, 04/24/2033(a)(b)   1,800,000 1,820,499
Total India   90,730,267
INDONESIA—4.1%    
Bank Negara Indonesia Persero Tbk. PT, VRN, (fixed rate to 03/24/2027, variable rate thereafter), 4.30%, 03/24/2027(a)(g)   5,130,000 5,003,377
Krakatau Posco PT, 6.38%, 06/11/2029(a)   4,750,000 4,904,103
  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
LLPL Capital Pte. Ltd., 6.88%, 02/04/2039(a)(c) $         4,301,587 $ 4,507,350
Medco Cypress Tree Pte. Ltd., 8.63%, 05/19/2030(a)(b)         2,251,000 2,386,958
Medco Maple Tree Pte. Ltd., 8.96%, 04/27/2029(a)(b)         2,206,000 2,312,746
Nickel Industries Ltd., 9.00%, 09/30/2030(a)(b)         3,419,000 3,541,469
Pertamina Geothermal Energy PT, 5.15%, 04/27/2028(a)(b)         1,892,000 1,920,967
Perusahaan Perseroan Persero PT Perusahaan Listrik Negara, 6.15%, 05/21/2048(a)         3,129,000 3,237,592
Total Indonesia   27,814,562
ISRAEL—0.2%    
Teva Pharmaceutical Finance Netherlands III BV, 7.88%, 09/15/2029(b)         1,200,000 1,312,075
JAPAN—2.2%    
Nippon Life Insurance Co., VRN, (fixed rate to 04/30/2035, variable rate thereafter), 6.50%, 04/30/2035(a)(b)         3,170,000 3,435,909
NTT Finance Corp., 5.50%, 07/16/2035(a)(b)         1,800,000 1,876,317
Rakuten Group, Inc., 11.25%, 02/15/2027(a)         4,500,000 4,859,420
SoftBank Corp., 5.33%, 07/09/2035(a)(b)         5,000,000 5,050,793
Total Japan   15,222,439
KAZAKHSTAN—0.9%    
Development Bank of Kazakhstan JSC, 10.95%, 05/06/2026(a) KZT 3,265,000,000 5,966,315
MACAO—2.1%    
MGM China Holdings Ltd., 7.13%, 06/26/2031(a)(b) $ 3,600,000 3,805,491
Sands China Ltd., 5.40%, 08/08/2028(b)   5,000,000 5,102,095
Studio City Finance Ltd., 5.00%, 01/15/2029(a)(b)   2,300,000 2,202,303
Wynn Macau Ltd., 5.63%, 08/26/2028(a)(b)   3,000,000 2,997,102
Total Macao   14,106,991
MALAYSIA—3.0%    
DRB-Hicom Bhd., IMTN, 5.10%, 12/12/2029 MYR 5,000,000 1,253,993
Khazanah Capital Ltd., 4.76%, 09/05/2034(a) $ 5,100,000 5,158,854
Pengerang LNG Two Sdn Bhd.      
IMTN, 2.86%, 10/20/2028 MYR 5,000,000 1,166,470
IMTN, 2.92%, 10/19/2029   5,000,000 1,159,119
Petroliam Nasional Bhd., 7.63%, 10/15/2026(a) $ 2,000,000 2,059,483
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 17

 

Portfolio of Investments   (continued)
As of October 31, 2025

  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
CORPORATE BONDS (continued)  
MALAYSIA (continued)    
Petronas Capital Ltd.      
2.48%, 01/28/2032(a)(b) $   2,000,000 $ 1,797,713
5.85%, 04/03/2055(a)(b)   2,800,000 2,990,688
4.80%, 04/21/2060(a)(b)   2,600,000 2,394,080
Tenaga Nasional Bhd., 7.50%, 01/15/2096(a)         2,700,000 2,646,000
Total Malaysia   20,626,400
MOROCCO—0.4%    
OCP SA, 7.50%, 05/02/2054(a)(b)         2,672,000 2,987,388
PHILIPPINES—1.7%    
AC Energy Finance International Ltd., 5.10%, 05/25/2026(a)(g)         3,400,000 2,790,533
Globe Telecom, Inc.      
VRN, (fixed rate to 08/02/2026, variable rate thereafter), 4.20%, 08/02/2026(a)(g)   2,097,000 2,080,984
3.00%, 07/23/2035(a)(b)   2,000,000 1,695,300
Smphi SG Holdings Pte. Ltd., 4.75%, 09/16/2030(a)(b)         5,000,000 5,002,163
Total Philippines   11,568,980
SAUDI ARABIA—0.8%    
Greensaif Pipelines Bidco SARL, 6.10%, 08/23/2042(a)(c)   5,014,000 5,322,672
SINGAPORE—1.9%    
Avation Group S Pte. Ltd., 8.50%, 05/15/2031(a)(b)   5,000,000 4,868,750
GLP Pte. Ltd., 9.75%, 05/20/2028(a)   3,000,000 3,148,500
Oversea-Chinese Banking Corp. Ltd., VRN, (fixed rate to 09/08/2030, variable rate thereafter), 4.55%, 09/08/2030(a)(b)   5,000,000 4,987,942
Total Singapore   13,005,192
SOUTH KOREA—4.8%    
Busan Bank Co. Ltd., 3.63%, 07/25/2026(a)   5,100,000 5,064,471
Hanwha Life Insurance Co. Ltd., VRN, (fixed rate to 06/24/2030, variable rate thereafter), 6.30%, 06/24/2030(a)(b)   2,500,000 2,621,973
Kookmin Bank, 2.50%, 11/04/2030(a)   2,000,000 1,814,044
LG Energy Solution Ltd., 5.38%, 04/02/2030(a)   4,330,000 4,449,693
Shinhan Bank Co. Ltd., 4.50%, 03/26/2028(a)   5,000,000 5,013,936
Shinhan Financial Group Co. Ltd., 5.00%, 07/24/2028(a)   2,900,000 2,959,375
SK Hynix, Inc., 6.50%, 01/17/2033(a)   2,200,000 2,437,142
  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
Tongyang Life Insurance Co. Ltd., VRN, (fixed rate to 05/07/2030, variable rate thereafter), 6.25%, 05/07/2030(a)(b) $         4,738,000 $ 4,941,918
Woori Bank, VRN, (fixed rate to 07/24/2029, variable rate thereafter), 6.38%, 07/24/2029(a)(g)         3,500,000 3,673,053
Total South Korea   32,975,605
SWITZERLAND—0.4%    
UBS Group AG, VRN, (fixed rate to 11/13/2028, variable rate thereafter), 9.25%, 11/13/2028(a)(g)         2,700,000 2,942,176
THAILAND—2.5%    
Bangkok Bank PCL      
9.03%, 03/15/2029(a)   1,200,000 1,353,479
VRN, (fixed rate to 03/25/2035, variable rate thereafter), 6.06%, 03/25/2035(a)(b)   6,500,000 6,735,449
GC Treasury Center Co. Ltd., VRN, (fixed rate to 03/10/2035, variable rate thereafter), 7.13%, 03/10/2035(a)(g)         5,000,000 5,172,336
Muangthai Capital PCL      
6.88%, 09/30/2028(a)(c)   1,824,000 1,848,011
7.55%, 07/21/2030(a)(c)   1,650,000 1,705,318
Total Thailand   16,814,593
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES—2.7%    
Abu Dhabi Commercial Bank PJSC, VRN, (fixed rate to 09/10/2029, variable rate thereafter), 5.36%, 09/10/2029(a)(b)         4,800,000 4,900,586
DP World Ltd., 6.85%, 07/02/2037(a)   2,700,000 3,105,846
Galaxy Pipeline Assets Bidco Ltd., 2.63%, 03/31/2036(a)(c)   7,237,000 6,394,416
MAF Global Securities Ltd.      
VRN, (fixed rate to 03/20/2026, variable rate thereafter), 6.38%, 03/20/2026(a)(g)   1,500,000 1,500,396
VRN, (fixed rate to 06/30/2027, variable rate thereafter), 7.88%, 06/30/2027(a)(g)   2,500,000 2,585,235
Total United Arab Emirates   18,486,479
UNITED KINGDOM—3.9%    
HSBC Holdings PLC      
(fixed rate to 11/03/2027, variable rate thereafter), 7.39%, 11/03/2027(b)   3,500,000 3,705,433
VRN, (fixed rate to 03/07/2028, variable rate thereafter), 8.00%, 03/07/2028(g)   6,700,000 7,094,442
 
18 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Portfolio of Investments   (continued)
As of October 31, 2025

  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
CORPORATE BONDS (continued)  
UNITED KINGDOM (continued)    
Standard Chartered PLC      
VRN, (fixed rate to 11/16/2027, variable rate thereafter), 7.77%, 11/16/2027(a)(b) $   3,000,000 $ 3,201,959
VRN, (fixed rate to 01/09/2028, variable rate thereafter), 6.30%, 01/09/2028(a)(b)   7,276,000 7,565,951
VRN, (fixed rate to 03/08/2030, variable rate thereafter), 7.88%, 03/08/2030(a)(g)   5,000,000 5,358,005
Total United Kingdom   26,925,790
UNITED STATES—1.7%    
Hyundai Capital America, 6.38%, 04/08/2030(a)(b)         5,100,000 5,449,038
Telecommunications Co. Telekom Srbija AD Belgrade, 7.90%, 05/22/2028(h) EUR       5,000,000 5,798,982
Total United States   11,248,020
VIETNAM—0.4%    
Mong Duong Finance Holdings BV, 5.13%, 05/07/2029(a)(b)(c) $       2,920,459 2,891,254
Total Corporate Bonds   499,345,423
SUPRANATIONAL—7.7%      
Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, 6.65%, 06/30/2033(a) INR     550,000,000     6,124,449
Corp. Andina de Fomento, 8.25%, 04/26/2034       320,000,000     3,772,933
European Bank for Reconstruction & Development, 6.75%, 03/14/2031       850,000,000     9,583,598
Inter-American Development Bank EMTN, 7.00%, 04/17/2033   850,000,000 9,723,588
International Bank for Reconstruction & Development      
7.05%, 07/22/2029   817,000,000 9,329,517
7.00%, 01/25/2031   1,250,000,000 14,259,121
Total Supranational     52,793,206
COMMON STOCKS—0.0%  
CHINA—0.0%    
Yuzhou Group Holdings Co. Ltd.(i)   528,950 10,755
Total Common Stocks   10,755
  Shares or
Principal
Amount
Value
SHORT-TERM INVESTMENT—1.3%  
State Street Institutional U.S. Government Money Market Fund, Premier Class, 4.01%(j)         9,240,912 $     9,240,912
Total Short-Term Investment   9,240,912
Total Investments
(Cost $1,105,968,075)(k)—158.8%
1,088,608,934
Long Term Debt Securities (326,000,000)
Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Stock at Liquidation Value (100,000,000)
Other Assets in Excess of Liabilities—3.3% 22,759,105
Net Assets—100.0% $685,368,039
    
(a) Denotes a security issued under Regulation S or Rule 144A.
(b) The maturity date presented for these instruments represents the next call/put date.
(c) Sinkable security.
(d) Step bond. Rate disclosed is as of October 31, 2025.
(e) Zero coupon bond.
(f) Payment-in-kind security for which part of the income earned may be paid as additional principal.
(g) Perpetual maturity. Maturity date presented represents the next call date.
(h) Level 3 security. See Note 2(a) of the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
(i) Non-income producing security.
(j) Registered investment company advised by State Street Investment Management. The rate shown is the 7 day yield as of October 31, 2025.
(k) See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements for tax unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) of securities.
    
AUD Australian Dollar
BRL Brazilian Real
CNH Chinese Yuan Renminbi Offshore
CNY Chinese Yuan Renminbi
DOP Dominican Republic Peso
EMTN Euro Medium Term Note
EUR Euro Currency
HKD Hong Kong Dollar
IDR Indonesian Rupiah
INR Indian Rupee
KRW South Korean Won
KZT Kazakhstan Tenge
MTN Medium Term Note
MXN Mexican Peso
MYR Malaysian Ringgit
PHP Philippine Peso
PIK Payment-In-Kind
PKR Pakistan Rupee
PLC Public Limited Company
SGD Singapore Dollar
THB Thai Baht
USD U.S. Dollar
UYU Uruguayan Peso
VRN Variable Rate Note
ZAR South African Rand
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 19

 

Portfolio of Investments   (continued)
As of October 31, 2025

As of October 31, 2025, the Fund held the following futures contracts:
    
Futures Contracts Number of
Contracts
Long/(Short)
Expiration
Date
Notional
Amount
Market
Value
Unrealized
Appreciation/
(Depreciation)
Long Contract Positions          
Korea Treasury Bond - 10 Year 663 12/16/2025 $55,118,928 $54,128,907 $(990,021)
Ultra United States Treasury Note 10 Year 262 12/19/2025 30,754,193 31,775,687 1,021,494
United States Treasury Note 6%—10 year 425 12/19/2025 47,424,024 47,885,547 461,523
United States Treasury Note 6%—5 Year 453 12/31/2025 49,263,750 49,472,555 208,805
          $701,801
Short Contract Positions          
United States Treasury Note 6%—10 year (199) 12/19/2025 $(22,258,049) $(22,421,703) $(163,654)
          $538,147
    
As of October 31, 2025, the Fund held the following forward foreign currency contracts:
    
Purchase Contracts
Settlement Date*
Counterparty Currency
Purchased
Amount
Purchased
Currency
Sold
Amount
Sold
Fair Value Unrealized
Appreciation/
(Depreciation)
Australian Dollar/United States Dollar          
11/25/2025 UBS AG AUD 124,014,924 USD 79,962,715 $81,162,508 $1,199,793
Chinese Yuan Renminbi Offshore/United States Dollar          
11/05/2025 Standard Chartered Bank CNH 12,168,000 USD 1,714,732 1,708,262 (6,470)
11/05/2025 UBS AG CNH 343,085,000 USD 47,873,045 48,165,615 292,570
01/30/2026 Standard Chartered Bank CNH 244,219,000 USD 34,586,293 34,484,119 (102,174)
Indonesian Rupiah/United States Dollar          
01/23/2026 Royal Bank of Canada IDR 308,453,149,000 USD 18,490,927 18,519,486 28,559
Malaysian Ringgit/United States Dollar          
11/12/2025 BNP Paribas S.A. MYR 5,184,000 USD 1,231,032 1,238,177 7,145
11/12/2025 Deutsche Bank AG MYR 14,675,000 USD 3,477,159 3,505,064 27,905
Philippine Peso/United States Dollar          
01/08/2026 Deutsche Bank AG PHP 169,918,000 USD 2,905,426 2,894,833 (10,593)
Singapore Dollar/United States Dollar          
11/28/2025 Royal Bank of Canada SGD 20,956,312 USD 16,386,700 16,130,771 (255,929)
South Korean Won/United States Dollar          
11/25/2025 Citibank N.A. KRW 4,786,124,000 USD 3,335,818 3,353,100 17,282
11/25/2025 Citibank N.A. KRW 37,528,158,000 USD 27,154,671 26,291,772 (862,899)
11/25/2025 Royal Bank of Canada KRW 7,657,624,000 USD 5,567,827 5,364,838 (202,989)
Thai Baht/United States Dollar          
11/14/2025 UBS AG THB 1,026,660,560 USD 31,873,402 31,776,436 (96,966)
Total $274,594,981 $35,234
    
20 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Portfolio of Investments   (concluded)
As of October 31, 2025

Sale Contracts
Settlement Date*
Counterparty Currency
Purchased
Amount
Purchased
Currency
Sold
Amount
Sold
Fair Value Unrealized
Appreciation/
(Depreciation)
United States Dollar/Chinese Yuan Renminbi Offshore          
11/05/2025 Deutsche Bank AG USD 6,590,593 CNH 46,915,000 $6,586,385 $4,208
11/05/2025 Deutsche Bank AG USD 4,030,247 CNH 28,800,000 4,043,225 (12,978)
11/05/2025 Standard Chartered Bank USD 34,326,201 CNH 243,738,000 34,218,315 107,886
11/05/2025 Standard Chartered Bank USD 5,024,512 CNH 35,800,000 5,025,953 (1,441)
01/30/2026 UBS AG USD 6,204,575 CNH 43,783,000 6,182,231 22,344
United States Dollar/Euro          
12/23/2025 Royal Bank of Canada USD 5,984,656 EUR 5,050,000 5,836,847 147,809
United States Dollar/Hong Kong Dollar          
01/13/2026 Standard Chartered Bank USD 12,618,440 HKD 98,000,000 12,623,208 (4,768)
United States Dollar/Indonesian Rupiah          
01/23/2026 Royal Bank of Canada USD 18,514,651 IDR 308,453,149,000 18,519,486 (4,835)
United States Dollar/Malaysian Ringgit          
11/12/2025 Deutsche Bank AG USD 29,794,421 MYR 125,319,167 29,931,968 (137,547)
11/12/2025 Standard Chartered Bank USD 3,792,947 MYR 15,897,000 3,796,933 (3,986)
United States Dollar/Philippine Peso          
01/08/2026 UBS AG USD 10,954,744 PHP 639,156,770 10,889,087 65,657
United States Dollar/Singapore Dollar          
11/28/2025 HSBC Bank PLC USD 3,011,318 SGD 3,863,000 2,973,480 37,838
United States Dollar/South Korean Won          
11/25/2025 Deutsche Bank AG USD 5,751,221 KRW 8,048,833,000 5,638,915 112,306
United States Dollar/Thai Baht          
11/14/2025 HSBC Bank PLC USD 2,576,561 THB 83,393,000 2,581,118 (4,557)
11/14/2025 Standard Chartered Bank USD 4,419,995 THB 142,296,000 4,404,240 15,755
11/14/2025 Standard Chartered Bank USD 3,181,780 THB 103,405,000 3,200,515 (18,735)
11/14/2025 UBS AG USD 14,369,186 THB 471,772,000 14,601,937 (232,751)
Total $171,053,843 $92,205
Unrealized appreciation on forward foreign currency exchange contracts $2,087,057
Unrealized depreciation on forward foreign currency exchange contracts $(1,959,618)
    
* Certain contracts with different trade dates and like characteristics have been shown net.
    
As of October 31, 2025, the Fund held the following centrally cleared interest rate swaps:
    
Currency Notional
Amount
Expiration
Date
Counterparty Receive
(Pay)
Floating
Rate
Floating
Rate
Index
Fixed
Rate
Frequency of
Paid
Payments
Made
Premiums
Paid
(Received)
Value Unrealized
Appreciation/
(Depreciation)
USD 31,000,000 08/23/2029 Morgan Stanley Receive 1-day SOFR 3.40% Annually $(216) $13,414 $13,630
USD 20,000,000 03/17/2032 Morgan Stanley Receive 1-day SOFR 3.40% Annually - 200,531 200,531
USD 25,000,000 03/17/2033 Morgan Stanley Receive 1-day SOFR 3.38% Annually - 388,969 388,969
    $(216) $602,914 $603,130
 
See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 21

 

Statement of Assets and Liabilities 
As of October 31, 2025

Assets  
Investments, at value (cost $1,096,727,163) $ 1,079,368,022
Short-term investment, at value (cost $9,240,912)  9,240,912
Foreign currency, at value (cost $2,896,678) 2,752,911
Cash at broker for interest rate swaps 2,314,860
Cash at broker for futures contracts 3,866,626
Cash at broker for forward foreign currency contracts 1,220,000
Interest receivable 17,936,706
Unrealized appreciation on forward foreign currency exchange contracts 2,087,057
Variation margin receivable for futures contracts 4,589,410
Variation margin receivable for centrally cleared swaps 18,762
Prepaid expenses in connection with revolving credit facility, senior secured notes and Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares (Notes 7 & 8) 2,091,610
Prepaid expenses 23,638
Total assets 1,125,510,514
Liabilities  
Senior secured notes payable (Note 8) 250,000,000
Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares ($25.00 liquidation value per share,4,000,000 shares outstanding)
(Note 7)
100,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility payable (Note 9) 76,000,000
Payable for investments purchased 6,393,270
Interest payable on revolving credit facility and senior secured notes 3,598,538
Unrealized depreciation on forward foreign currency exchange contracts 1,959,618
Investment management fees payable (Note 3) 611,875
Dividend payable on Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares 519,125
Deferred foreign capital gains tax (Note 2i) 281,889
Due to custodian 186,181
Administration fees payable (Note 3) 131,005
Investor relations fees payable (Note 3) 45,565
Other accrued expenses 415,409
Total liabilities 440,142,475
 
Net Assets Applicable to Common Shareholders $685,368,039
Composition of Net Assets  
Common stock (par value $0.010 per share) (Note 5) $ 412,826
Paid-in capital in excess of par  922,055,821
Accumulated loss  (237,100,608)
Net Assets Applicable to Common Shareholders $685,368,039
Net asset value per share based on 41,282,628 shares issued and outstanding $16.60
 
See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
22 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Statement of Operations 
For the Year Ended October 31, 2025

Net Investment Income  
Investment Income:  
Interest and amortization/accretion of discount and premium and other income (net of foreign withholding taxes of $3,062,839) $ 58,503,109
Total investment income 58,503,109
Expenses:  
Investment management fee (Note 3)  6,407,162
Administration fee (Note 3)  1,371,432
Revolving credit facility and senior secured notes  expenses  443,400
Custodian’s fees and expenses  331,922
Directors' fees and expenses  260,064
Legal fees and expenses  229,295
Reports to shareholders and proxy solicitation  163,551
Investor relations fees and expenses (Note 3)  138,670
Independent auditors’ fees and tax expenses  103,671
Transfer agent’s fees and expenses  91,972
Insurance expense  43,881
Miscellaneous  250,146
Total operating expenses, excluding interest expense and distributions to Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares 9,835,166
Interest expense (Notes 8 & 9)  14,022,090
Distributions to Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares (Note 7)  5,480,850
Total expenses 29,338,106
 
Net investment income applicable to common shareholders 29,165,003
Net Realized/Unrealized Gain/(Loss):  
Net realized gain/(loss) from:  
Investments (including $188,934 foreign capital gains tax) (Note 2i) (34,062,513)
Futures contracts (3,186,254)
Interest rate swaps 1,156,815
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts (13,630,230)
Foreign currency transactions (18,801,304)
  (68,523,486)
Net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation on:  
Investments (including change in deferred foreign capital gains tax of $1,386) (Note 2i) 67,003,039
Interest rate swaps (1,734,870)
Futures contracts 2,483,028
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts 2,509,252
Foreign currency translation 5,493,568
  75,754,017
Net realized and unrealized gain from investments, interest rate swaps, futures contracts, forward foreign currency exchange and foreign currencies 7,230,531
Change in Net Assets Applicable to Common Shareholders Resulting from Operations $36,395,534
 
See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 23

 

Statements of Changes in Net Assets 

  For the
Year Ended
October 31, 2025
For the
Year Ended
October 31, 2024
Increase/(Decrease) in Net Assets Applicable to Common Shareholders:    
Operations:    
Net investment income $29,165,003 $40,745,407
Net realized loss from investments, interest rate swaps, futures contracts, forward foreign currency exchange contracts and foreign currency transactions (68,523,486) (25,687,364)
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments, interest rate swaps, futures contracts, forward foreign currency exchange and foreign currency translations 75,754,017 96,558,657
Net increase in net assets applicable to common shareholders resulting from operations 36,395,534 111,616,700
Distributions to Common Shareholders From:    
Distributable earnings (1,526,125) (39,015,088)
Return of capital (80,213,516) (42,724,537)
Net decrease in net assets applicable to common shareholders from distributions (81,739,641) (81,739,625)
Change in net assets applicable to common shareholders (45,344,107) 29,877,075
Net Assets Applicable to Common Shareholders:    
Beginning of year 730,712,146 700,835,071
End of year $685,368,039 $730,712,146
 
See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
24 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Statement of Cash Flows   
For the Year Ended  October 31, 2025

Cash flows from operating activities:  
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations $ 36,395,534
Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting
from operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
Investments purchased  (364,650,638)
Investments sold and principal repayments  433,084,449
Net change in short-term investments, excluding foreign government bonds  3,848,864
Net amortization/accretion of premium/(discount)  10,436,653
Decrease in interest, dividends and other receivables  2,132,490
Net change in unrealized appreciation on forward foreign currency exchange contracts  (2,509,252)
Decrease in prepaid expenses  236,135
Decrease in interest payable on revolving credit facility, senior secured notes and Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares  (236,130)
Increase in accrued investment management fees payable  521
Increase in other accrued expenses  744,919
Decrease in variation margin for futures contracts  1,086,740
Net change in unrealized appreciation of investments  (67,003,039)
Net change in unrealized appreciation on foreign currency translation  (5,493,568)
Net realized loss on investments transactions  34,062,513
Net cash provided by operating activities 82,136,191
Cash flows from financing activities:  
Decrease in payable to custodian $ (618,423)
Distributions paid to common shareholders (81,739,641)
Decrease in variation margin for swap contracts 38,152
Net cash used in financing activities (82,319,912)
Effect of exchange rate on cash (2,128)
Net change in cash (185,849)
Unrestricted and restricted cash and foreign currency, beginning of year 10,340,246
Unrestricted and restricted cash and foreign currency, end of year $10,154,397
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:  
Cash paid for interest and fees on borrowing  $14,258,220
Cash paid for dividend and related expenses on preferred shares  $4,961,725
See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 25

 

Statement of Cash Flows    (concluded)
For the Year Ended  October 31, 2025

Reconciliation of unrestricted and restricted cash to the statement of assets and liabilities  
  Year Ended
October 31, 2025
Foreign currency, at value $ 2,752,911
Cash at broker for interest rate swaps  2,314,860
Cash at broker for futures contracts  3,866,626
Cash at broker for forward foreign currency contracts  1,220,000
  $10,154,397
 
See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
26 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Financial Highlights 

  For the Fiscal Years Ended October 31,
  2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE(a):          
Net asset value per common share, beginning of year $17.70 $16.98 $17.10 $26.28 $27.90
Net investment income(b) 0.71 0.99 1.08 1.02 1.08
Net realized and unrealized gains/(losses) on investments, interest rate swaps, futures contracts and foreign currency transactions 0.17 1.71 0.78 (8.22) (0.72)
Total from investment operations applicable to common shareholders 0.88 2.70 1.86 (7.20) 0.36
Distributions to common shareholders from:          
Net investment income (0.04) (0.95) (0.90) (0.54) (1.08)
Return of capital (1.94) (1.03) (1.08) (1.44) (0.90)
Total distributions (1.98) (1.98) (1.98) (1.98) (1.98)
Net asset value per common share, end of year $16.60 $17.70 $16.98 $17.10 $26.28
Market price, end of year $15.49 $16.40 $14.34 $14.22 $25.32
Total Investment Return Based on(c):          
Market price 6.99% 29.01% 13.96% (37.59%) 19.87%
Net asset value 6.24% 17.59% 12.21% (27.70%) 1.67%
Ratio to Average Net Assets Applicable to Common Shareholders/Supplementary Data(d):          
Net assets applicable to common shareholders, end of year (000 omitted) $685,368 $730,712 $700,835 $705,932 $1,085,384
Average net assets applicable to common shareholders (000 omitted) $695,432 $743,325 $767,851 $919,052 $1,165,019
Gross operating expenses 4.22% 3.31% 3.33% 3.15% 2.57%
Net operating expenses, excluding interest expense and distributions to Series A and Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares 1.41% 1.27% 1.29% 1.36% 1.16%
Net Investment income 4.19% 5.48% 5.86% 4.71% 3.75%
Portfolio turnover 34% 30% 21% 26% 44%
Senior securities:          
Senior securities outstanding (000 omitted) $326,000 $326,000 $326,000 $315,000 $450,000
Asset coverage per $1,000 on senior securities at year end(e) $3,409 $3,548 $3,150 $3,400 $3,523
Preferred shares outstanding (000 omitted) $100,000 $100,000 $– $50,000 $50,000
Asset coverage per $1,000 on total leverage at year end(f) $2,609 $2,715 $3,150 $2,934 $3,171
Asset coverage per share of preferred shares at year end(g) $277.84 $289.18 $– $535.47 $792.69
Liquidation value per share of preferred shares $25 $25 $– $25 $25
    
(a) On September 9, 2024, the Fund implemented a 1 for 6 reverse stock split. Net asset value and per share amounts have been updated to reflect the transaction. See Note 5.
(b) Based on average shares outstanding.
(c) Total investment return based on market value is calculated assuming that shares of the Fund’s common stock were purchased at the closing market price as of the beginning of the period, dividends, capital gains and other distributions were reinvested as provided for in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan and then sold at the closing market price per share on the last day of the period. The computation does not reflect any sales commission investors may incur in purchasing or selling shares of the Fund. The total investment return based on the net asset value is similarly computed except that the Fund’s net asset value is substituted for the closing market value.
(d) Ratios calculated on the basis of income, expenses and preferred share dividends applicable to both the common and preferred shares relative to the average net assets of common shareholders. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025, 2024, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the ratios of net investment income before preferred stock dividends to average net assets of common shareholders were 4.98%, 5.53%, 5.95%, 4.91%, and 3.93%, respectively.
See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 27

 

Financial Highlights  (concluded)

(e) Asset coverage per $1,000 on senior securities is calculated by dividing net assets plus the amount of any borrowings, including Preferred Shares, for investment purposes by the amount of any senior securities, which includes the revolving credit facility and then multiplying by $1,000.
(f) Asset coverage per $1,000 on total leverage is calculated as the Fund's total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by the Fund's senior securities or the a liquidation preference of preferred shares, divided by secured senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of preferred shares and then multiplying by $1,000.
(g) Asset coverage per share of preferred shares is calculated by subtracting the fund's total liabilities (not including senior securities or the liquidation preference of preferred shares) from the fund's total assets and dividing by shares of outstanding preferred stock (based on a per share liquidation preference of $25.00).
Amounts listed as “–” are $0 or round to $0. 
See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
28 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Notes to Financial Statements 
October 31, 2025

1.  Organization
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) was incorporated in Maryland on March 14, 1986 as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company. The Fund’s principal investment objective is to seek current income. The Fund may also achieve incidental capital appreciation. To achieve its investment objectives, the Fund normally invests at least 80% of its total assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in "Asia-Pacific debt securities,” which include: (1) debt securities of Asia-Pacific Country issuers, including securities issued by Asia-Pacific Country governmental entities, as well as by banks, companies and other entities which are located in Asia-Pacific Countries, whether or not denominated in an Asia-Pacific Country currency; (2) debt securities of other issuers, denominated in, or linked to, the currency of an Asia-Pacific Country, including securities issued by supranational issuers, such as The World Bank and derivative debt securities that replicate, or substitute for, the currency of an Asia-Pacific Country; (3) debt securities issued by entities which, although not located in an Asia-Pacific Country, derive at least 50% of their revenues from Asia-Pacific Countries or have at least 50% of their assets located in Asia-Pacific Countries; and (4) debt securities issued by a wholly-owned subsidiary of an entity located in an Asia-Pacific Country, provided that the debt securities are guaranteed by the parent entity located in the Asia-Pacific Country (the “80% Policy”). With reference to items (3) and (4) above, Asia-Pacific debt securities may be denominated in an Asia-Pacific Country currency or U.S. dollars. “Asia-Pacific Countries” (each, an “Asia-Pacific Country”) means countries included in “Asia” and “Oceania” in the United Nations (“UN”) geographic regions used by the UN Statistics Division. The 80% Policy is fundamental and may not be changed without a vote of shareholders. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. The ability of issuers of debt securities held by the Fund to meet their obligations may be affected by economic developments in a specific industry, country or region.
The maximum exposure to any one “Investment Grade Country” (other than the U.S.) is limited to 25% of the Fund's total assets and the maximum exposure to any one “Non-Investment Grade Country” is limited to 15% of the Fund's total assets. Investment Grade Countries are those countries whose sovereign debt is rated not less than Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), BBB- by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or BBB- by Fitch Ratings, Inc. ("Fitch") or comparably rated by another appropriate nationally or internationally recognized ratings agency. Non-Investment Grade Countries are those that are not Investment Grade Countries.
2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The Fund is an investment company and accordingly follows the investment company accounting and reporting guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 946 Financial Services-Investment Companies. The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the Fund in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of income and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The accounting records of the Fund are maintained in U.S. Dollars and the U.S. Dollar is used as both the functional and reporting currency. However, the Australian Dollar is the functional currency for U.S. federal tax purposes.
a.  Security Valuation:
The Fund values its securities at fair value, consistent with regulatory requirements. "Fair value" is defined in the Fund's Valuation and Liquidity Procedures as the price that could be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants without a compulsion to transact at the measurement date, also referred to as market value. Pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), the Board of Directors of the Fund (the "Board") designated abrdn Asia Limited (“abrdn Asia” or the “Investment Manager”) as the valuation designee ("Valuation Designee") for the Fund to perform the fair value determinations relating to Fund investments for which market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable.
In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under U.S. GAAP, the Fund discloses the fair value of its investments using a three-level hierarchy that classifies the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure the fair value. The hierarchy assigns Level 1, the highest level, measurements to valuations based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, Level 2 measurements to valuations based upon other significant observable inputs, including adjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets, and Level 3, the lowest level, measurements to valuations based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation. Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk, for example, the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique used to measure fair value including a pricing model and/or the risk inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. Inputs may be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, which are based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 29

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Open-end mutual funds are valued at the respective NAV as reported by such company. The prospectuses for the registered open-end management investment companies in which the Fund invests explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. Closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds ("ETFs") are valued at the market price of the security at the Valuation Time (defined below). A security using any of these pricing methodologies is generally determined to be a Level 1 investment.
Long-term debt and other fixed-income securities are valued at the last quoted or evaluated bid price on the valuation date provided by an independent pricing service provider. If there are no current day bids, the security is valued at the previously applied bid. Pricing services generally price debt securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional "round lot" size and the strategies employed by the Investment Manager as Valuation Designee generally trade in round lot sizes. In certain circumstances, some trades may occur in smaller "odd lot" sizes which may be effected at lower or higher prices than institutional round lot trades. Short-term debt securities (such as commercial paper and U.S. treasury bills) having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, if it represents the best approximation of fair value. Debt and other fixed-income securities are generally determined to be Level 2 investments.
Short-term investments are comprised of cash and cash equivalents invested in short-term investment funds which are redeemable daily. The Fund  sweeps available cash into the State Street Institutional U.S. Government Money Market Fund, which has elected to qualify as a “government money market fund” pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, and has an objective, which is not guaranteed, to maintain a
$1.00 per share NAV. Generally, these investment types are categorized as Level 1 investments.
Derivatives are valued at fair value. Exchange traded derivatives are generally Level 1 investments and over-the-counter and centrally cleared derivatives are generally Level 2 investments. Forward foreign currency contracts are generally valued based on the bid price of the forward rates and the current spot rate. Forward exchange rate quotations are available for scheduled settlement dates, such as 1-, 3-, 6-, 9- and 12-month periods. An interpolated valuation is derived based on the actual settlement dates of the forward contracts held. Futures contracts are valued at the settlement price or at the last bid price if no settlement price is available. Interest rate swaps agreements are generally valued by an approved pricing agent based on the terms of the swap agreement (including future cash flows).
In the event that a security’s market quotations are not readily available or are deemed unreliable (for reasons other than because the foreign exchange on which it trades closes before the Valuation Time), the security is valued at fair value as determined by the Valuation Designee, taking into account the relevant factors and surrounding circumstances using valuation policies and procedures approved by the Board. Under normal circumstances the Valuation Time is as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). A security that has been fair valued by the Valuation Designee may be classified as Level 2 or Level 3 depending on the nature of the inputs.
The three-level hierarchy of inputs is summarized below:
Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical investments;
Level 2 - other significant observable inputs (including valuation factors, quoted prices for similar securities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, and credit risk, etc.); or
Level 3 - significant unobservable inputs (including the Fund’s own assumptions in determining the fair value of investments).
 
30 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

A summary of standard inputs is listed below:
Security Type Standard Inputs
Debt and other fixed-income securities Reported trade data, broker-dealer price quotations, benchmark yields, issuer spreads on comparable securities, credit quality, yield, and maturity.
Forward foreign currency contracts Forward exchange rate quotations.
Swap agreements Market information pertaining to the underlying reference assets, i.e., credit spreads, credit event probabilities, fair values, forward rates, and volatility measures.
The following is a summary of the inputs used as of October 31, 2025 in valuing the Fund's investments and other financial instruments at fair value. The inputs or methodology used for valuing securities are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in those securities. Please refer to the Portfolio of Investments for a detailed breakout of the security types:
Investments, at Value Level 1 – Quoted
Prices
Level 2 – Other Significant
Observable Inputs
Level 3 – Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Total
Assets    
Investments in Securities      
Common Stocks $10,755 $$$10,755
Corporate Bonds 493,546,441 5,798,982 499,345,423
Government Bonds 527,218,638 527,218,638
Supranational 52,793,206 52,793,206
Short-Term Investment 9,240,912 9,240,912
Total Investments $9,251,667 $1,073,558,285 $5,798,982 $1,088,608,934
Other Financial Instruments      
Centrally Cleared Interest Rate Swap Agreements $$603,130 $$603,130
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts 2,087,057 2,087,057
Futures Contracts 1,691,822 1,691,822
Total Other Financial Instruments 1,691,822 2,690,187 4,382,009
Total Investment Assets $10,943,489 $1,076,248,472 $5,798,982 $1,092,990,943
Liabilities    
Other Financial Instruments      
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts $$(1,959,618) $$(1,959,618)
Futures Contracts (1,153,675) (1,153,675)
Total Investment Liabilities $(1,153,675) $(1,959,618) $$(3,113,293)
Amounts listed as “–” are $0 or round to $0.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 31

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

Rollforward of Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
For the Year Ended October 31, 2025
Investments
in Securities
Balance
as of
October 31,
2024
Accrued
Discounts
(Premiums)
Net Realized
Gain (Loss)
and Change
in Unrealized
Appreciation/
Depreciation
Net
Purchases
Net
Sales
Balance
as of
October 31,
2025
Change in
Unrealized
Appreciation/
Depreciation
from
Investments
Held at
October 31,
2025
Corporate Bonds              
United States $- $3,425 $(3,798) $5,799,355 $- $5,798,982 $(3,798)
Total $- $3,425 $(3,798) $5,799,355 $- $5,798,982 $(3,798)
Amounts listed as “–” are $0 or round to $0.
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, there have been no transfers between levels and no significant changes to the fair valuation methodologies.
Description Fair Value at
October 31, 2025
Valuation Technique (s) Unobservable Inputs Range Weighted
Average
Relationship
Between
Fair Value
and Input;
if Input value
increases then
Fair Value:
Corporate Bonds $5,798,982 Income Approach Discount Rate 7.67% 7.67% Decreases
Total $5,798,982          
b.  Restricted Securities:
Restricted securities are privately-placed securities whose resale is restricted under U.S. securities laws. The Fund may invest in restricted securities, including unregistered securities eligible for resale without registration pursuant to Rule 144A and privately-placed securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers offered outside the U.S. without registration pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"). Rule 144A securities may be freely traded among certain qualified institutional investors, such as the Fund, but resale of such securities in the U.S. is permitted only in limited circumstances.
c.  Foreign Currency Translation:
Foreign securities, currencies, and other assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate of said currencies against the U.S. Dollar, as of the Valuation Time, as provided by an independent pricing service approved by the Board.
Foreign currency amounts are translated into U.S. Dollars on the following basis:
(i) fair value of investment securities, other assets and liabilities – at the current daily rates of exchange at the Valuation Time; and
(ii) purchases and sales of investment securities, income and expenses – at the relevant rates of exchange prevailing on the respective dates of such transactions.
The Fund isolates that portion of the results of operations arising from changes in the foreign exchange rates due to the fluctuations in the market prices of the securities held at the end of the reporting period. Similarly, the Fund isolates the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates from the fluctuations arising from changes in the market prices of portfolio securities sold during the reporting period. The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates from the fluctuations arising from changes in the market prices of portfolio securities sold during the reported period is reported in the accompanying Statement of Cash Flows within the investments sold and principal repayments caption.
Net realized foreign exchange gains or losses represent foreign exchange gains and losses from transactions in foreign currencies and forward foreign currency contracts, exchange gains or losses realized between the trade date and settlement date on security transactions,
 
32 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

and the difference between the amounts of interest and dividends recorded on the Fund’s books and the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the amounts actually received.
Foreign security and currency transactions may involve certain considerations and risks not typically associated with those of domestic origin, including unanticipated movements in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. Dollar. Generally, when the U.S. Dollar rises in value against foreign currency, the Fund's investments denominated in that foreign currency will lose value because the foreign currency is worth fewer U.S. Dollars; the opposite effect occurs if the U.S. Dollar falls in relative value.
d.  Derivative Financial Instruments:
The Fund is authorized to use derivatives to manage currency risk, credit risk, and interest rate risk and to replicate, or use as a substitute for, physical securities. Losses may arise due to changes in the value of the contract or if the counterparty does not perform under the contract. The use of derivative instruments involves, to varying degrees, elements of market risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Statement of Assets and Liabilities.
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts:
A forward foreign currency exchange contract ("forward contract") involves an obligation to purchase and sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. Forward contracts are used to manage the Fund's currency exposure in an efficient manner. They are used to sell unwanted currency exposure that comes with holding securities in a market, or to buy currency exposure where the exposure from holding securities is insufficient to give the desired currency exposure either in absolute terms or relative to a particular benchmark or index. The use of forward contracts allows for the separation of investment decision-making between foreign exchange holdings and their currencies.
The forward contract is marked-to-market daily and the change in market value is recorded by the Fund as unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Forward contracts' prices are received daily from an independent pricing provider. When the forward contract is closed, the Fund records a realized gain or loss equal to the difference between the value at the time it was opened and the value at the time it was closed. These realized and unrealized gains and losses are reported on the Statement of Operations. The Fund could be exposed to risks if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of their contracts or from unanticipated movements in exchange rates. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Fund used forward contracts to hedge its currency exposure.
While the Fund may enter into forward contracts to seek to reduce currency exchange rate risks, transactions in such contracts involve certain risks. The Fund could be exposed to risks if the counterparties
to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of their contracts and from unanticipated movements in exchange rates. Thus, while the Fund may benefit from such transactions, unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be an imperfect correlation between the Fund’s portfolio holdings or securities quoted or denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts entered into by the Fund. Such imperfect correlation may prevent the Fund from achieving a complete hedge, which will expose the Fund to the risk of foreign exchange loss.
Forward contracts are subject to the risk that the counterparties to such contracts may default on their obligations. Since a forward foreign currency exchange contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing house, a default on the contract would deprive the Fund of unrealized profits, transaction costs or the benefits of a currency hedge or force the Fund to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the market price at the time of the default.
Futures Contracts:
The Fund may invest in financial futures contracts (“futures contracts”) for the purpose of hedging its existing portfolio securities, or securities that the Fund intends to purchase, against fluctuations in value caused by changes in prevailing market interest rates or prices. Futures contracts may also be entered into for non-hedging purposes, however, in those instances, (a) either the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish the Fund's position may not exceed 5% of the Fund's NAV after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contract into which it has entered into, or (b) the aggregate net notional value of the Fund’s position may not exceed 100% of the Fund's NAV after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contract which it has entered into.
Upon entering into a futures contract, the Fund is required to pledge to the broker an amount of cash and/or other assets equal to a certain percentage of the contract amount. This payment is known as initial margin. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” are calculated each day, depending on the daily fluctuations in the fair value of the underlying assets. An unrealized gain/(loss) equal to the variation margin is recognized on a daily basis. When the contract expires or is closed, the gain/(loss) is realized and is presented in the Statement of Operations as a net realized gain/(loss) on futures contracts. Futures contracts are valued daily at their last quoted sale price on the exchange on which they are traded.
A “sale” of a futures contract means a contractual obligation to deliver the securities or foreign currency called for by the contract at a fixed price at a specified time in the future. A “purchase” of a futures contract means a contractual obligation to acquire the securities or foreign currency at a fixed price at a specified time in the future.
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 33

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

There are significant risks associated with the Fund's use of futures contracts, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on the ability of the Fund's investment manager and/or subadviser to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the movement in the price of futures contracts, interest rates and the fair value of the securities held by the Fund; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts. In addition, should market conditions change unexpectedly, the Fund may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the futures contracts and may realize a loss.
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Fund used U.S. Treasury futures to efficiently manage U.S. interest rate exposure and hedge the U.S. interest rate risk.
Swaps:
A swap is an agreement that obligates two parties to exchange a series of cash flows and/or meet certain obligations at specified intervals based upon or calculated by reference to changes in specified prices or rates (interest rates in the case of interest rate swaps, currency exchange rates in the case of currency swaps) or the occurrence of a credit event with respect to an underlying reference obligation (in the case of a credit default swap) for a specified amount of an underlying asset or notional principal amount. The Fund will enter into swaps only on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the amount of the difference between the two payments. Except for currency swaps and credit default swaps, the notional principal amount is used solely to calculate the payment streams but is not exchanged. With respect to currency swaps, actual principal amounts of currencies may be exchanged by the counterparties at the initiation, and again upon the termination of the transaction.
Traditionally, swaps were customized, privately negotiated agreements executed between two parties (“OTC Swaps”) but since 2013, certain swaps are required to be cleared pursuant to rules and regulations related to the Dodd – Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd Frank”) and/or Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories (“EMIR”) (“Cleared Swaps”). Like OTC Swaps, Cleared
Swaps are negotiated bilaterally. Unlike OTC Swaps, the act of clearing results in two swaps executed between each of the parties and a central counterparty (“CCP”), and thus the counterparty credit exposure of the parties is to the CCP rather than to one another. Upon entering into a Cleared Swap, the Fund is required to pledge an amount of cash and/or other assets equal to a certain percentage of the contract amount. This payment is known as “initial margin”. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” are calculated each day, depending on the daily fluctuations in the fair value of the underlying assets. An unrealized gain/(loss) equal to the variation margin is recognized on a daily basis. When the contract matures or is terminated, the gain or loss is realized and is presented in the Statements of Operations as a net realized gain or loss on swap contracts. The margin requirements associated with OTC Swaps and Cleared Swaps may not be the same.
Entering into swap agreements involves, to varying degrees, elements of credit, market and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts reported on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities. Such risks involve the possibility that there will be no liquid market for these agreements, that the counterparty to the agreements may default on its obligation to perform and that there may be unfavorable changes in the value of the index or securities underlying the agreement. The Fund's maximum risk of loss from counterparty risk related to swaps is the fair value of the contract. This risk is mitigated by the posting of collateral by the counterparties to the Fund to cover the Fund's exposure to the counterparty.
Interest Rate Swaps:
The Fund may use interest rate swap contracts to manage its exposure to interest rates. Interest rate swap contracts typically represent the exchange between the Fund and a counterparty of respective commitments to make variable rate and fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. Interest rate swap contracts may have a term that is greater than one year, but typically require periodic interim settlement in cash, at which time the specified value of the variable interest rate is reset for the next settlement period. Net payments of interest are recorded as realized gains or losses. During the period that the swap contract is open, the contract is marked-to-market as the net amount due to or from the Fund and changes in the value of swap contracts are recorded as unrealized gains or losses.
 
34 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

Summary of Derivative Instruments:
The Fund may use derivatives for various purposes as noted above. The following is a summary of the fair value of derivative instruments, not accounted for as hedging instruments, as of October 31, 2025:
  Risk Exposure Category
  Interest
Rate
Contracts
Foreign
Currency
Contracts
Total
 
Assets:
Unrealized appreciation on:
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts $$2,087,057 $2,087,057
Futures Contracts 1,691,822 1,691,822
Swap Contracts 603,130 603,130
Total $2,294,952 $2,087,057 $4,382,009
Liabilities:
Unrealized depreciation on:
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts $$1,959,618 $1,959,618
Futures Contracts 1,153,675 1,153,675
Total $1,153,675 $1,959,618 $3,113,293
Amounts listed as “–” are $0 or round to $0.
The Fund has transactions that may be subject to enforceable master netting agreements. A reconciliation of the gross amounts on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of October 31, 2025 to the net amounts by broker and derivative type, including any collateral received or pledged, is included in the following tables:
   
    Gross Amounts Not Offset
in the Statement of
Assets and Liabilities
  Gross Amounts Not Offset
in the Statement of
Assets and Liabilities
  Gross Amounts
of Assets
Presented in
Statement of
Assets and
Liabilities
Financial
Instruments
Collateral
Received(1)
Net
Amount(2)
Gross Amounts
of Liabilities
Presented in
Statement of
Assets and
Liabilities
Financial
Instruments
Collateral
Pledged(1)
Net
Amount(2)
Description Assets Liabilities
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts(3)
BNP Paribas S.A. $7,145 $– $– $7,145 $– $– $– $–
Citibank N.A. 17,282 (17,282) 862,899 (17,282) (845,617)
Deutsche Bank AG 144,419 (144,419) 161,118 (144,419) 16,699
HSBC Bank PLC 37,838 (4,557) 33,281 4,557 (4,557)
Royal Bank of Canada 176,368 (176,368) 463,753 (176,368) (287,385)
Standard Chartered Bank 123,641 (123,641) 137,574 (123,641) 13,933
UBS AG 1,580,364 (329,717) 1,250,647 329,717 (329,717)
Amounts listed as “–” are $0 or round to $0.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 35

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

(1) In some instances, the actual collateral received and/or pledged may be more than the amount shown here due to overcollateralization.
(2) Net amounts represent the net receivables/(payable) that would be due from/to the counterparty in the event of default. Exposure from financial derivative instruments can only be netted across transactions governed under the same master netting agreement with the same legal entity.
(3) Includes financial instrument which are not subject to a master netting arrangement across funds, or another similar arrangement.
The effect of derivative instruments on the Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025:
  Risk Exposure Category
  Interest
Rate
Contracts
Foreign
Currency
Contracts
Total
 
Realized Gain/(Loss) on Derivatives Recognized
as a Result of Operations:
Futures Contracts $(3,186,254) $$(3,186,254)
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts (13,630,230) (13,630,230)
Swap Contracts 1,156,815 1,156,815
Total $(2,029,439) $(13,630,230) $(15,659,669)
Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation/Depreciation on
Derivatives Recognized as a Result of Operations:
Futures Contracts $2,483,028 $$2,483,028
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts 2,509,252 2,509,252
Swap Contracts (1,734,870) (1,734,870)
Total $748,158 $2,509,252 $3,257,410
Amounts listed as “–” are $0 or round to $0.
Information about derivatives reflected as of the date of this report is generally indicative of the type of activity during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. The table below summarizes the weighted average values of derivatives holdings for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025.
Derivative Average Monthly
Notional Value
Long Futures Contracts $144,046,458
Short Futures Contracts $(20,011,811)
Swap Contracts at Notional Amount $76,000,000
Foreign Currency Contracts Purchased $264,403,231
Foreign Currency Contracts Sold $234,203,879
e.  Bank Loans:
The Fund may invest in bank loans. Bank loans include floating and fixed-rate debt obligations. Floating rate loans are debt obligations issued by companies or other entities with floating interest rates that reset periodically. Bank loans may include, but are not limited to, term loans, delayed funding loans, bridge loans and revolving credit facilities. Loan interest will primarily take the form of assignments purchased in the primary or secondary market but may include participations. Floating rate loans are secured by specific collateral of the borrower and are senior to most other securities of the borrower
(e.g., common stock or debt instruments) in the event of bankruptcy. Floating rate loans are often issued in connection with recapitalizations, acquisitions, leveraged buyouts, and refinancings. Floating rate loans are typically structured and administered by a financial institution that acts as the agent of the lenders participating in the floating rate loan. Floating rate loans may be acquired directly through the agent, as an assignment from another lender who holds a direct interest in the floating rate loan, or as a participation interest in another lender’s portion of the floating rate loan.
The Fund may also enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowings in which the Fund agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrowing issuer for a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrowing issuer repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment is again made available to the borrowing issuer under the facility. The borrowing issuer may at any time borrow and repay amounts so long as, in the aggregate, at any given time the amount borrowed does not exceed the maximum amount established by the loan agreement. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest.
 
36 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

See “Bank Loan Risk” under “Portfolio Investment Risks” for information regarding the risks associated with an investment in bank loans.
f.  Security Transactions, Investment Income and Expenses:
Security transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains/(losses) from security and foreign currency transactions are calculated on the identified cost basis. Interest income and expenses are recorded on an accrual basis. Discounts and premiums on securities purchased are accreted or amortized on an effective yield basis over the estimated lives of the respective securities.
g.  Distributions:
The Fund has a managed distribution policy to pay distributions from net investment income supplemented by net realized foreign exchange gains, net realized short-term capital gains, net realized long-term capital gains and return of capital distributions, if necessary, on a monthly basis. The stable distribution policy is subject to regular review by the Board. The Fund will also declare and pay distributions at least annually from net realized gains on investment transactions and net realized foreign exchange gains, if any. Dividends and distributions to shareholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Dividends and distributions to shareholders are determined in accordance with federal income tax regulations, which may differ from U.S. GAAP.
Distributions to Series B Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares (the “Series B MRPS”) shareholders are accrued daily and paid quarterly based on an annual rate of 5.391%. The Fund may not pay distributions to its preferred shareholders unless the Fund's asset coverage ratios for the Series B MRPS, as calculated in accordance with the 1940 Act, is in excess of 225%. The character of distributions to Series B MRPS shareholders made during a year may differ from their ultimate characterization for federal income tax purposes. For tax purposes, the Fund's distributions to Series B MRPS shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025 were 100% net investment income.
h.  Federal Income Taxes:
The Fund intends to continue to qualify as a “regulated investment company” by complying with the provisions available to certain investment companies, as defined in Subchapter M of the Code, and to make distributions of net investment income and net realized capital gains sufficient to relieve the Fund from all federal income taxes. Therefore, no federal income tax provision is required. The Fund recognizes the tax benefits of uncertain tax positions only where the position is "more likely than not" to be sustained assuming examination by tax authorities. Management of the Fund has concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions that would require recognition in the financial statements. Since tax authorities can examine previously filed tax returns, the Fund's U.S. federal and state tax returns for each of the most recent four fiscal
years up to the most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2024 are subject to such review.
i.  Foreign Withholding Tax:
Dividend and interest income from non-U.S. sources received by the Fund are generally subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. In addition, the Fund may be subject to capital gains tax in certain countries in which it invests. The above taxes may be reduced or eliminated under the terms of applicable U.S. income tax treaties with some of these countries. The Fund accrues such taxes when the related income is earned.
In addition, when the Fund sells securities within certain countries in which it invests, the capital gains realized may be subject to tax. Based on these market requirements and as required under U.S. GAAP, the Fund accrues deferred capital gains tax on securities currently held that have unrealized appreciation within these countries. The amount of deferred capital gains tax accrued, if any,  is reported on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities.
3.  Agreements and Transactions with Affiliates
a.  Investment Manager, Investment Sub-Adviser, and Fund Administration:
abrdn Asia serves as Investment Manager to the Fund, pursuant to a management agreement. abrdn Investments Limited (the "Sub-Adviser") serves as the sub-adviser pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement with the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser (collectively, the “Advisers”) are wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries of Aberdeen Group plc, formerly known as abrdn plc. In rendering advisory services, the Advisers may use the resources of investment advisor subsidiaries of Aberdeen group plc. These affiliates have entered into procedures pursuant to which investment professionals from affiliates may render portfolio management and research services as associated persons of the Advisers.
The Investment Manager manages the Fund’s investments and makes investment decisions on behalf of the Fund including the selection of and the placement of orders with brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions on behalf of the Fund. The Sub-Adviser manages the portion of the Fund’s assets that the Investment Manager allocates to it. The Sub-Adviser is paid by the Investment Manager, not the Fund.
The management agreement provides the Investment Manager with a fee, payable monthly by the Fund, at the following annual rates: 0.65% of the Fund’s average weekly Managed Assets up to $200 million, 0.60% of Managed Assets between $200 million and $500 million, 0.55% of Managed Assets between $500 million and $900 million, 0.50% of Managed Assets between $900 million and $1.75 billion and 0.45% of Managed Assets in excess of $1.75 billion. Managed Assets is defined in the management agreement to mean
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 37

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

total assets of the Fund, including any form of investment leverage, minus all accrued expenses incurred in the normal course of operations, but not excluding any liabilities or obligations attributable to investment leverage obtained through (i) indebtedness of any type (including, without limitation, borrowing through a credit facility or the issuance of debt securities), (ii) the issuance of preferred stock or other similar preference securities, (iii) the reinvestment of collateral received for securities loaned in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, and/or (iv) any other means.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Fund paid the Investment Manager $6,407,162.
abrdn Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Manager and Sub-Adviser, is the Fund’s Administrator pursuant to an agreement under which abrdn Inc. receives a fee payable monthly by the Fund, at an annual fee rate of 0.125% of the Fund’s average weekly Managed Assets up to $1 billion, 0.10% of the Fund’s average weekly Managed Assets between $1 billion and $2 billion, and 0.075% of the Fund’s average weekly Managed Assets in excess of $2 billion. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, abrdn Inc. earned $1,371,432 from the Fund for administration fees.
b.  Investor Relations:
Under the terms of the Investor Relations Services Agreement, abrdn Inc. provides and/or engages third parties to provide investor relations services to the Fund and certain other funds advised by abrdn Asia or its affiliates as part of an Investor Relations Program. Under the Investor Relations Services Agreement, the Fund owes a portion of the fees related to the Investor Relations Program (the "Fund's Portion"). However, investor relations services fees are limited by abrdn Inc. so that the Fund will only pay up to an annual rate of 0.05% of the Fund's average weekly net assets. Any difference between the capped rate of 0.05% of the Fund's average weekly net assets and the Fund's Portion is paid for by abrdn Inc.
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Fund incurred investor relations fees of approximately $138,670. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, abrdn Inc. did not bear any portion of the investor relations fees for the Fund because the Fund’s contribution was below 0.05% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets on an annual basis.
4.  Investment Transactions
Purchases and sales of investment securities (excluding short-term securities) for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, were $369,119,357 and $396,250,184, respectively.
5.  Capital
The authorized capital of the Fund is 400 million shares of $0.01 par value per share of common stock. During the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2025, the Fund repurchased no shares pursuant to its Open Market Repurchase Program, see Note 6 for further information. On September 9, 2024, the Fund effected a 1-for-6 reverse stock split. The effect of this reverse stock split was to reduce the number of shares outstanding in the Fund, while maintaining the Fund's and each stockholder's aggregate net asset value.
As of October 31, 2025, there were 41,282,628 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.
6.  Open Market Repurchase Program
The Board has approved an open market repurchase and discount management policy (the “Program”). The Program allows the Fund to purchase, in the open market, its outstanding shares of common stock, with the amount and timing of any repurchase determined at the discretion of the Fund's investment manager. Such purchases may be made opportunistically at certain discounts to NAV per share in the reasonable judgment of management based on historical discount levels and current market conditions. If shares are repurchased, the Fund reports repurchase activity on its website on a monthly basis. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Fund did not repurchase any shares through the Program.
On a quarterly basis, the Board will receive information on any transactions made pursuant to this policy during the prior quarter. Under the terms of the Program, the Fund is permitted to repurchase during each 12-month period ended October 31 up to 10% of its outstanding shares of common stock outstanding as of October 31 of the prior year.
7.  Preferred Shares
As of October 31, 2025 the Fund had 4,000,000 shares of Series B MRPS, rated ‘AA-’ by Kroll, outstanding with an aggregate liquidation preference of $100,000,000 ($25 per share) The following table shows the mandatory redemption date, annual fixed rate, aggregate liquidation preference and estimated fair value of the Series B MRPS as of October 31, 2025.
Mandatory
Redemption
Date
Annual
Fixed
Rate
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Estimated
Fair
Value
October 03, 2029 5.39% $100,000,000 $102,511,577
Holders of the Series B MRPS are entitled to receive quarterly cumulative cash dividend payments on the first business day following each calendar quarter at an annual fixed rate of 5.39% until maturity. The Series B MRPS were issued in private placement offerings to institutional investors and are not listed on any exchange or automated quotation system. Distributions are accrued daily and paid quarterly and are presented in the Statement of Assets and Liabilities as a dividend payable to preferred shareholders. For the fiscal year
 
38 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

ended October 31, 2025, the Fund accrued $5,480,850 in distributions to preferred shareholders.
The Series B MRPS rank senior to all of the Fund’s outstanding shares of common stock and on a parity with shares of any other series of preferred stock as to the payment of dividends to which the shares are entitled and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Fund.
The estimated fair value of Series B MRPS was calculated, for disclosure purposes, by discounting future cash flows by a rate equal to the current U.S. Treasury rate with an equivalent maturity date, plus the spread between the U.S. insurance and financial debt rate and the U.S. Treasury rate plus a market spread for the issuance of preferred shares.
The Series B MRPS are redeemable in certain circumstances at the option of the Fund. The Series B MRPS are also subject to mandatory redemption, unless otherwise prohibited by the 1940 Act, if the Fund fails to maintain (1) asset coverage, as determined in accordance with Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act, of at least 225%, with respect to all outstanding preferred stock, as of the last day of any month or (2) eligible assets with an aggregate agency discounted value at least equal to the basic maintenance amount as provided in the Fund’s rating agency guidelines. As of October 31, 2025, the Fund was in compliance with the asset coverage and basic maintenance requirements of the Series B MRPS.
Except for matters which do not require the vote of the holders of the Series B MRPS under the 1940 Act and except as otherwise provided in the Fund’s Charter or Bylaws, or as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of the Series B MRPS have one vote per share and generally vote together with holders of common stock as a single class on all matters submitted to the Fund’s shareholders. The holders of the
Series B MRPS, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two directors to the Fund's Board.
8.  Senior Secured Notes
As of October 31, 2025, the Fund had $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes rated ‘AAA’ by Kroll outstanding ($50,000,000 in 3.87% Series C Senior Secured Notes due February 8, 2032, $100,000,000 in 3.70% Series D Senior Secured Notes due August 10, 2032 and $100,000,000 in 3.73% Series E Senior Secured Notes due June 19, 2034) (collectively, the “Notes”). The Notes are secured obligations of the Fund and, upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund, will rank senior to all unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and senior to any common or preferred stock pari passu in priority and security with all other secured indebtedness. Holders of the Notes are entitled to receive cash interest payments semi-annually until maturity. The Series C Notes, the Series D Notes and the Series E Notes accrue interest at annual fixed rates of 3.87%, 3.70% and 3.73%, respectively.
The Notes were issued in private placement offerings to institutional investors and are not listed on any exchange or automated quotation system.
The estimated fair value of each series of fixed-rate Notes was calculated, for disclosure purposes, by discounting future cash flows by a rate equal to the current U.S. Treasury rate with an equivalent maturity date, plus either 1) the spread between the interest rate on recently issued debt and the U.S. Treasury rate with a similar maturity date or 2) if there has not been a recent debt issuance, the spread between the AAA corporate finance debt rate and the U.S. Treasury rate with an equivalent maturity date. The following table shows the maturity date, interest rate, notional/carrying amount and estimated fair value for each series of Notes outstanding as of October 31, 2025.
 
Series Maturity Date Interest Rate Notional/
Carrying Amount
Estimated Fair Value
Series C February 8, 2032 3.87% $50,000,000 $47,859,882
Series D August 10, 2032 3.70% $100,000,000 $94,209,085
Series E June 19, 2034 3.73% $100,000,000 $92,241,199
9.  Credit Facility
On July 30, 2025, the Fund executed an amendment and assignment of the $100,000,000 senior secured revolving credit loan facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of banks with The Bank of Nova Scotia, acting as administrative agent. As of October 31, 2025, the Fund had $76,000,000 outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Agreement and applicable regulations, the Fund is required to maintain certain asset coverage ratios for the amount of its outstanding borrowings.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the average interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facility was 5.87% and the average balance of the Revolving Credit Facility was $76,000,000.
The Revolving Credit Facility has a term of one year and is not a perpetual form of leverage; there can be no assurance that the Revolving Credit Facility will be available for renewal on acceptable terms, if at all. Bank loan fees and expenses included in the Statement of Operations include fees for the renewal of the Revolving Credit
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 39

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

Facility as well as commitment fees for any portion of the loan facility not drawn upon at any time during the period.
10.  Risks of Leveraged Capital Structure
The Fund may use leverage to the maximum extent permitted by the 1940 Act, which permits leverage to exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount obtained through leverage) in certain circumstances. 
The amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Notes, may be invested to return higher rates than the rates pursuant to which interests or dividends are paid under such forms of leverage. However, the cost of leverage could exceed the income earned by the Fund on the proceeds of such leverage. To the extent that the Fund is unable to invest the proceeds from the use of leverage in assets which pay interest at a rate which exceeds the rate paid on the leverage, the yield on the Fund’s common stock will decrease. In addition, in the event of a general market decline in the value of assets in which the Fund invests, the effect of that decline will be magnified in the Fund because of the additional assets purchased with the proceeds of the leverage.
The Fund’s leveraged capital structure creates special risks not associated with unleveraged funds having similar investment objectives and policies. The funds borrowed pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility and the Notes may constitute a substantial lien and burden by reason of their prior claim against the income of the Fund and against the net assets of the Fund in liquidation. The Fund is limited in its ability to declare dividends or other distributions under the terms of the various forms of leverage. In the event of an event of default under the Revolving Credit Facility, the lenders have the right to cause a liquidation of the collateral (i.e., sell portfolio securities and other assets of the Fund) and, if any such default is not cured, the lenders may be able to control the liquidation as well. In the event of an event of default under the Note Purchase Agreement, the holders of the Notes have the right to cause a liquidation of the collateral (i.e., sell portfolio securities and other assets of the Fund). A liquidation of the Fund’s collateral assets in an event of default, or a voluntary paydown of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Notes in order to avoid an event of default, would typically involve administrative expenses and sometimes penalties. Additionally, such liquidations often involve selling off of portions of the Fund’s assets at inopportune times which can result in losses when markets are unfavorable.
Each of the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, and the Note Purchase Agreement includes usual and customary covenants for the applicable type of transaction. These covenants impose on the Fund asset coverage requirements, Fund composition requirements and limits on certain investments, such as illiquid investments, which are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. The covenants or guidelines could impede the Investment Manager or
Sub-Adviser from fully managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Furthermore, non-compliance with such covenants or the occurrence of other events could lead to the cancellation of any and/or all of the forms of leverage. As of October 31, 2025, the Fund was in compliance with all covenants under the agreements relating to the various forms of leverage.
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Fund incurred fees of approximately $443,400 for the Revolving Credit Facility and Notes.
11.  Portfolio Investment Risks
a.  Bank Loan Risk:
There are some risks associated with an investment in bank loans including credit risk, interest rate risk, illiquid securities risk, and prepayment risk. There is also the possibility that the collateral securing a loan, if any, may be difficult to liquidate or be insufficient to cover the amount owed under the loan. These risks could cause the Fund to lose income or principal on a particular investment, which in turn could affect the Fund’s returns. In addition, bank loans may settle on a delayed basis, resulting in the proceeds from the sale of such loans not being readily available to make additional investments or distributions. To the extent the extended settlement process gives rise to short-term liquidity needs, the Fund may hold additional cash, sell investments or temporarily borrow from banks or other lenders. Additionally, in certain circumstances, loans may not be deemed to be securities, and in the event of fraud or misrepresentation by a borrower, lenders and purchasers of interests in loans, such as the Fund, will not have the protection of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws, as would be the case for bonds or stocks. Instead, in such cases, lenders generally rely on the contractual provisions in the loan agreement itself and common law fraud protections under applicable state law.
b.  Credit and Market Risk:
A debt instrument’s price depends, in part, on the credit quality of the issuer, borrower, counterparty, or underlying collateral and can decline in response to changes in the actual or perceived financial condition of the issuer, borrower, counterparty, or underlying collateral, or changes in specific or general market, economic, industry, political, regulatory, geopolitical, or other conditions. Funds that invest in high yield and emerging market instruments are subject to certain additional credit and market risks. The yields of high yield and emerging market debt obligations reflect, among other things, perceived credit risk. The Fund's investments in securities rated below investment grade typically involve risks not associated with higher rated securities including, among others, greater risk of not receiving timely and/or ultimate payment of interest and principal, greater market price
 
40 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

volatility, and less liquid secondary market trading. Economic, financial or political events, trading and tariff arrangements, war, terrorism, natural disasters, public health issues like pandemics or epidemics, and other circumstances in one country or region could have profound impacts on global economies or markets. 
c.  Focus Risk:
The Fund may have elements of risk not typically associated with investments in the United States due to focused investments in a limited number of countries or regions subject to foreign securities or currency risks. Such focused investments may subject the Fund to additional risks resulting from political or economic conditions in such countries or regions and the possible imposition of adverse governmental laws or currency exchange restrictions could cause the securities and their markets to be less liquid and their prices to be more volatile than those of comparable U.S. securities.
d.  High-Yield Bonds and Other Lower-Rated Securities Risk:
The Fund’s investments in high-yield bonds (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) and other lower-rated securities will subject the Fund to substantial risk of loss. Investments in high-yield bonds are speculative and issuers of these securities are generally considered to be less financially secure and less able to repay interest and principal than issuers of investment-grade securities. Prices of high-yield bonds tend to be very volatile. These securities are less liquid than investment-grade debt securities and may be difficult to price or sell, particularly in times of negative sentiment toward high-yield securities.
e.  Interest Rate Risk:
The prices of fixed income securities respond to economic developments, particularly interest rate changes, as well as to perceptions about the creditworthiness of individual issuers, including governments. Generally, the Fund's fixed income securities will decrease in value if interest rates rise and vice versa, and the volatility of lower-rated securities is even greater than that of higher-rated securities. Also, longer-term securities are generally more volatile, so the average maturity or duration of these securities affects risk.
The Fund may be subject to greater interest rate risk due to the changing interest rate environment and the effect of potential
government fiscal and monetary policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. Changes in interest rates or a lack of market participants may lead to decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the fixed-income or debt markets, making it more difficult for the Fund to sell its holdings.
f.  Risk Associated with Foreign Securities and Currencies:
Investments in securities of foreign issuers carry certain risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include future political and economic developments, and the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws and restrictions. In addition, with respect to certain countries, there is the possibility of expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, and political or social instability or diplomatic developments, which could adversely affect investments in those countries. Foreign securities may also be harder to price than U.S. securities.
Certain countries also may impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets by foreign entities, including restrictions on investments in issuers of industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests. These factors may limit the investment opportunities available and result in a lack of liquidity and high price volatility with respect to securities of issuers from developing countries.
The value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar fluctuates in response to market, economic, political, regulatory, geopolitical or other conditions. A decline in the value of a foreign currency versus the U.S. Dollar reduces the value in U.S. Dollars of investments denominated in that foreign currency. This risk may impact the Fund more greatly to the extent the Fund does not hedge its currency risk, or hedging techniques used by the Advisers are unsuccessful.
12.  Contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Fund may provide general indemnifications pursuant to certain contracts and organizational documents. The Fund's maximum exposure under these arrangements is dependent on future claims that may be made against the Fund, and therefore, cannot be estimated; however, the Fund expects the risk of loss from such claims to be remote.
 
13.  Tax Information
The U.S. federal income tax basis of the Fund's investments (including derivatives, if applicable) and the net unrealized depreciation as of October 31, 2025, were as follows:
Tax Cost of
Securities
Unrealized
Appreciation
Unrealized
Depreciation
Net
Unrealized
Appreciation/
(Depreciation)
$1,129,605,579 $43,387,142 $(83,115,071) $(39,727,929)
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 41

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (continued)
October 31, 2025

The tax character of distributions paid during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025 and October 31, 2024 was as follows:
  October 31, 2025 October 31, 2024
Distributions paid from:    
Ordinary Income $1,526,125 $39,015,088
Return of Capital 80,213,516 42,724,537
Total tax character of distributions $81,739,641 $81,739,625
As of October 31, 2025, the components of accumulated earnings on a tax basis were as follows:
Undistributed Ordinary Income $-
Undistributed Long-Term Capital Gains -
Total undistributed earnings $-
Accumulated Capital and Other Losses $(2,958,365)
Capital loss carryforward $(193,146,062)*
Other currency gains -
Other Temporary Differences -
Unrealized Appreciation/(Depreciation) (40,996,181)**
Total accumulated earnings/(losses) – net $(237,100,608)
Amounts listed as “–” are $0 or round to $0.
* On October 31, 2025, the Fund had a net capital loss carryforward of $(193,146,062) which will be available to offset like amounts of any future taxable gains. The Fund is permitted to carry forward capital losses for an unlimited period and capital losses that are carried forward will retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses. The breakdown of capital loss carryforwards are as follows:
    
Amounts Expires
$8,097,236 Unlimited (Short—Term)
185,048,826 Unlimited (Long—Term)
**The difference between book-basis and tax-basis unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) is attributable to difference between book and tax amortization methods for premiums and discounts on fixed income securities.
14.  Segment Reporting
In this reporting period, the Fund adopted FASB Accounting Standards Update 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280) - Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures ("ASU 2023-07"). Adoption of the new standard impacted disclosures only and did not affect the Fund's financial position nor the results of its operations. Operating segments are components of a public entity that engage in business activities from which it may recognize revenues and incur expenses, have discrete financial information available, and have their operating results regularly reviewed by the public entity’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) when assessing segment performance and making decisions about segment resources. The Chief Financial Officer of the Fund acts as the Fund's CODM. The CODM monitors the operating results of the Fund as a whole, and the Fund's asset allocation is managed in accordance with its Prospectus. The Fund
operates as a single operating and reporting segment pursuant to its investment objective and principal investment strategy. The Fund's portfolio composition, total returns, expense ratios and changes in net assets used by the CODM to assess segment performance and make resource allocations are consistent with the information presented within the Fund's financial statements. Segment assets are reflected on the Fund's Statement of Assets and Liabilities as “Total Assets” and significant segment expenses are listed on the Statement of Operations.
15.  Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2023-09 (“ASU 2023-09”), Income Taxes (Topic 740) Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which amends quantitative and qualitative income tax disclosure requirements in order to increase disclosure consistency, bifurcate income tax information by jurisdiction and remove information that is no longer beneficial. ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, and early adoption is permitted. Fund Management is evaluating the impacts of these changes on the Fund's financial statements.
 
42 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Notes to Financial Statements  (concluded)
October 31, 2025

16.  Subsequent Events
Management has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued. Based on this evaluation, no disclosures and/or adjustments were required to the financial statements as of October 31, 2025, other than as noted below.
On November 11, 2025 and December 9, 2025, the Fund announced that it will pay on November 28, 2025 and January 12, 2026, respectively, a distribution of U.S. $0.1650 per share to all shareholders of record as of November 21, 2025 and December 31, 2025, respectively. 
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 43

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

To the  Shareholders and Board of Directors
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.:
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (the Fund), including the portfolio of investments, as of October 31, 2025, the related statements of operations and cash flows for the year then ended, the statements of changes in net assets for each of the years in the two-year period then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the financial statements) and the financial highlights for each of the years in the five-year period then ended. In our opinion, the financial statements and financial highlights present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Fund as of October 31, 2025, the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, the changes in its net assets for each of the years in the two-year period then ended, and the financial highlights for each of the years in the five-year period then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements and financial highlights are the responsibility of the Fund's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial highlights based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Fund in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements and financial highlights, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and financial highlights. Such procedures also included confirmation of securities owned as of October 31, 2025, by correspondence with the custodian, agent banks, and brokers; when replies were not received from brokers, we performed other auditing procedures. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and financial highlights. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the auditor of one or more abrdn investment companies since 2009.
Columbus, Ohio
December 26, 2025 
44 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Supplemental Information (Unaudited) 

Results of Annual Meeting of Shareholders
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders was held on May 28, 2025. The description of each proposal and corresponding number of shares voted at the meeting are as follows:
To elect one Class I Director to the Board of Directors:
  Votes For Votes Against/
Withheld
Votes Abstained
Christian Pittard 26,185,148 727,199 418,692
To elect one Preferred Share Director to the Board of Directors:
  Votes For Votes Against/
Withheld
Votes Abstained
Moritz Sell 4,000,000 0 0
To approve the continuation of the term of one Director under the Corporate Governance Policies:
  Votes For Votes Against/
Withheld
Votes Abstained
P. Gerald Malone 26,209,167 800,443 321,429
Summary of Board Considerations in Approving the Investment Advisory Agreement
At a regularly scheduled meeting (the “Meeting”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (“FAX” or the “Fund”) held on June 11, 2025, the Board, including those Directors (the “Independent Directors”) who are not “interested persons” (as that term is defined in the  Investment Company Act of 1940, (the “1940 Act”)) of the Fund, approved the continuation of the investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) between abrdn Asia Limited (the “Investment Manager”) and the Fund, and of the investment sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement” and, together with the Management Agreement, the “Advisory Agreements”) among the Fund, the Investment Manager, and abrdn Investments Limited (the “Sub-Adviser” and, together with the Investment Manager, the “Advisers”). In connection with their consideration of whether to approve the continuation of the Advisory Agreements, the Board members received and reviewed a variety of information provided by the Advisers relating to the Fund, the Advisory Agreements, and the Advisers.  The information provided to the Board members included (but was not limited to) comparative performance, fee and expense information (as well as information on the limitations of such comparable data) of a peer group of funds based on the Fund’s Morningstar Category (the “Peer Funds”), as selected by Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), an independent third-party provider of investment company data and other performance information. The Peer Funds presented for fee and expense data comparison consisted of a sub-set of the Morningstar Category and other industry peer funds as determined independently by ISS, and the Peer Funds presented for the performance data comparison consisted of the Fund’s Morningstar category, as determined by ISS. The Board also received information regarding relevant benchmark indices and information regarding the nature, extent and quality of services provided by the Advisers under the Advisory Agreements.
The materials provided to the Board generally included, among other items: (i) information on the investment performance of the Fund, the performance of the Peer Funds, comparable funds, if any,  and the Fund’s performance benchmark; (ii) reports prepared by the Advisers in response to requests submitted by the Independent Directors’ independent legal counsel on behalf of such Directors; (iii) information on the Fund’s management fee and other expenses, including information comparing the Fund’s expenses to the Peer Funds, comparable funds, if any, and information about applicable fee “breakpoints” in the Fund’s fee structure and expense limitations, if any; (iv) information regarding the Investment Manager’s revenues and costs of providing services to the Fund and any compensation paid to affiliates of the Investment Manager; and (v) a memorandum from the Independent Directors’ independent legal counsel on the responsibilities of the Board in considering the approval of the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory arrangements under the 1940 Act and Maryland law.
The Independent Directors met with representatives of the Advisers and separately in executive session with independent legal counsel on June 11, 2025 to discuss the continuation of the Advisory Agreements.  The Independent Directors also met with representatives of the Advisers and separately in executive session with independent legal counsel on June 2, 2025 to discuss the materials provided to the Board by the Advisers in response to a request for information sent to them by the Independent Directors’ independent legal counsel.
In evaluating whether to renew the Advisory Agreements for the Fund, the Board considered numerous factors, including: (i) the nature, extent and quality of services provided to the Fund by the Advisers under the Advisory Agreements; (ii) the cost of services provided to the Fund and the profits
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 45

 

Supplemental Information (Unaudited)  (continued)

realized by the Investment Manager (and its affiliates) from the relationship with the Fund; (iii) the Fund’s total expense ratio as well as the management fees paid by the Fund pursuant to the Advisory Agreements relative to the total expense ratios of and the management fees charged to the Peer Funds and comparable accounts, if any; (iv) the investment performance of the Fund relative to that of its benchmark index as well as the performance of the Peer Funds and comparable funds, if any; (v) any additional benefits (such as soft dollars, if any) received by the Advisers or their affiliates; (vi) the extent to which economies of scale are being realized by shareholders and will be realized as the Fund’s assets increase; (vii) the Advisers’ compliance programs; and (viii) any other considerations deemed relevant by the Board. The Independent Directors also discussed the Advisory Agreements in an executive session with independent legal counsel at which no representatives of the Advisers were present.  No single factor reviewed by the Board was identified as the principal factor in determining whether to renew the Advisory Agreements, and individual Directors may have given different weight to various factors.
The discussion immediately below outlines in greater detail certain of the materials and information presented to the Board by the Advisers in connection with the Board’s consideration and approval of the continuation of the Advisory Agreements, and the conclusions made by the Board at the Meeting when determining to renew the Advisory Agreements.
The Nature, Extent and Quality of Services Provided to the Fund Under the Advisory Agreement
The Directors considered the nature, extent and quality of services provided by the Advisers to the Fund.  They reviewed information about the resources dedicated to the Fund by the Advisers and their affiliates.  Among other things, the Board reviewed and discussed the background and experience of the Advisers’ senior management personnel who serviced the Fund and the qualifications, background and responsibilities of the portfolio managers primarily responsible for providing day-to-day portfolio management services for the Fund. The Directors also considered the financial condition of the Advisers and the Advisers’ ability to provide quality service to the Fund.  Management representatives reported to the Board and responded to questions on, among other things, the Advisers’ business plans and any current or proposed organizational changes.  The Directors also took into account the Advisers’ experience as asset managers and considered information regarding the Advisers’ compliance with applicable laws and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and other regulatory agency inquiries or audits of the Fund, the Advisers and/or their affiliates.  The Board considered reports from the Advisers on risk management processes.  The Board noted that it received information on a regular basis from the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer regarding the Advisers’ compliance policies and procedures and information concerning the Advisers’ brokerage policies and practices. The Directors also noted that the Advisers had provided information and periodic reporting, including updates on their management of the Fund and the quality of their performance, and had discussed these matters with the Directors at meetings held regularly throughout the preceding year.
Based on the totality of the information considered, the Board concluded that the nature, extent and quality of the Advisers’ services provided to the Fund were of high quality and that the Advisers have provided and could reasonably be expected to continue to provide these services on an ongoing basis based on their experience, operations and resources.
The Costs of Services Provided and Profits Realized by the Adviser and its Affiliates from their Relationships with the Fund
The Board reviewed information compiled by ISS that compared the effective annual management fee rate with the fees paid by its Peer Funds.  The Board reviewed with management the effective annual management fee rate paid by the Fund to the Investment Manager for investment management services. The Directors also considered information from management about the fees charged by the Investment Manager to other clients investing primarily in an asset class similar to that of the Fund. The Board considered the fee comparisons in light of the differences in resources and costs required to manage the different types of accounts. The Board reviewed and considered additional information about the Advisers’ fees, including the amount of the management fees retained by the Investment Manager after payment of the sub-advisory fees, and the services provided by the Investment Manager that are different from those of the Sub-Adviser. The Board considered that the compensation paid to the Sub-Adviser was paid by the Investment Manager and, accordingly, that the retention of the Sub-Adviser did not increase the fees or expenses otherwise incurred by the Fund’s shareholders. In evaluating the Fund’s management fees, the Board took into account the regulatory regimes, fund structure, level of services, complexity and quality of the investment management of the Fund.
In addition to the foregoing, the Board considered the Fund’s fees and expenses relative to the fees and expenses of the Peer Funds, as well as management’s discussion of the limitations of such comparable data given differences between the Fund and the Peer Funds presented. The Peer Fund information showed that the Fund’s net management fee and total net expenses, exclusive of investment-related expenses, were below the median of the Peer Funds.  The Board also reviewed the profitability of the investment advisory relationship with the Fund to the Investment Manager. The Board concluded that the Fund’s fees and expenses, as well as the Investment Manager’s profitability, were reasonable in light of the nature, extent and quality of services provided.
Investment Performance of the Fund
The Board received and reviewed with the Fund’s management, among other performance data, information that compared the Fund’s return over various time periods with those of comparable investment companies and discussed this information and other related performance data with
46 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Supplemental Information (Unaudited)  (concluded)

management. The Board received and considered information comparing the Fund’s performance to the performance of the Fund’s Peer Funds, including information on the limitations of such comparable data given differences between the Fund and the Peer Funds presented.
In addition, the Board received and reviewed information regarding the Fund’s total return on a gross and net basis and relative to the Fund’s benchmark. The Directors considered management’s discussion of the factors contributing to differences in performance between the Fund, its Peer Funds, other abrdn strategies, as applicable, and the Fund’s benchmark, including (but not limited to) differences in the investment strategies, policies and risks of the Peer Funds which limited comparability and distinguishing features of the Fund relative to the benchmark and other abrdn strategies.  Additionally, the Board considered information about the Fund’s discount/premium ranking relative to its Peer Funds and the Advisers’ discussion of the Fund’s performance.  The Directors noted that the Fund underperformed its benchmark and the average of the Peer Funds for the 1-, 3-, 5- and 10-year periods ended March 31, 2025.  The Board considered the Advisers’ discussion of Fund performance and the Advisers’ efforts to improve performance, among other factors, in determining to continue the Advisory Agreements.
Direct and Indirect Benefits
The Board then considered whether or the extent to which the Advisers derive any direct, ancillary or indirect benefits, such as reputational benefits, that could accrue to the Advisers or their affiliates from the Fund’s operations as a result of the Advisers’ relationship with the Fund.  The Board recognized the services provided to the Fund by affiliates of the Investment Manager and the related compensation paid by the Fund for those services. Based on the totality of the information considered, the Board concluded that any benefits accruing to the Advisers and their affiliates by virtue of their relationship with the Fund appeared to be reasonable.
Economies of Scale
The Board next considered management’s discussion of the Fund’s management fee structure and determined that the management fee structure was reasonable and reflected the sharing of economies of scale between the Fund and the Advisers as the Fund’s assets increased.  The Board based its determination on various factors, including how the Fund’s management fee compared to the Peer Funds at higher asset levels.  The Board considered that the Fund’s management fee schedule provides breakpoints. The Board also considered that the Fund benefits from being part of a larger Fund complex.  The Board concluded that the economies of scale shared with the Fund were reasonable.
* * *
Based on the Board’s deliberations and its evaluation of the information described above and other factors and information the Directors deemed relevant in the exercise of their individual reasonable business judgment, the Board, including the Independent Directors, with the assistance of fund counsel and independent legal counsel to the Independent Directors, unanimously determined that  the fees charged pursuant to the Advisory Agreements were fair and reasonable and approved the continuation of the Advisory Agreements. 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 47

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)  

RECENT CHANGES
The following information is a summary of certain changes during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. This information may not reflect all of the changes that have occurred since you purchased the Fund.
During the applicable period, there have been: (i) no material changes to the Fund’s investment objectives and policies that constitute its principal portfolio emphasis that have not been approved by shareholders, (ii) no material changes to the Fund’s principal risks, (iii) no changes to the persons primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the Fund; and (iv) no changes to the Fund’s charter or by-laws that would delay or prevent a change of control that have not been approved by shareholders.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND POLICIES
The Fund’s principal investment objective is to seek current income. The Fund may also achieve incidental capital appreciation. The Fund’s investment objective is fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, as well as by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund’s Preferred Stock voting as a separate class without regard to series. A majority vote, as defined by the 1940 Act, means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the relevant shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of such shares are represented, or (ii) more than 50% of the relevant shares.
Fundamental Investment Policies
To achieve its investment objective, the Fund normally invests at least 80% of its total assets, plus the amount of any  borrowings for investment purposes in “Asia-Pacific debt securities,” which include: (1) debt securities of Asia-Pacific Country issuers, including securities issued by Asia-Pacific Country governmental entities, as well as by banks, companies and other entities which are located in Asia-Pacific Countries, whether or not denominated in an Asia-Pacific Country currency; (2) debt securities of other issuers, denominated in, or linked to, the currency of an Asia-Pacific Country, including securities issued by supranational issuers, such as The World Bank and derivative debt securities that replicate, or substitute for, the currency of an Asia-Pacific Country; (3) debt securities issued by entities which, although not located in an Asia-Pacific Country, derive at least 50% of their revenues from Asia-Pacific Countries or have at least 50% of their assets located in Asia-Pacific Countries; and (4) debt securities issued by a wholly-owned subsidiary of an entity located in an Asia-Pacific Country, provided that the debt securities are guaranteed by the parent entity located in the Asia-Pacific Country. With reference to items (3) and (4) above, Asia-Pacific debt securities may be denominated in an Asia- Pacific Country currency or U.S. dollars.
“Asia-Pacific Countries” (each, an “Asia-Pacific Country”) means countries included in “Asia” and “Oceania” in the United Nations (“UN”) geographic regions used by the UN Statistics Division.
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies
The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the debt securities of any one country other than the U.S. or an Asia-Pacific Country (“Other Country” debt securities). The maximum exposure to any one Other Country currency (excluding U.S. dollars) is limited to 10% of the Fund’s total assets.
The maximum exposure to any one Investment Grade Country (other than the U.S.) is limited to 25% of the Fund’s total assets and the maximum exposure to any one Non-Investment Grade Country is limited to 15% of total assets. Investment Grade Countries are those countries whose sovereign debt is rated not less than Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), BBB- by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or BBB- by Fitch Ratings, Inc. ("Fitch") or comparably rated by another appropriate nationally or internationally recognized ratings agency, or, if unrated, determined by the Investment Manager to be of comparable credit quality). Non-Investment Grade Countries are those that are not Investment Grade Countries.
The maximum currency exposure to any one Investment Grade Country currency (other than U.S. currency) is limited to 25% of the Fund’s total assets, the maximum currency exposure to any one Non- Investment Grade Country currency is limited to 15% of total assets.
During periods when, in the Investment Manager’s judgment, economic conditions warrant a temporary defensive investment policy, the Fund may temporarily invest up to 100% of its assets in U.S. cash and debt securities.
In order to accommodate investment in Asia-Pacific markets, the Fund may invest up to 35% of its total assets in Asia-Pacific debt securities rated below BBB- by S&P, Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by Fitch (also known as “junk bonds”), or judged by the Investment Manager to be below investment grade at the time of investment, provided that, with the approval of the Fund’s Board, the ratings of other recognized rating services may be used. The Fund may invest up to 35% of its total assets in Asia-Pacific debt securities which may be deemed to be illiquid.
The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities rated by S&P, Moody’s, Fitch, or judged by the Investment Manager to be, below B- at the time of investment, provided that, with the approval of the Fund’s Board of Directors, the ratings of other recognized ratings services may be used. In the event that a security receives different ratings from different rating agencies (Fitch, Moody's and S&P), the Investment Manager or Sub-Adviser will apply the highest rating received from the rating agencies in determining compliance with these guidelines.
 
48 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers pursuant to which the Fund may acquire a security for a relatively short period (usually no more than a week) subject to the obligations of the seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with parties who meet creditworthiness standards approved by the Fund’s Board, i.e., banks or broker-dealers which have been determined by the Fund’s Investment Manager to present no serious risk of becoming involved in bankruptcy proceedings within the period contemplated by the repurchase transaction.
A maximum of 20% of the Fund’s total assets in Asia-Pacific Country debt securities can be denominated in any combination of Yen, Euro and British pound.
The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in secondary market bank loans, and up to an additional 10% of its total assets in convertible securities and other hybrid securities, and up to an additional 10% of its total assets in asset-backed securities.
Low-credit debt can sometimes become equity. Due to the conversion of convertible notes and warrants, the Fund may from time to time become an (often) involuntary holder of equities until such stock can be sold as and when an optimal price can be achieved, given market conditions. It may be in the interests of shareholders for the Fund to hold such stock for short term periods.
Similarly, distressed companies can sometimes restructure via debt-for-equity swaps in order to stay solvent and viable. In this case, the investor becomes an equity holder, often involuntarily, and, once again, it may be in the best interests of shareholders that the Fund holds such securities for short periods of time, especially in extreme market conditions, until optimal prices can be obtained.
The Fund currently utilizes and in the future expects to continue to utilize leverage through borrowings or through other transactions, such as reverse repurchase agreements, which have the effect of leverage. The Fund may also utilize leverage through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock. The Fund generally will not utilize leverage if it anticipates that the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower return to shareholders than that obtainable over time with an unleveraged capital structure. Use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation for shareholders but, at the same time, creates special risks, and there can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.
Consistent with its investment objective, the Fund may invest in a broad array of financial instruments and securities in which the value of the instrument or security is “derived” from the performance of an underlying asset or a “benchmark” such as a security index, an interest rate or a foreign currency (“derivatives”). The Fund may use
derivatives to manage currency risk, credit risk and interest rate risk and to replicate or as a substitute for physical securities. The Fund may use interest rate swaps to hedge the Fund’s liability with respect to its leverage. There is no limit on the amount of interest rate swap transactions that may be entered into by the Fund. Derivative debt securities that replicate, or substitute for, the currency of a particular country will be counted toward the limitations applicable with respect to issuers in that country. The Fund may invest in over-the-counter or exchange traded derivatives. The Fund may invest in derivatives up to the limits allowed under the 1940 Act. The following guidelines apply with respect to the Fund’s derivative investments:
1. The Fund will only use counterparty institutions rated A- or better by recognized international rating agencies for all over the counter (“OTC”) derivatives transactions.
2. A maximum of 20% of the Fund’s total assets may have exposure to currency-linked notes.
3. A maximum of 10% of the Fund’s total assets may be at risk to any single counterparty (aggregate interest rate, currency and credit derivatives).
4. Exchange-traded derivatives may only be traded on regulated derivative exchanges and a maximum of 35% of the Fund’s total assets may have exposure to exchange-traded derivatives.
5. A maximum of 20% of the Fund’s total assets may have exposure to derivatives traded on the Chicago Board of Trade.
The Fund may invest in securities issued by investment companies registered as such under the 1940 Act and unregistered, private funds (each, an “acquired company”), subject to the limitations below (which are to be applied immediately after the acquisition of such securities).
The Fund may not acquire securities issued by an acquired company:
if the value of such securities exceeds 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the acquired company;
if the aggregate value of such securities would exceed 5% of the value of the total assets of the Fund; or
if the aggregate value of such securities, together with all other acquired company securities in the Fund’s portfolio, would exceed 10% of the value of the total assets of the Fund.
As a non-diversified company, there is no investment restriction on the percentage of the Fund’s assets that may be invested at any time in the securities of any issuer. However, the Fund intends to limit its investments in the securities of any issuer, except for securities issued or guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by Asia-Pacific Country or Other Country governmental entities, to 5% of its total assets at the time of purchase. The Fund intends to invest in a variety of debt securities, with differing issuers, maturities and interest rates, and to comply with the diversification and other requirements of the
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 49

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

Code applicable to regulated investment companies so that the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on its net investment income. The average U.S. dollar weighted maturity of the Fund’s portfolio is not expected to exceed 10 years.
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The principal types of debt securities in which the Fund is permitted to invest include those described below. The list is not exclusive, but is indicative of the kinds of securities which the Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions permit it to buy.
Debt Securities
Local Currency Sovereign and Quasi-Sovereign Bonds. The Fund is permitted to invest in securities issued or guaranteed by governmental entities, including sovereign and quasi-sovereign entities, whether or not denominated in the currency of the country where such entity is located. The available maturities for these types of securities vary from country to country.
Commercial Banks. The Fund may also invest in securities issued by banks, whether or not denominated in the currency of the country where such bank is located.
U.S. Dollar-Denominated Debt Securities. The Fund is also permitted to invest in U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities in order to gain exposure to certain foreign debt markets without exposing the Fund to local currency risk. Such debt securities may be issued by issuers in developed markets, investment grade developing or emerging markets, or sub-investment grade developing or emerging markets and may be issued and/or registered in the United States. U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities are subject to credit risk relating primarily to the issuer of the bond and liquidity risk relating to the maintenance of a sufficiently liquid market for the specific security. Such securities are also affected by movements in U.S. interest rates.
External Debt. The Fund may invest in external debt obligations, which are often longer maturity (up to 30 years) securities, registered in London or globally, that are generally issued in U.S. dollars, but are increasingly issued in euros and occasionally in yen. External debt is typically issued in bearer form, carry a fixed or floating rate of interest, and amortize principal through a bullet payment with semi-annual interest payments in the currency in which the bond is issued.
Supranational Debt Obligations. The Fund may invest in debt issued by supranational entities. Supranational entities are entities constituted by the national governments of several countries to promote economic development, such as the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the European Investment Bank and the Asian Development Bank. Obligations of these entities are supported by appropriated but unpaid commitments of their member countries,
and there can be no assurances that these commitments will be undertaken or met in the future.
Companies. The Fund is permitted to invest in publicly-traded notes and debentures or bills of exchange issued or guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by companies domiciled in a developed market, an investment grade developing or emerging market or a sub-investment grade developing or emerging market.
U.S. Securities
Government. The Fund is permitted to invest in U.S. government securities, including obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, some of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury (such as direct passthrough certificates of the Government National Mortgage Association), some of which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. government (such as obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks), and some of which are backed only by the credit of the issuer itself. Government obligations do not generally involve the credit risks associated with other types of interest bearing securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. government obligations are generally lower than the yields available from corporate interest bearing securities. Like other interest bearing securities, however, the value of Government obligations changes as interest rates fluctuate.
Corporations and Banks. The Fund is permitted to invest for defensive and other temporary purposes in U.S. corporate debt instruments rated at the time of investment Aa or better by Moody’s or AA or better by S&P, finance company and corporate commercial paper, and other short-term obligations, in each case rated at the time of investment Prime-2 or better by Moody’s or A-2 or better by S&P. The Fund is also permitted to invest in obligations of U.S. Federal or state chartered banks and bank holding companies rated at the time of investment Aa or better by Moody’s or AA or better by S&P (including certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations).
Bank Loans
The Fund may acquire privately held loans from banks, insurance companies, financial institutions, or other lenders, as well as claims held by trade or other creditors, and may originate these types of loans. The bank loans in which the Fund invests may be structured and administered by a third party that acts as agent for a group of lenders that make or hold interests in the loan. The Fund may acquire interests in such loans by taking an assignment of all or a portion of a direct interest in a loan previously held by another institution or by acquiring a participation in an interest in a loan that continues to be held by another institution.
 
50 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

Convertible Securities
Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest or preferred dividends paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt obligations. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a debt obligation. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. The price of a convertible security often reflects variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that non-convertible debt may not. The value of a convertible security is a function of (i) its yield in comparison to the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (ii) its worth if converted into the underlying common stock.
Asset-Backed Securities
Asset-backed securities are a form of structured debt obligation. Asset-backed securities are payment claims that are securitized in the form of negotiable paper that is issued by a financing company (generally called a special purpose vehicle). Collateral assets brought into a pool according to specific diversification rules. A special purpose vehicle is founded for the purpose of securitizing these payment claims and the assets of the special purpose vehicle are the diversified pool of collateral assets. The special purpose vehicle issues marketable securities which are intended to represent a lower level or risk than an underlying collateral asset individually, due to the diversification in the pool. The redemption of the securities issued by the special purpose vehicle takes place out of the cash flow generated by the collected assets. A special purpose vehicle may issue multiple securities with different priorities to the cash flows generated and the collateral assets. The collateral for asset-backed securities may include home equity loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Fund may invest in these and other types of asset-backed securities that
may be developed in the future. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.
Derivatives
With respect to all of its portfolio, the Fund will invest in derivatives for two main purposes: (1) to modify interest rate risk, modify credit risk and adjust currency risk within the portfolio, and (2) to enable the Fund to replicate or substitute for a particular security in order to gain access to a particular foreign market or security, where either the physical security is judged by the Advisers to be too expensive, or the Advisers believe there is an insufficient supply of the particular security or no security fitting the precise needs of the Fund exists. The types of derivatives which may be used include, but are not limited to, futures, options, forwards, forwards that can only be settled in U.S. dollars, swaps, and securities with structured cash flows, whether traded on an exchange or over-the-counter, that have as their underlying security reference to a fixed income security or currency. In general, derivatives will not be utilized to leverage the Fund; however, the Board has authorized the use of reverse repurchase agreements as a form of leverage.
Investment in fixed income securities may at certain times be more efficiently achieved using derivative securities to replicate physical securities. These types of derivatives carry identical market price risks to the equivalent physical securities but provide a number of transactional benefits. For example, by using derivatives, the Fund may be able to implement investment decisions at lower costs, increase the after-tax yield, obtain prices that are not available in the underlying cash market, or settle in U.S. dollars. In less developed markets, liquidity and credit quality can be enhanced and transaction costs reduced by using derivatives rather than the underlying securities. In certain circumstances, due to lack of available direct investment opportunity or government regulations, the only means of gaining exposure to particular countries is through derivatives.
The derivatives used for adjusting currency exposures or replicating underlying securities are usually over-the-counter (“OTC”) securities. OTC securities carry credit risk associated with the counterparty institution. See "Risk Factors - Derivatives Risk." To manage this risk, the Fund will only use counterparty institutions rated A- or better by a recognized international rating agency. Up to 10% of total assets may be put at risk in derivatives transactions with any single counterparty (aggregate interest rate, credit and currency derivatives exposure). A maximum of 20% of total assets may be at risk in currency-linked notes.
The types of derivatives used by the Fund and the techniques employed may change over time as new derivatives and strategies are developed or regulatory changes occur. The Fund will not use
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 51

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

derivatives where it would contravene the guidelines set by the lending banks for the Fund’s bank loan.
Derivatives may be used to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the Fund's outstanding leverage. The Fund may use interest rate swaps to hedge the Fund's liability with respect to its bank loan. At present, the Fund has been authorized by its Board to hedge up to 100% of the Fund's liability with respect to its bank loan. See "Investment Securities – Derivatives – Swaps" and "Risk Factors Derivatives Risk." The following guidelines apply with respect to the Fund's derivative instruments:
The Fund will only use counterparty institutions rated A- or better by recognized international rating agencies, except with respect to Korean futures. In Korea, brokerage houses with Korean futures exchanges require deposits into margin accounts, and in many cases, these accounts are with unrated entities.
A maximum of 20% of the Fund’s total assets may have exposure to currency-linked notes.
A maximum of 10% of the Fund’s total assets may be at risk to any single counterparty (aggregate interest rate, currency and credit derivatives).
Exchange-traded derivatives may only be traded on regulated derivative exchanges and a maximum of 35% of the Fund’s total assets may have exposure to exchange-traded derivatives.
A maximum of 20% of the Fund’s total assets may have exposure to derivatives traded on the Chicago Board of Trade.
Forward Currency Contracts. The Fund may enter into forward currency contracts. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.
The cost to the Fund of engaging in forward currency contracts will vary with factors such as the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved, although the price charged in the transaction includes a dealer’s markup. The use of forward currency contracts in this manner is intended to fix a rate of exchange that can be achieved at a certain time in the future.
Futures Contracts. The Fund may enter into futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets or on exchanges located outside the United States for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. Foreign markets may offer advantages such as trading opportunities or arbitrage possibilities not available in the United States. Foreign markets, however, may have greater risk potential than domestic markets. For example, some foreign exchanges are principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and an investor may look only to the broker for performance of the contract. In addition, any profits the Fund might realize in trading could be eliminated by adverse changes
in the exchange rate, or the Fund could incur losses as a result of those changes. Transactions on foreign exchanges may include both underlying assets which are traded on U.S. commodities exchanges and those which are not. Unlike trading on U.S. exchanges, trading on foreign commodities exchanges is not regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).
Engaging in these transactions involves risk of loss to the Fund which could adversely affect the value of the Fund’s net assets. No assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular futures contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting the Fund to substantial losses.
Successful use of futures by the Fund also is subject to the Advisers’ ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the relevant market, and, to the extent the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes, to ascertain the appropriate correlation between the transaction being hedged and the price movements of the futures contract.
The Fund also may purchase and write options to buy or sell those futures contracts in which it may invest. Such investment strategies will be used for hedging purposes and for non-hedging purposes, subject to applicable law. An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to enter into a “long” position in the underlying futures contract, in the case of a call option, or a “short” position in the underlying futures contract, in the case of a put option, at a fixed exercise price up to a stated expiration date or, in the case of certain options, on such date. Upon exercise of the option by the holder, the contract market clearinghouse establishes a corresponding short position for the writer of the option, in the case of a call option, or a corresponding long position in the case of a put option. In the event that an option is exercised, the parties will be subject to all the risks associated with the trading of futures contracts, such as payment of initial and variation margin deposits. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract, unlike the holder, is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
A position in an option on a futures contract may be terminated by the purchaser or seller prior to expiration by effecting an offsetting purchase or sale transaction, subject to the continued availability of a liquid secondary market, which is the purchase or sale of an option of the same type (i.e., the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or sold. The difference between the
 
52 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

premiums paid and received represents the Fund’s profit or loss on the transaction. Options on futures contracts that are written or purchased by the Fund on U.S. exchanges are traded on the same contract market as the underlying futures contract, and, like futures contracts, are subject to regulation by the CFTC and the performance guarantee of the exchange clearinghouse.
The Investment Manager has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to the Fund. The Investment Manager is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of the Fund.
Swaps. The Fund may enter into interest rate swaps, currency swaps, credit default swaps and other types of available swap agreements, including swaps on securities, financial assets and indices, and related types of derivatives, such as caps, collars and floors. A swap is an agreement between two parties pursuant to which each party agrees to make one or more payments to the other on regularly scheduled dates over a stated term, based on different interest rates, currency exchange rates, security or financial asset prices, the prices or rates of other types of financial instruments or assets or the levels of specified indices. Under a typical swap, one party may agree to pay a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a specified instrument, rate or index, multiplied in each case by a specified amount (the “notional amount”), while the other party agrees to pay an amount equal to a different floating rate multiplied by the same notional amount. On each payment date, the obligations of parties are netted, with only the net amount paid by one party to the other. All swap agreements entered into by the Fund with the same counterparty are generally governed by a single master agreement, which provides for the netting of all amounts owed by the parties under the agreement upon the occurrence of an event of default, thereby reducing the credit risk to which such party is exposed.
Swap agreements are typically individually negotiated and structured to provide exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Swap agreements may be entered into for hedging or non-hedging purposes and, therefore, may increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to the underlying instrument, rate, asset or index. Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names. The Fund is not limited to any particular form or variety of swap agreement if the Advisers determine that it is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
Private Placements
Certain debt securities purchased by the Fund may have been placed privately. These securities are somewhat less liquid than securities which are widely traded by the public and there may be contractual restrictions on their resale to the public. Therefore, although these
securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from such sales may be less than what might have been realized on a more active public trading market.
Other Investment Companies
The Fund may invest its assets in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including affiliated investment companies and exchange-traded funds, that invest primarily in fixed-income securities, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. As a shareholder of another investment company, the Fund will bear its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the expenses, including advisory fees, that the Fund bears in connection with its own operations.
Repurchase and Securities Lending Agreements
The Fund is permitted to invest in repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers. A repurchase agreement is a contract under which the Fund acquires a security for a relatively short period (usually no more than one week) subject to the obligations of the seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). The Investment Manager monitors the value of such securities daily to determine that the value equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Under the 1940 Act, repurchase agreements are considered to be loans made by the Fund which are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase. Repurchase agreements may involve risks in the event of default or insolvency of the seller, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with parties who meet creditworthiness standards approved by the Fund's Board, i.e., banks or broker-dealers which have been determined by the Investment Manager to present no serious risk of becoming involved in bankruptcy proceedings within the time frame contemplated by the repurchase transaction.
The Fund may also lend to banks and broker-dealers portfolio securities with an aggregate market value of up to one-third of its total assets when it deems advisable. Any such loans must be secured by collateral (consisting of any combination of cash, U.S. Government securities, irrevocable letters of credit or other high-quality debt securities) in an amount at least equal (on a daily marked-to-market basis) to the current market value of the securities loaned. The Fund may terminate the loans at any time and obtain the return of the securities. The Fund will continue to receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities and will continue to have voting rights with respect to the securities. In connection with the lending of its portfolio securities, the Fund is exposed to the risk of delay in recovery of the securities loaned or possible loss of right in the collateral should the borrower become insolvent.
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 53

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

Issuers of irrevocable letters of credit used as collateral for securities lending agreements must meet the same or similar standards.
Firm Commitment Agreements and When-Issued Securities
The Fund may purchase debt securities on a firm commitment or when-issued basis. New issues of certain debt securities are often offered on a when-issued basis; that is, the payment obligation and the interest rate are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment, but delivery and payment for the securities normally take place after the date of the commitment to purchase. Firm commitment agreements call for the purchase of securities at an agreed-upon price on a specified future date. The transactions are entered into in order to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield to the Fund and not for purposes of leveraging the Fund’s assets. The Fund will not earn any income on these securities prior to delivery. The value of when-issued securities and firm commitment agreements may vary prior to and after delivery depending on market conditions and changes in interest rate levels. There is a risk that a party with whom the Fund has entered into such transactions will not perform its commitment, which could result in a gain or loss to the Fund.
RISK FACTORS
The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment vehicle and not as a trading tool. The Fund invests primarily in a portfolio of fixed income securities. An investment in the Fund's Common Shares may be speculative and involves a high degree of risk. The Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. Due to the uncertainty in all investments, there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The value of an investment in the Fund's Common Shares could decline substantially and cause you to lose some or all of your investment. Before investing in the Fund's Common Shares you should consider carefully the following principal risks of investing in the Fund.
Management Risk
The Fund's ability to achieve its investment objective is directly related to the Advisers' investment strategies for the Fund. The value of your investment in the Fund's Common Shares may vary with the effectiveness of the research and analysis conducted by the Advisers and their ability to identify and take advantage of attractive investment opportunities. If the investment strategies of the Advisers do not produce the expected results, the value of your investment could be diminished or even lost entirely, and the Fund could underperform the market or other funds with similar investment objectives. Additionally, there can be no assurance that all of the personnel of the Advisers will continue to be associated with the Advisers for any length of time. The loss of the services of one or more
key employees of the Advisers could have an adverse impact on the Fund's ability to realize its investment objective.
Investment and Market Risk
An investment in the Fund's Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. Your investment in Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. The value of these securities, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably, and these fluctuations are likely to have a greater impact on the value of the Shares during periods in which the Fund utilizes a leveraged capital structure. If the global economy deteriorates further, the ability of issuers of the corporate fixed-income securities and other securities in which the Fund invests to service their obligations could be materially and adversely affected. The value of the securities in which the Fund invests will affect the value of the Shares. Your Shares at any point in time may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.
Country/Regional Focus Risk and Asian-Pacific Region Risk
Parts of the Asian-Pacific region may be subject to a greater degree of economic, political and social instability than is the case in the United States and Europe. Some Asian-Pacific countries can be characterized as emerging markets or newly industrialized and may experience more volatile economic cycles than developed countries. The developing nature of securities markets in many countries in the Asian-Pacific region may lead to a lack of liquidity while some countries have restricted the flow of money in and out of the country. Some countries in Asia-Pacific have historically experienced political uncertainty, corruption, military intervention and social unrest.
Additionally, the Fund may be more volatile than a fund which is broadly diversified geographically. Focusing on a single geographical region involves increased currency, political, regulatory and other risks. Market swings in the targeted country or geographical region, such as the Asia-Pacific region, likely will have a greater effect on portfolio performance than they would in a more geographically diversified fixed income fund.
China Risk. In addition to the risks discussed under “Developing and Emerging Markets Risk,” as well as the risks described under “Foreign Securities Risk,” investing in China presents additional risks. Concentrating investments in China and Hong Kong may make the Fund significantly more volatile than geographically diverse mutual funds. Additional risks associated with investments in China and Hong Kong include exposure to currency fluctuations, less liquidity, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, exchange control regulations (including currency blockage) and differing legal standards. Any spread of an infectious illness, public health threat or
 
54 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

similar issue could reduce consumer demand or economic output, result in market closures, travel restrictions or quarantines, and generally have a significant impact on the Chinese economy, which in turn could adversely affect the Fund’s investments.
Inflation and fluctuations in interest rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of China or Hong Kong. The Chinese government could, at any time, alter or discontinue economic reform programs implemented since 1978. Military conflicts, either in response to internal social unrest or conflicts with other countries, are an ever-present consideration.
An economic downturn in China or geopolitical tensions involving China could adversely impact investments in Chinese or Chinese-related issuers because, among other possibilities, certain Chinese issuers may be sanctioned by the U.S. government in the event of a geopolitical tension.
The adoption or continuation of protectionist trade policies by one or more countries (including the U.S.) could lead to decreased demand for Chinese products and have an adverse effect on the Chinese securities markets. In particular, the current political climate has intensified concerns about a potential trade war between China and the United States, as each country has imposed, and may in the future impose additional, tariffs on the other country’s products. These actions may trigger a significant reduction in international trade, the oversupply of certain manufactured goods, substantial price reductions of goods and possible failure of individual companies and/or large segments of China’s export industry, which could have a negative impact on the Fund’s performance. Certain securities are, or may in the future become, restricted, and the Fund may be forced to sell such restricted securities and incur a loss as a result. U.S. companies that source material and goods from China and those that make large amounts of sales in China would be particularly vulnerable to an escalation of trade tensions. Uncertainty regarding the outcome of the trade tensions and the potential for a trade war could cause the U.S. dollar to decline against safe haven currencies, such as the Japanese yen and the euro. Events such as these and their consequences are difficult to predict and it is unclear whether further tariffs may be imposed or other escalating actions may be taken in the future.
Chinese authorities may intervene in the China securities market and halt or suspend trading of securities for short or even longer periods of time. The China securities market has, at times, experienced considerable volatility and has historically been subject to relatively frequent and extensive trading halts and suspensions. Chinese regulators may suspend trading in Chinese issuers (or permit such issuers to suspend trading) during market disruptions. These trading halts and suspensions have, among other things, contributed to
uncertainty in the markets and reduced the liquidity of the securities subject to such trading halts and suspensions, which could include securities held by the Fund.
The Fund may gain exposure to companies based or operated in China by investing through legal structures known as variable interest entities (VIEs). Instead of directly owning the equity securities of a Chinese company, a VIE enters into service and other contracts with the Chinese company. Although the VIE has no equity ownership of the Chinese company, the contractual arrangements permit the VIE to consolidate the Chinese company into its financial statements. The Chinese government could intervene with respect to VIEs, which could significantly affect the Chinese company’s performance and the enforceability of the VIE’s contractual arrangement with the Chinese company.
Exposure to China may be gained through investments in securities that are economically tied to China or, in some cases, through direct investment in China securities.
China Interbank Bond Market. To the extent permitted by its principal investment strategies, the Fund may transact in the China Interbank Bond Market (“CIBM”) when buying or selling portfolio securities for the Fund. The China bond market is made up of the CIBM and the exchange listed bond market. The CIBM was established in 1997 and was limited to domestic participants, but access to the market has since been expanded to foreign institutional investors. To the extent permissible by the relevant regulations or authorities, the Fund may invest in the CIBM through CIBM Direct or Bond Connect. Under the CIBM Direct regime, foreign institutional investors have direct access to bonds traded on the CIBM, subject to the relevant rules established by the People's Bank of China (“PBOC”) (“CIBM Direct Rules”). An onshore trading and settlement agent shall be engaged to make the filing on behalf of the relevant Fund and conduct trading and settlement agency services for the Fund. PBOC will exercise on-going supervision on the onshore settlement agent and the Fund's trading under the CIBM Direct Rules and may take relevant administrative actions such as suspension of trading and mandatory exit against the Fund and/or abrdn Asia Limited in the event of any incompliance with the CIBM Direct Rules. The CIBM Direct Rules are relatively new and are still subject to continuous evolvement, which may adversely affect the Fund's capability to invest in the CIBM.
Bond Connect is a trading and settlement link program developed by the PBOC and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (“HKMA”) with a view to establish mutual bond market access between the PRC and Hong Kong. Trading through Bond Connect is subject to a number of restrictions that may affect a Fund's investments and returns. Investments made through Bond Connect are subject to order, clearance and settlement procedures that are relatively untested in the PRC, which could pose risks to a Fund. A Fund's investments in
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 55

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

securities via Bond Connect are generally subject to Chinese securities regulations and listing rules, among other restrictions. Such securities may lose their eligibility at any time, in which case they could be sold but could no longer be purchased through Bond Connect. The Bond Connect program is a relatively new program and may be subject to further interpretation and guidance.
Market volatility and potential lack of liquidity due to low trading volume of certain debt securities may result in prices of debt securities traded on such market fluctuating significantly. The bid and offer spreads of the prices of the PRC bonds may be large, and if a Fund transacts in the CIBM, it may therefore incur significant trading and realization costs and may even suffer losses when selling such investments. To the extent that a Fund transacts in the CIBM, it may also be exposed to risks associated with settlement procedures and default of counterparties. The CIBM is also subject to regulatory risks. Due to irregularities in the CIBM trading activities, the China Government Securities Depository Trust & Clearing Co. (the central clearing entity) suspended new account opening on the CIBM for specific types of products. Although funds classified as mutual funds offered to the public were not affected, there is no assurance that future regulatory actions will not affect such funds. If accounts are suspended, or cannot be opened, the Fund's ability to invest in the CIBM will be limited and the Funds may suffer losses as a result.
Investment in Hong Kong issuers may subject the Fund to legal, regulatory, and political risks, specific to Hong Kong. Hong Kong is closely tied to China, economically and politically. Changes to Hong Kong's legal, financial, and monetary system could negatively impact its economic prospects. Hong Kong's evolving relationship with the central government in Beijing has been a source of political unrest and may result in economic disruption. By treaty, China has committed to preserve Hong Kong's high degree of autonomy in certain matters until 2047. However, as demonstrated by Hong Kong protests in recent years over political, economic, and legal freedoms, and the Chinese government's response to them, there continues to exist political uncertainty within Hong Kong. There is no guarantee that additional protests will not arise in the future or whether the United States will respond to such protests with additional sanctions. Further, any changes in the Chinese economy, trade regulations, or control over Hong Kong may have an adverse impact on Hong Kong's economy and thereby impact the Fund.
India Risk. The value of the Fund’s assets may be adversely affected by political, economic, social and religious factors, changes in Indian law or regulations and the status of India’s relations with other countries. In addition, the economy of India may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as the rate of growth of gross domestic product, the rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. The Indian government has exercised and continues to exercise significant
influence over many aspects of the economy, and the number of public sector enterprises in India is substantial. Accordingly, Indian government actions in the future could have a significant effect on the Indian economy, which could affect private sector companies and the Fund, market conditions, and prices and yields of securities in the Fund’s portfolio. Economic growth in India is constrained by inadequate infrastructure, a cumbersome bureaucracy, corruption, labor market rigidities, regulatory and foreign investment controls, the “reservation” of key products for small-scale industries and high fiscal deficits. Changes in economic policies, or lack of movement toward economic liberalization, could negatively affect the general business and economic conditions in India, which could in turn affect the Fund’s investments. The securities market in India is substantially smaller, less liquid and significantly more volatile than the securities market in the United States. The relatively small market capitalizations of, and trading values on, Indian stock exchanges may cause the Fund’s investments in securities listed on these exchanges to be comparatively less liquid and subject to greater price volatility than comparable U.S. investments.
Indonesia Risk. The limited liquidity of the Indonesian and other foreign securities markets may also affect the Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of securities at a price and time that it wishes to do so. Accordingly, in periods of rising market prices, the Fund may be unable to participate in such price increases fully to the extent that it is unable to acquire desired portfolio positions quickly; conversely the Fund’s inability to dispose fully and promptly of positions in declining markets will cause its net asset value to decline as the value of unsold positions is marked to lower prices.
The Indonesian securities market is an emerging market characterized by a small number of company listings, high price volatility and a relatively illiquid secondary trading environment. These factors, coupled with restrictions on investment by foreigners and other factors, limit the supply of securities available for investment by the Fund. This will affect the rate at which the Fund is able to invest in Indonesian and other foreign securities, the purchase and sale prices for such securities and the timing of purchases and sales.
Leverage Risk
The Fund generally seeks to enhance its total returns through the use of leverage. The Fund currently utilizes and in the future expects to continue to utilize leverage through borrowings (including through the issuance of debt securities) and through the issuance of preferred stock. The Fund may seek to enhance returns through other transactions, such as reverse repurchase agreements, which have the effect of leverage. The Fund is currently leveraged through a revolving loan facility, senior secured notes and preferred stock.
With respect to asset coverage for preferred shares, under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue preferred shares unless
 
56 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund's total net assets (as defined below) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares and the newly issued preferred shares plus the aggregate amount of any senior securities of the Fund representing indebtedness (i.e., such liquidation value plus the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness may not exceed 50% of the Fund's total net assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund's total net assets (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) satisfies the above-referenced 200% coverage requirement.
The 1940 Act generally prohibits the Fund from engaging in most forms of leverage representing indebtedness other than preferred shares unless immediately after such incurrence the Fund's total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, "total net assets") is at least 300% of the aggregate senior securities representing indebtedness (i.e., the use of leverage through senior securities representing indebtedness may not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund's total net assets (including the proceeds from leverage)). Additionally, under the 1940 Act, the Fund generally may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its capital shares, or purchase any such capital shares, unless at the time of such declaration or purchase, this asset coverage test is satisfied.
The Fund may also enter into certain transactions that create leverage, such as reverse repurchase agreements, which are not subject to the asset coverage requirements set out above.
The Fund seeks a leverage ratio, based on a variety of factors including market conditions and the Advisers' market outlook, where the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the Fund's investment portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage.
The Fund may engage in additional borrowings in order to maintain the Fund's desired leverage ratio. Leverage creates a greater risk of loss, as well as a potential for more gain, for the common stock than if leverage were not used. Interest on borrowings may be at a fixed or floating rate, and the interest at a floating rate generally will be based on short-term rates. The costs associated with the Fund's use of leverage, including the issuance of such leverage and the payment of dividends or interest on such leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common stock. As long as the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the Fund's investment portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage, the Fund will generate more return or income than will be needed to pay such costs. In this event, the excess will be available to pay higher dividends to holders of common stock.
Conversely, if the Fund's return on such assets is less than the cost of leverage and other Fund expenses, the return to the holders of the common stock will diminish. To the extent that the Fund uses leverage, the net asset value and market price of the common stock and the yield to holders of common stock will be more volatile. The Fund's leveraging strategy may not be successful.
Credit Risk
Investments in debt securities expose the Fund to credit risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more of the Fund's investments in debt securities or other instruments will decline in price, or fail to pay interest, liquidation value or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation or the issuer of a reference security experiences an actual or perceived decline in its financial status. Credit risk is influenced by changes in general economic and political conditions and changes in the financial condition of the issuers. During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, issuers of securities with a low credit rating may experience financial weakness that could affect their ability to make payments of interest and principal.
Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the value and liquidity of securities with low credit ratings, especially in markets characterized by a low volume of trading.
Interest Rate and Pre-Payment Risk
Generally, when market interest rates rise, the prices of debt obligations fall, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that debt obligations and other instruments in the Fund's portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. This risk may be particularly acute when market interest rates are at low levels. The prices of long-term debt obligations generally fluctuate more than prices of short-term debt obligations as interest rates change. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may be extended due to slower than expected payments. This may lock in a below market yield, increase the security's duration and reduce the security's value.
Investments in floating rate debt instruments, although generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer duration fixed rate instruments, may nevertheless decline in value in response to rising interest rates if, for example, the rates at which they pay interest do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Conversely, floating rate instruments will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. Inverse floating rate debt securities may also exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate debt obligation with similar credit quality. To the extent the Fund holds floating rate instruments, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 57

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

the income received from such securities and the net asset value of the Fund's Common Shares.
Pre-payment risk refers to the risk that a debt obligations are prepaid ahead of schedule. In this event, the proceeds from the prepaid securities would likely be reinvested by the Fund in securities bearing a lower interest rate. Pre-payment rates usually increase when interest rates are falling.
The risks attendant to changing interest rate environments have been, and continue to be, magnified in the current economic environment. To combat rising inflation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System increased the federal funds rate several times in 2022 and 2023; however, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System decreased the federal funds rate in 2024 and 2025, and the future of interest rates remains uncertain.
Private Placements and Other Restricted Securities Risk
Private placement and other restricted securities include securities that have been privately placed and are not registered under the Securities Act, such as unregistered securities eligible for resale without registration pursuant to Rule 144A ("Rule 144A Securities") and privately placed securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers offered outside of the United States without registration with the SEC pursuant to Regulation S ("Regulation S Securities"). Private placements may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market.
Private placements securities typically may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers (or, in the case of the initial sale of certain securities, such as those issued in collateralized debt obligations or collateralized loan obligations, to accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act)), or in a privately negotiated transaction or to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration. Rule 144A Securities and Regulation S Securities may be freely traded among certain qualified institutional investors, such as the Fund, but their resale in the U.S. is permitted only in limited circumstances. Issuers of restricted securities may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that would be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. Where a registration statement is required for the resale of restricted securities, the Fund may be required to bear all or part of the registration expenses. The Fund may be deemed to be an "underwriter" for purposes of the Securities Act when selling restricted securities to the public and, in such event, the Fund may be liable to purchasers of such securities if the registration statement prepared by the issuer is materially inaccurate or misleading. Private placements typically are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential
purchasers for such securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, it could be more difficult for the Fund to sell such securities when it may be advisable to do so or it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund's net asset value NAV due to the absence of a trading market.
Private placements and restricted securities may be considered illiquid securities, which could have the effect of increasing the level of the Fund's illiquidity. Additionally, a restricted security that was liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid. Disposing of illiquid investments may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expenses, and it may be difficult or impossible for the Fund to sell them promptly at an acceptable price. The Fund may have to bear the extra expense of registering the securities for resale and the risk of substantial delay in effecting the registration. In addition, market quotations typically are less readily available for these securities.
Foreign Securities Risk
Investing in foreign securities involves certain special considerations that are not typically associated with investments in the securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign issuers are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and may have policies that are not comparable to those of domestic issuers. As a result, there may be less information available about foreign issuers than about domestic issuers. Securities of some foreign issuers may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable domestic issuers. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities markets, brokers and issuers than in the United States. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political and social instability, or diplomatic developments, which could affect the value of investments in those countries. These risks are heightened under adverse economic, market, geopolitical and other conditions. The costs of investing in foreign countries frequently are higher than the costs of investing in the United States. Although the Advisers endeavor to achieve the most favorable execution costs in portfolio transactions, trading costs in non-U.S. securities markets are generally higher than trading costs in the United States.
Investments in securities of foreign issuers often will be denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, the value of the Fund's assets, as measured in U.S. dollars, may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates and in exchange control regulations. The Fund may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies.
 
58 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

The Fund generally holds its foreign securities and cash in foreign banks and securities depositories approved by State Street Bank and Trust Company, the Fund's Foreign Custody Manager (as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act). Some foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. There may be limited or no regulatory oversight over their operations. Also, the laws of certain countries may put limits on the Fund's ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank, depository or issuer of a security, or any of their agents, goes bankrupt. In addition, it is often more expensive for the Fund to buy, sell and hold securities in certain foreign markets than in the United States. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount the Fund can earn on its investments and typically results in a higher operating expense ratio for the Fund than for investment companies invested only in the United States.
Certain foreign governments levy withholding or other taxes on dividend and interest income. Although in some countries a portion of these taxes are recoverable, the non-recovered portion of foreign withholding taxes will reduce the income received from investments in such countries.
From time to time, the Fund may have invested in certain sovereign debt obligations that are issued by, or certain companies that operate in or have dealings with, countries that become subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. Investments in such countries may be adversely affected because, for example, the credit rating of the sovereign debt security may be lowered due to the country's instability or unreliability or the company may suffer damage to its reputation if it is identified as a company which operates in, or has dealings with, such countries. As an investor in such companies, the Fund will be indirectly subject to those risks.
Developing and Emerging Markets Risk
Investing in the securities of issuers located in developing and emerging market countries (and to a certain extent non-U.S. developed market countries) involves a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers and other developed market issuers. Compared to the United States and other developed countries, emerging market countries may have relatively unstable governments, economies which may be more likely to take extra-legal action with respect to companies, industries, assets, or foreign ownership than those in more developed markets and therefore issuers of such emerging markets may be more affected by the performance of such industries or sectors. Emerging market economies may be based on only a few industries and securities markets that trade a small number of securities. Securities issued by companies or governments located in
emerging market countries tend to be especially volatile (particularly during market closures due to local market holidays or other reasons) and may be less liquid than securities traded in developed countries. Securities in these countries have been characterized by greater potential loss than securities of companies and governments located in developed countries. Investments in the securities of issuers located in emerging markets could be affected by risks associated with expropriation and/or nationalization, political or social instability, pervasiveness of corruption and crime, armed conflict, the impact on the economy of civil war, religious or ethnic unrest and the withdrawal or non-renewal of any license enabling the Fund to trade in securities of a particular country, confiscatory taxation, restrictions on transfers of assets, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards, less publicly available financial and other information, diplomatic development which could affect U.S. investments in those countries, and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations. International trade barriers or economic sanctions against foreign countries, organizations, entities and/or individuals in response to geopolitical tensions or conflicts may adversely affect the value of the Fund's foreign holdings. The type and severity of sanctions and other similar measures are difficult to measure or predict. Emerging market countries generally have less developed legal, accounting and financial reporting systems than those in more developed markets, which may reduce the scope or quality of financial information available to investors. Moreover, it can be more difficult for investors to bring litigation or enforce judgments against issuers in emerging markets or for U.S. regulators to bring enforcement actions against such issuers.
Countries in emerging markets are also more likely to experience high levels of inflation, deflation or currency devaluation, which could also hurt their economies and securities markets. For these and other reasons, investments in emerging markets are often considered speculative.
The economies of individual developing and emerging market countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the United States economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, currency depreciation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Governments of many developing and emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some cases, the government owns or controls many companies, including some of the largest in the country.
Accordingly, government actions could have a significant effect on economic conditions in a developing or emerging market country and on market conditions, prices and yields of securities in the Fund's portfolio. Moreover, the economies of developing and emerging market countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 59

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. Many developing and emerging market economies are considered to be more politically volatile than the developed markets. Investments in securities of issuers in countries other than the U.S. may involve greater political risk, including in some countries, the possibility of nationalization of assets, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, restrictions on repatriation, and the establishment of foreign exchange controls, political changes, government regulation, overburdened and obsolete or unseasoned financial systems, environmental problems, less developed legal systems, economic or social instability or diplomatic developments (including war) which could affect adversely the economies of such countries or the value of the Fund's investments in those countries. Central authorities also tend to exercise a high degree of control over the economies and in many cases have ownership over core productive assets.
The legal systems in many developing and emerging market countries are less developed than those in more developed countries, with the administration of laws and regulations often subject to considerable discretion. Non-U.S. markets may offer less protection to investors than U.S. or other developed markets. It also may be difficult to obtain and enforce a judgment in a court outside of the United States.
Adequate public information on non-U.S. issuers may not be available, and it may be difficult to secure information regarding corporate actions on a timely basis. In general, there is less overall governmental supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than in the United States or other developed market countries.
Due to their strong reliance on international trade, most developing and emerging market economies tend to be sensitive both to economic changes in their own region and to changes affecting their major trading partners. These include changes in growth, inflation, foreign exchange rates, current account positions, government policies, taxation and tariffs.
Investments in developing and emerging market countries may entail purchasing securities issued by or on behalf of entities that are insolvent, bankrupt, in default or otherwise engaged in an attempt to reorganize or reschedule their obligations or in entities that have little or no proven credit rating or credit history. In any such case, the issuer's poor or deteriorating financial condition may increase the likelihood that the Fund will experience losses or diminution in available gains due to bankruptcy, insolvency or fraud.
Foreign Currency Risk
The Fund may invest all of its assets in debt securities which are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Currency exchange rates can fluctuate significantly over short periods and can be subject to unpredictable changes based on a variety of factors including political developments and currency controls by governments. A change in the value of a currency in which a security is denominated against the U.S. dollar will generally result in a change in the U.S. dollar value of the Fund's assets.
The currencies of developing and emerging markets, in particular, have experienced periods of steady declines or even sudden devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar. Some developing and emerging market currencies may not be internationally traded or may be subject to strict controls by local governments, resulting in undervalued or overvalued currencies. Some developing and emerging markets have experienced balance of payment deficits and shortages in foreign exchange reserves. Governments have responded by restricting currency conversions. Future restrictive exchange controls could prevent or restrict a company's ability to make dividend or interest payments in the original currency of an obligation (often U.S. dollars). In addition, even though the currencies of some developing and emerging markets may be convertible into U.S. dollars, the conversion rates may be artificial to their actual market values.  If the exchange rate for a non-U.S. currency declines compared to the U.S. dollar, the Fund's NAV would decline. In addition, although much of the Fund's income will be received or realized in non-U.S. currencies, the Fund is required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, for example, if the exchange rate for a non-U.S. currency declines after the Fund's income has been accrued and translated into U.S. dollars, but before the income has been received or converted into U.S. dollars, the Fund could be required to liquidate securities to make distributions. Similarly, if the exchange rate declines between the time the Fund incurs expenses in U.S. dollars and the time expenses are paid, the amount of non-U.S. currency required to be converted into U.S. dollars in order to pay such U.S. dollar expenses will be greater than the non-U.S. currency equivalent of the expenses at the time they were incurred.
Sovereign Debt Obligation Risk
Investments in developing and emerging market countries' government debt obligations involve special risks. Certain developing and emerging market countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, volatile interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. The issuer or governmental authority that controls the repayment of a developing and emerging market country's debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when
 
60 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A debtor's willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation and, in the case of a government debtor, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the government debtor's policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a government debtor may be subject. Government debtors may default on their debt and may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a debtor's implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor's obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties' commitments to lend funds to the government debtor, which may further impair such debtor's ability or willingness to service its debts on a timely basis. Holders of government debt, including the Fund, may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to government debtors.
As a result of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of more senior fixed income securities, such as commercial bank debt, will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt securities in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.
Government obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world's largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. The issuers of the government debt securities in which the Fund may invest have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign government debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to
their issuers. There can be no assurance that the foreign government debt securities in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may adversely affect the Fund's holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants. Investments in developing and emerging market countries' government debt securities involve currency risk. See "Foreign Currency Risk" above.
Corporate Debt Risk
The Fund may invest in debt securities of non-governmental issuers. Like all debt securities, corporate debt securities generally represent an issuer's obligation to repay to the investor (or lender) the amount borrowed plus interest over a specified time period. A typical corporate bond specifies a fixed date when the amount borrowed (principal) is due in full, known as the maturity date, and specifies dates when periodic interest (coupon) payments will be made over the life of the security.
Corporate debt securities come in many varieties and may differ in the way that interest is calculated, the amount and frequency of payments, the type of collateral, if any, and the presence of special features (e.g., conversion rights). The Fund's investments in corporate debt securities may include, but are not limited to, senior, junior, secured and unsecured bonds, notes and other debt securities, and may be fixed rate, floating rate, zero coupon and inflation linked, among other things.
Prices of corporate debt securities fluctuate and, in particular, are subject to several key risks including, but not limited to, interest rate risk (which may be heightened in a market environment where interest rates are high or rising), credit risk, prepayment risk and spread risk. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by the financial condition or the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation's performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace, and government regulations impacting the industry in which the corporation operates. There is a risk that the issuers of the corporate debt securities in which the Fund may invest may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.
High-Yield Bonds and Other Lower-Rated Securities Risk
The Fund's investments in high-yield bonds (commonly referred to as "junk bonds") and other lower-rated securities will subject the Fund to substantial risk of loss. Investments in high-yield bonds are speculative and issuers of these securities are generally considered to be less financially secure and less able to repay interest and principal than issuers of investment-grade securities. Prices of high-yield bonds
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 61

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

tend to be very volatile. These securities are less liquid than investment-grade debt securities and may be difficult to price or sell, particularly in times of negative sentiment toward high-yield securities. The Fund's investments in lower rated securities may involve the following specific risks: greater risk of loss due to default because of the increased likelihood that adverse economic or company specific events will make the issuer unable to pay interest and/or principal when due; wider price fluctuations due to changing interest rates and/or adverse economic and business developments; and greater risk of loss due to declining credit quality.
Liquidity Risk
While the Fund ordinarily invests in debt securities for which there is an active secondary market, the Fund may invest in debt securities for which there is no established secondary market. The securities markets that exist in developing and emerging market countries are substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the securities markets of the United States and other more developed countries. In addition, the markets for below investment grade securities may be substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the markets for prime rated securities, which may make obtaining accurate market quotations for financial reporting purposes and for calculating net asset values more difficult. Market quotations on many non-U.S. debt and sub-investment grade securities may only be available from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids from those dealers or prices for actual sales. The Fund may not be able readily to dispose of illiquid securities at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities if they were more widely traded and, as result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. Illiquid securities generally trade at a discount. Settlement and custodial practices (including those involving securities settlement where fund assets may be released prior to receipt of payment) are also often less developed than those in U.S. or other developed markets, and may result in increased risk or substantial delays in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of, or breach of duty by, a non-U.S. broker-dealer, securities depository or non-U.S. subcustodian.
Liquidity in developing markets may be low and transaction costs high. Reduced liquidity often creates higher volatility, as well as difficulties in obtaining accurate market quotations for financial reporting purposes and for calculating net asset values, and sometimes also an inability to buy and sell securities. Market quotations on many non-U.S. debt securities may only be available from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids from those dealers or prices for actual sales.
Bank Loan Risk
Bank loans include floating and fixed-rate debt obligations. Floating rate loans are debt obligations issued by companies or other entities with floating interest rates that reset periodically. Bank loans may include, but are not limited to, term loans, delayed funding loans, bridge loans and revolving credit facilities. Loan interest will primarily take the form of assignments purchased in the primary or secondary market but may include participants. Floating rate loans are secured by specific collateral of the borrower and are senior to most other securities of the borrower (e.g., common stock or debt instruments) in the event of bankruptcy. Floating rate loans are often issued in connection with recapitalizations, acquisitions, leveraged buyouts, and refinancings. Floating rate loans are typically structured and administered by a financial institution that acts as the agent of the lenders participating in the floating rate loan. Floating rate loans may be acquired directly through the agent, as an assignment from another lender who holds a direct interest in the floating rate loan, or as a participation interest in another lender's portion of the floating rate loan.
There are a number of risks associated with an investment in bank loans including credit risk, interest rate risk, illiquid securities risk, and prepayment risk. There is also the possibility that the collateral securing a loan, if any, may be difficult to liquidate or be insufficient to cover the amount owed under the loan. These risks could cause the Fund to lose income or principal on a particular investment, which in turn could affect the Fund's returns. In addition, bank loans may settle on a delayed basis, resulting in the proceeds from the sale of such loans not being readily available to make additional investments. To the extent the extended settlement process gives rise to short-term liquidity needs, the Fund may hold additional cash or sell investments.
Convertible Securities Risk
The Fund may invest in convertible securities, which include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. As with all debt securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. Convertible securities also tend to reflect the market price of the underlying stock in varying degrees, depending on the relationship of such market price to the conversion price in the terms of the convertible security, and, therefore, is also subject to the same types of market and issuer risks that may negatively affect the underlying common stock. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer's capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer's common stock.
 
62 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

Asset-Backed Securities Risk
Payment of interest and repayment of principal on asset-backed securities is largely dependent upon the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities and, in certain cases, supported by letters of credit, surety bonds or other credit enhancements. Asset-backed security values may also be affected by the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the loans or receivables and any entities providing the credit enhancement. In addition, the underlying assets are subject to prepayments that shorten the securities' weighted average maturity and may lower their return. Asset-backed securities are in particular subject to interest rate risk. Generally, asset-backed securities increase in value to a lesser extent when interest rates decline and generally decline in value to a similar or greater extent when interest rates rise. Asset-backed securities are also subject to liquidity and valuation risk.
Derivatives Risk
Consistent with its investment objective, the Fund may invest in a broad array of financial instruments and securities in which the value of the instrument or security is "derived" from the performance of an underlying asset or a "benchmark" such as a security index, an interest rate or a foreign currency ("derivatives"). Derivatives are most often used to manage interest rate, currency and credit risk, to increase or decrease exposure to an asset class or benchmark (as a hedge or to enhance return), or to create an investment position directly (often because it is more efficient or less costly than direct investment). There is no guarantee that these results can be achieved through the use of derivatives and any success in their use depends on a variety of factors including the ability of the Advisers to predict correctly the direction of interest rates, securities prices, currency exchange rates and other factors. The primary risk of derivatives is the same as the risk of the underlying asset, namely that the value of the underlying asset may increase or decrease. Adverse movements in the value of the underlying asset can expose the Fund to losses, which can be increased if derivatives are used to obtain leverage. In addition, risks in the use of derivatives include:
an imperfect correlation between the price of derivatives and the movement of the securities prices, interest rates or currency exchange rates being hedged or replicated;
the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular derivatives contract at any time and the need to continue making margin and settlement payments thereunder;
the potential loss if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised;
the possible need to defer closing out certain positions to avoid adverse tax consequences, as well as the possibility that derivative transactions may result in acceleration of gain, deferral of losses or a change in the character of gain realized;
the risk that the financial intermediary "manufacturing" the over-the-counter derivative, will not continue to offer a credible market in the derivative;
because certain derivatives are "manufactured" by financial institutions, the risk that the Fund may develop a substantial exposure to financial institution counterparties; and
the risk that a full and complete appreciation of the complexity of derivatives and how future value is affected by various factors including changing interest rates, exchange rates and credit quality is not attained; and
the risk that the Fund would need additional liquidity to meet the payment obligations created by the derivatives contracts
Derivatives also may create operational and legal risks for the Fund. There is no guarantee that derivatives will provide successful results and any success in their use depends on a variety of factors including the ability of the Advisers to predict correctly the direction of interest rates, securities prices, currency exchange rates and other factors. Derivatives markets tend to be consistently subject to new and/or expanded regulation that can take long periods of time to implement, making it difficult to know and predict the extent and impact of those regulatory changes. New regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance.
The Fund may use interest rate swaps to hedge the Fund’s liability with respect to its leverage. A significant type of risk associated with interest rate swaps is the risk that the counterparty may default or file for bankruptcy, in which case the Fund would bear the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under the swap agreement. There can be no assurance that the Fund will have an interest rate swap in place at any given time, nor can there be any assurance that, if an interest rate swap is in place, it will be successful in hedging the Fund's interest rate risk with respect to its leverage.
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act governs a registered investment company's use of derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and certain other instruments. Under Rule 18f-4, the fund must limit its derivatives exposure through a value-at-risk test, adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program and comply with certain reporting requirements. However, subject to certain conditions, funds that do not invest heavily in derivatives may be deemed limited derivatives users and would not be subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4.  Under the rule, when the Fund trades reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, including certain tender option bonds, it needs to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the Fund’s asset coverage ratio or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions. In addition, under the rule, the Fund is permitted to invest in a security on a when-issued or
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 63

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security (as defined under Section 18(g) of the 1940 Act), provided that, (i) the Fund intends to physically settle the transaction and (ii) the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”). The Fund may otherwise engage in when-issued, forward-settling and non-standard settlement cycle securities transactions that do not meet the conditions of the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision so long as the Fund treats any such transaction as a “derivatives transaction” for purposes of compliance with the rule. Furthermore, under the rule, the Fund is permitted to enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, and such unfunded commitment agreement will not be subject to the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act, if the Fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all such agreements as they come due.
Hedging Strategy Risk
Certain of the investment techniques that the Fund may employ for hedging will expose the Fund to additional or increased risks.
There may be an imperfect correlation between changes in the value of the Fund's portfolio holdings and hedging positions entered into by the Fund, which may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, the Fund's success in using hedge instruments is subject to the Advisers' ability to predict correctly changes in the relationships of such hedge instruments to the Fund's portfolio holdings, and there can be no assurance that the Advisers' judgment in this respect will be accurate. Consequently, the use of hedging transactions might result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund, whether or not adjusted for risk, than if the Fund had not hedged its portfolio holdings.
The Advisers are under no obligation to engage in any hedging strategies, and may, in their discretion, choose not to engage in hedging strategies. Even if the Advisers desire to hedge some of the Fund's risks, suitable hedging transactions may not be available or, if available, attractive. A failure to hedge may result in losses to the value of the Fund's investments.
High-Yield Bonds and Other Lower-Rated Securities Risk
The Fund’s investments in high-yield bonds (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) and other lower-rated securities will subject the Fund to substantial risk of loss. Investments in high-yield bonds are speculative and issuers of these securities are generally considered to be less financially secure and less able to repay interest and principal than issuers of investment-grade securities. Prices of high-yield bonds tend to be very volatile. These securities are less liquid than investment-grade debt securities and may be difficult to price or sell,
particularly in times of negative sentiment toward high-yield securities. The Fund’s investments in lower rated securities may involve the following specific risks: greater risk of loss due to default because of the increased likelihood that adverse economic or company specific events will make the issuer unable to pay interest and/or principal when due; wider price fluctuations due to changing interest rates and/or adverse economic and business developments; and greater risk of loss due to declining credit quality.
Counterparty Risk
The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased or sold by the Fund. Although the Advisers monitor the creditworthiness of the Fund's counterparties, there can be no assurance that the Fund's counterparties will not experience financial difficulties, possibly resulting in losses to the Fund. Counterparty risk also encompasses the risk of having concentrated exposure to one or more counterparties.
If a counterparty becomes bankrupt, or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Such risk is heightened in a market environment where interest rates are changing, notably when rates are rising.
Inflation Risk
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. To the extent that inflation occurs, it will reduce the real value of dividends paid by the Fund and the Fund’s Common Shares. Most emerging market countries, in particular, have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high and volatile, rates of inflation. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have very negative effects on the economies and securities markets globally. In an attempt to control inflation, wage and price controls have been imposed at times in certain countries.
Market Events Risk
The market values of securities or other assets will fluctuate, sometimes sharply and unpredictably, due to changes in general market conditions, overall economic trends or events, governmental actions or intervention, actions taken by the U.S. Federal Reserve or foreign central banks, market disruptions caused by trade disputes, armed conflicts or other factors, political developments, investor sentiment and other factors that may or may not be related to the issuer of the security or other asset. Economies and financial markets
 
64 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

throughout the world are increasingly interconnected. Economic, financial or political events, imposition of sanctions and other measures, trading and tariff arrangements, actual or threatened wars or armed conflicts, terrorism, social unrest, natural or environmental disasters and other circumstances in one country or region could have profound impacts on global economies or markets. As a result, whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to the countries directly affected, the value and liquidity of the Fund's investments may be negatively affected. In addition, public health emergencies (such as the spread of infectious diseases, pandemics and epidemics) or similar issues could reduce consumer demand or economic output, result in market closures, travel restrictions or quarantines, and generally have a significant impact on the world economy, which in turn could adversely affect the Fund's investments.
Russia/Ukraine Risk. In February 2022, Russia commenced a military attack on Ukraine. The outbreak of hostilities between the two countries and the threat of wider spread hostilities could have a severe adverse effect on the region and global economies, including significant negative impacts on the markets for certain securities and commodities, such as oil and natural gas. In addition, sanctions imposed on Russia by the United States and other countries, and any sanctions imposed in the future, could have a significant adverse impact on the Russian economy and related markets. The price and liquidity of investments may fluctuate widely as a result of the conflict and related events. How long the armed conflict and related events will last cannot be predicted. These tensions and any related events could have a significant impact on Fund performance and the value of the Fund’s investments.
Europe Related Risk. A number of countries in Europe have experienced severe economic and financial difficulties. Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and financial markets in Europe and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread within and outside Europe. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world.
Government Intervention in Financial Markets Risk
U.S. federal and state governments and foreign governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may take additional actions that affect the regulation of the securities in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such securities, in ways that are unforeseeable. Under certain circumstances, the withdrawal of U.S. government and foreign government support could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as reduce the value and liquidity of certain securities. The current market environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the Investment Manager.
Additionally, issuers of corporate fixed income securities might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund's ability to achieve its investment objective. The Investment Manager will monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund's portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund's investment objective, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.
In addition, policy and legislative changes in the United States and in other countries are affecting many aspects of financial regulation. New or revised laws or regulations may be imposed by the Security and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the CFTC, the Internal Revenue Services (“IRS”), the U.S. Federal Reserve or other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that could adversely affect the Fund’s performance. The Fund may also be adversely impacted by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations. The impact of these changes on the markets, and the practical implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Fund to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by the Fund. The value of the Fund's holdings is also generally subject to the risk of future local, national, or global economic disturbances based on unknown weaknesses in the markets in which the Fund invests. In addition, it is not certain that the U.S. Government will intervene in response to a future market disturbance and the effect of any such future intervention cannot be predicted.
Cybersecurity Risk
The Fund is subject to direct cybersecurity risk. Cybersecurity incidents may allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or cause the Fund, the Advisers and/or the Fund's service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountants, custodians, sub-custodians and transfer agents) to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 65

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

functionality. Furthermore, the Fund may be an appealing target for cybersecurity threats such as hackers and malware.
Net Asset Value Discount
Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that net asset value will decrease. The Fund cannot predict whether its Shares in the future will trade at, below or above net asset value. This risk that shares of a closed-end fund might trade at a discount is more significant for investors who wish to sell their shares in a relatively short period of time. For those investors, realization of gain or loss on their investment is likely to be more dependent upon the existence of a premium or discount than upon portfolio performance.
Distribution Rate
It is the Fund's current policy to pay distributions on a monthly basis. If the Fund's investments do not generate sufficient income, the Fund may be required to liquidate a portion of its portfolio to fund these distributions, and therefore a portion or all of such distributions may represent a reduction of the shareholders' principal investment. Such liquidation might be at a time when independent investment judgment would not dictate such action, increasing the Fund's overall portfolio turnover (and related transaction costs) and making it more difficult for the Fund to achieve its investment objective.
Non-Diversification Risk
The Fund is non-diversified, meaning that the Fund is permitted to invest more of its assets in fewer issuers than “diversified funds.” Thus, the Fund may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting any single issuer held in its portfolio, and may be more susceptible to greater losses because of these developments. Although the Fund must comply with certain diversification requirements in order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, the Fund may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than would be the case if it had elected to diversify its holding sufficiently to be classified as a "diversified" management investment company under the 1940 Act. The Fund, however, intends to comply with the diversification requirements imposed by the Code, for qualification as a regulated investment company.
Conflicts of Interest Risk
The Advisers’ advisory fees are based on net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Consequently, the Advisers will benefit from an increase in the Fund's net assets resulting from an offering. Additionally, the portfolio managers' management of "other accounts" may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the Fund's investments, on the one hand,
and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund. Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby the portfolio manager could favor one account over another. However, the Advisers believe that these risks are mitigated by the fact that: (i) accounts with like investment strategies managed by a particular portfolio manager are generally managed in a similar fashion, subject to exceptions to account for particular investment restrictions or policies applicable only to certain accounts, differences in cash flows and account sizes, and similar factors; and (ii) portfolio manager personal trading is monitored to avoid potential conflicts. In addition, the Advisers have adopted trade allocation procedures that require equitable allocation of trade orders for a particular security among participating accounts.
In some cases, another account managed by the same portfolio manager may compensate the Advisers based on the performance of the portfolio held by that account. The existence of such a performance-based fee may create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time, resources and investment opportunities.
Another potential conflict could include instances in which securities considered as investments for the Fund also may be appropriate for other investment accounts managed by the Advisers or their affiliates. Whenever decisions are made to buy or sell securities by the Fund and one or more of the other accounts simultaneously, the Advisers may aggregate the purchases and sales of the securities and will allocate the securities transactions in a manner that it believes to be equitable under the circumstances. As a result of the allocations, there may be instances where the Fund will not participate in a transaction that is allocated among other accounts. While these aggregation and allocation policies could have a detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to the Fund from time to time, it is the opinion of the Advisers that the benefits from the policies outweigh any disadvantage that may arise from exposure to simultaneous transactions. The Advisers have adopted policies that are designed to eliminate or minimize conflicts of interest, although there is no guarantee that procedures adopted under such policies will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
From time to time, the Advisers may seed proprietary accounts for the purpose of evaluating a new investment strategy that eventually may be available to clients through one or more product structures. Such accounts also may serve the purpose of establishing a performance record for the strategy. The management by the Advisers of accounts with proprietary interests and nonproprietary client accounts may create an incentive to favor the proprietary accounts in the allocation of investment opportunities, and the timing and aggregation of investments. The Advisers' proprietary seed accounts may include long-short strategies, and certain client strategies may permit short
 
66 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

sales. A conflict of interest arises if a security is sold short at the same time as a long position, and continuous short selling in a security may adversely affect the stock price of the same security held long in client accounts. The Advisers have adopted various policies to mitigate these conflicts.
Situations may occur when the Fund could be disadvantaged because of the investment activities conducted by the Advisers and their affiliates for other accounts. Such situations may be based on, among other things, the following: (1) legal or internal restrictions on the combined size of positions that may be taken for the Fund or the other accounts, thereby limiting the size of the Fund’s position; (2) the difficulty of liquidating an investment for the Fund or the other accounts where the market cannot absorb the sale of the combined position; or (3) regulatory restrictions on transaction with affiliates.
The Advisers and their respective principals, officers, employees and affiliates may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on the Fund’s behalf. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by principals, officers, employees and affiliates of the Advisers that are the same as, different from or made at a different time from positions taken for the Fund. Further, the Advisers may at some time in the future manage additional investment funds with the same investment objective as the Fund.
In addition, the 1940 Act limits the Fund’s ability to enter into certain transactions with certain affiliates of the Advisers. As a result of these restrictions, the Fund may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of a fund managed by the Advisers or one of their affiliates. Nonetheless, the Fund may under certain circumstances purchase any such portfolio company’s loans or securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for the Advisers between the interests of the Fund and the portfolio company, in that the ability of the Advisers to recommend actions in the best interest of the Fund might be impaired. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of the Fund’s affiliates (which could include other abrdn-managed Funds), which could be deemed to include certain types of investments, or restructuring of investments, in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to the Fund. The Board has approved policies and procedures reasonably designed to monitor potential conflicts of interest. The Board will review these procedures and any conflicts that may arise. The Advisers or their respective members, officers, directors, employees, principals or affiliates may come into possession of material, non-public information. The possession of such information may limit the ability of the Fund to buy or sell a security or otherwise to participate in an investment opportunity. Situations may occur
where the Fund could be disadvantaged because of the investment activities conducted by the Advisers for other clients, and the Advisers will not employ information barriers with regard to its operations on behalf of its registered and private funds, or other accounts. In certain circumstances, employees of the Advisers may serve as board members or in other capacities for portfolio or potential portfolio companies, which could restrict the Fund’s ability to trade in the securities of such companies.
Anti-Takeover Charter Provisions
The Fund’s charter and by-laws contain several provisions that may be regarded as “anti-takeover” because they have the effect of maintaining continuity of management. Also, charter provisions subject the Fund to certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law with respect to unsolicited takeovers.
Repurchase Agreement Risk
Repurchase agreements may involve risks in the event of default or insolvency of the seller, including possible delays or restrictions with respect to the Fund's ability to dispose of the underlying securities, and the possibility that the collateral might not be sufficient to cover any losses incurred by the Fund.
Risks of Swaps
The fund may enter into swap transactions, including credit default, total return, index and interest rate swap agreements, as well as options thereon, and may purchase or sell interest rate caps, floors and collars. Such transactions are subject to market risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction (i.e., counterparty risk), risk of imperfect correlation and manager risk and may involve commissions or other costs. Swaps generally do not involve delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make, or in the case of the other party to a swap defaulting, the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. If the Advisers are incorrect in their forecast of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.
Securities Lending Risk
In connection with its loans of portfolio securities, the Fund may be exposed to the risk of delay in recovery of the loaned securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower become insolvent. The Fund also bears the risk of loss on the investment of cash collateral. There is also the risk that, in the event of default by the borrower, the collateral might not be sufficient to cover any losses incurred by the Fund. There can be no assurance that the return to the
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 67

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (continued)

Fund from a particular loan, or from its loans overall, will exceed the related costs and any related losses.
Tax Risk
The Fund may invest in securities of which the federal income tax treatment may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. It could be more difficult for the Fund to comply with the United States tax requirements applicable to regulated investment companies, or with other tax requirements applicable to foreign investors, if the tax characterization of the Fund's investments or the tax treatment of the income from such investments were successfully challenged by the IRS.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Fund has elected to be classified as a non-diversified closed-end management investment company and will invest its assets only in a manner consistent with this classification under applicable law.
The Fund will not:
1. issue senior securities, except (a) insofar as the Fund may be deemed to have issued a senior security in connection with any repurchase or securities lending agreement or any borrowing agreement permitted by these investment restrictions and (b) that the Fund may issue one or more series of its preferred stock, if permitted by its Articles of Incorporation, including Articles of Amendment and Articles Supplementary thereto;
2. borrow money, except as permitted under, or to the extent not prohibited by, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;
3. engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities;
4. purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies that deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that the Fund reserves freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities;
5. purchase physical commodities or contracts relating to physical commodities;
6. make loans to other persons, except as permitted under, or to the extent not prohibited by, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;
7. concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as those terms are used in the Investment Company
  Act of 1940, as amended or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time, except that at any time the Fund has invested more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers of a particular country, the Fund may invest more than 25% of its assets, and up to the amount of its total assets invested in securities of issuers of that country, in securities issued or guaranteed, as to payment of principal and interest, by the government (including governmental subdivisions) or governmental entities or instrumentalities of that country.
For purposes of Restriction 7, above, “securities of issuers of a particular country” shall include: (a) securities of issuers located in that country; (b) securities that are denominated in, or linked to, the currency of that country, including securities of supranational issuers and derivative securities that replicate, or substitute for, the currency of that country; (c) securities of issuers that derive at least 50% of their revenues from that country or have at least 50% of their assets located in that country; (d) securities issued by a parent or subsidiary of, and guaranteed by, an entity located in that country; (e) securities issued by the government (including governmental subdivisions) or governmental entities or instrumentalities of that country; and (f) repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing securities.
EFFECTS OF LEVERAGE
The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to, among other things, illustrate the effects of leverage through the use of senior securities, as that term is defined under Section 18 of the 1940 Act, on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (consisting of income and changes in the value of investments held in a Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. The table below reflects the Fund’s continued use of senior securities and the revolving credit facility, as of October 31, 2025 as a percentage of total managed assets (including assets attributable to such leverage), and the annual return that the Fund’s portfolio must experience (net of expenses) in order to cover such costs. The information below does not reflect the Fund’s use of certain other forms of economic leverage achieved through the use of other instruments or transactions not considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act, such as covered reverse repurchase agreements, covered credit default swaps or other derivative instruments, if any.
The assumed investment portfolio returns in the table below are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns experienced or expected to be experienced by the Fund. Your actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing below. In addition, actual borrowing expenses associated with borrowings used by the Fund may vary frequently and
 
68 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Additional Information Regarding the Fund (Unaudited)   (concluded)

may be significantly higher or lower than the rate used for the example below.
Assumed
annual
returns on
the Fund's
portfolio
(net of
expenses)
(10%) (5%) 0% 5% 10%
Corresponding
return of
shareholder
(19.0%) (10.9%) (2.8%) 5.3% 13.5%
Based on estimated indebtedness of $426,000,000 (representing approximately 38.33% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of October 31, 2025), at a weighted annual interest rate of 4.44% (effective interest rate as of October 31, 2025 on the senior securities and revolving credit facility), the Fund’s investment portfolio at fair value would have to produce an annual return of approximately 1.70% to cover annual interest payments on the estimated debt.
Common Share total return is composed of two elements – the distributions paid by the Fund to holders of Common Shares (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income
of the Fund after paying dividend payments on any preferred shares issued by the Fund and expenses on any forms of leverage outstanding) and gains or losses on the value of the securities and other instruments the Fund owns. As required by SEC rules, the table assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Fund must assume that the income it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those investments. This table reflects hypothetical performance of the Fund’s portfolio and not the actual performance of the Fund’s Common Shares, the value of which is determined by market forces
and other factors.
Should the Fund elect to add additional leverage to its portfolio, any benefits of such additional leverage cannot be fully achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of such leverage have been received by the Fund and invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. As noted above, the Fund’s willingness to use additional leverage, and the extent to which leverage is used at any time, will depend on many factors, including, among other things, the Advisers' assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions and other factors. 
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 69

 

Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Cash Purchase Plan  (Unaudited) 

The Fund intends to distribute to shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and to distribute any net realized capital gains at least annually. Net investment income for this purpose is income other than net realized long-term and short-term capital gains net of expenses. Pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Cash Purchase Plan (the “Plan”), shareholders whose shares of common stock are registered in their own names will be deemed to have elected to have all distributions automatically reinvested by Computershare Trust Company N.A. (the “Plan Agent”) in the Fund shares pursuant to the Plan, unless such shareholders elect to receive distributions in cash. Shareholders who elect to receive distributions in cash will receive such distributions paid by check in U.S. Dollars mailed directly to the shareholder by the Plan Agent, as dividend paying agent. In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees that hold shares for others who are beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of shares certified from time to time by the shareholders as representing the total amount registered in such shareholders’ names and held for the account of beneficial owners that have not elected to receive distributions in cash. Investors that own shares registered in the name of a bank, broker or other nominee should consult with such nominee as to participation in the Plan through such nominee and may be required to have their shares registered in their own names in order to participate in the Plan. Please note that the Fund does not issue certificates so all shares will be registered in book entry form. The Plan Agent serves as agent for the shareholders in administering the Plan. If the Directors of the Fund declare an income dividend or a capital gains distribution payable either in the Fund’s common stock or in cash, nonparticipants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive common stock, to be issued by the Fund or purchased by the Plan Agent in the open market, as provided below. If the market price per share (plus expected per share fees) on the valuation date equals or exceeds NAV per share on that date, the Fund will issue new shares to participants at NAV; provided, however, that if the NAV is less than 95% of the market price on the valuation date, then such shares will be issued at 95% of the market price. The valuation date will be the payable date for such distribution or dividend or, if that date is not a trading day on the NYSE American, the immediately preceding trading date. If NAV exceeds the market price of Fund shares at such time, or if the Fund should declare an income dividend or capital gains distribution payable only in cash, the Plan Agent will, as agent for the participants, buy Fund shares in the open market, on the NYSE American or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts on, or shortly after, the payment date. If, before the Plan Agent has completed its purchases, the market price exceeds the NAV of the Fund's share, the average per share purchase price paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the NAV of the Fund’s shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer shares than if the distribution had been paid in shares issued by the Fund on the dividend payment date. Because of
the foregoing difficulty with respect to open-market purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open-market purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Agent will cease making open-market purchases and will receive the uninvested portion of the dividend amount in newly issued shares at the close of business on the last purchase date.
Participants have the option of making additional cash payments of a minimum of $50 per investment (by check, one-time online bank debit or recurring automatic monthly ACH debit) to the Plan Agent for investment in the Fund’s common stock, with an annual maximum contribution of $250,000. The Plan Agent will wait up to three business days after receipt of a check or electronic funds transfer to ensure it receives good funds. Following confirmation of receipt of good funds, the Plan Agent will use all such funds received from participants to purchase Fund shares in the open market on the 25th day of each month or the next trading day if the 25th is not a trading day.
If the participant sets up recurring automatic monthly ACH debits, funds will be withdrawn from his or her U.S. bank account on the 20th of each month or the next business day if the 20th is not a banking business day and invested on the next investment date. The Plan Agent maintains all shareholder accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmations of all transactions in an account, including information needed by shareholders for personal and tax records. Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent in the name of the participant, and each shareholder’s proxy will include those shares purchased pursuant to the Plan. There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Fund. However, each participant will pay a per share fee of $0.02 incurred with respect to the Plan Agent’s open market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of dividends, capital gains distributions and voluntary cash payments made by the participant. Per share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the Plan Agent is required to pay.
Participants also have the option of selling their shares through the Plan. The Plan supports two types of sales orders. Batch order sales are submitted on each market day and will be grouped with other sale requests to be sold. The price will be the average sale price obtained by Computershare’s broker, net of fees, for each batch order and will be sold generally within 2 business days of the request during regular open market hours. Please note that all written sales requests are always processed by Batch Order. ($10 and $0.12 per share). Market Order sales will sell at the next available trade. The shares are sold real time when they hit the market, however an available trade must be presented to complete this transaction. Market Order sales may only
 
70 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Cash Purchase Plan  (Unaudited)  (concluded)

be requested by phone at 1-800-647-0584 or using Investor Center through www.computershare.com/buyaberdeen. ($25 and $0.12 per share).
The receipt of dividends and distributions under the Plan will not relieve participants of any income tax that may be payable on such dividends or distributions. The Fund or the Plan Agent may terminate the Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payments made and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to notice of the termination sent to members of the Plan at least 30 days prior to the record date for such dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended by
the Fund or the Plan Agent, but (except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority) only by mailing a written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date to the participants in the Plan. All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent by phone at 1-800-647-0584, using Investor Center through www.computershare.com/buyaberdeen or in writing to Computershare Trust Company N.A., P.O. Box 43006, Providence, RI 02940-3078. 
 
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 71

 

Management of the Fund  (Unaudited) 
As of October 31, 2025

The names, years of birth and business addresses of the Board Members and officers of the Fund as of October 31, 2025, their principal occupations during at least the past five years, the number of portfolios each Board Member oversees and other directorships they hold are provided in the tables below. Board Members that are deemed “interested persons” (as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) of the Fund or the Fund's Advisers are included in the table below under the heading “Interested Board Members.” Board Members who are not interested persons, as described above, are referred to in the table below under the heading “Independent Board Members.” abrdn Inc., its parent company Aberdeen Group plc, and its advisory affiliates are collectively referred to as “Aberdeen” in the tables below.
Name, Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Fund
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
Principal Occupation(s)
During at Least the Past Five Years
Number of Registered
Investment Companies
("Registrants") consisting
of Investment Portfolios
("Portfolios") in
Fund Complex*
Overseen by
Board Members
Other
Directorships
Held by
Board Member**
Interested Board Member          
Christian Pittard***
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1973
Class I Director; Vice President Term expires 2028; Director since 2024 Mr. Pittard is Head of Closed End Funds for Aberdeen and is responsible for the US and UK businesses. Aberdeen is currently the 5th largest listed Closed-End Fund manager in the world.  He is also Managing Director of Corporate Finance, having done a significant number of closed end fund transactions in the US and UK since joining abrdn in 1999. Previously, he was Head of the Americas and the North American Funds business for Aberdeen based in the US. 12 Registrants
consisting of
12 Portfolios
None.
72 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Management of the Fund  (Unaudited)  (continued)
As of October 31, 2025

Name, Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Fund
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
Principal Occupation(s)
During at Least the Past Five Years
Number of Registered
Investment Companies
("Registrants") consisting
of Investment Portfolios
("Portfolios") in
Fund Complex*
Overseen by
Board Members
Other
Directorships
Held by
Board Member**
Independent Board Members          
Radhika Ajmera
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1964
Class III Director Term expires 2027; Director since 2021 Ms Ajmera has over 20 years’ experience in fund management, predominantly in emerging markets. She has also held a number of UK closed end fund non-executive directorships. She is currently an independent, non executive director for a number of closed end and open end funds in the abrdn fund complex. She is also an Audit Chair and a previous Chair within the complex. Ms Ajmera is a graduate of the London School of Economics. 4 Registrants
consisting of
20 Portfolios
None.
P. Gerald Malone
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1950
Chair of the Board; Class II Director Term expires 2026; Director since 2001 Mr. Malone is a lawyer of over 40 years standing. Currently, he is an adviser to KeifeRX, a US healthcare company developing a novel neurotherapy treatment. He is also Chairman of a number of the open and closed end funds in the abrdn Fund Complex. He previously served as a non-executive director of U.S. healthcare companies, Medality LLC until 2023 and Bionik Laboratories Corp. (2018 – July 2022). Mr. Malone was previously a Member of Parliament in the U.K. from 1983 to 1997 and served as Minister of State for Health in the U.K. government from 1994 to 1997. 9 Registrants
consisting of
25 Portfolios
None.
Rahn K. Porter
c/o abrdn Inc.
875 Third Ave
4th Floor, Suite 403
New York, NY 10022
Year of Birth: 1954
Class III Director; Preferred Shares Director Term expires 2027; Director since 2024 Mr. Porter is the Principal of RPSS Enterprises, a consulting and advisory firm, a role he has held since 2019. From 2013 to 2021, he served as the Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of The Colorado Health Foundation. Mr. Porter served as an independent director at Centurylink Investment Management Company from 2011 to 2024. Previously, he held senior financial leadership positions as CFO at Telenet and Nupremis, and as Treasurer at Qwest Communications and MediaOne Group. He has also served as a board member and audit chair for BlackRidge Financial Inc. and Community First Bancshares, Inc. 7 Registrants
consisting of
23 Portfolios
Director of CenturyLink Investment Management Company from 2006-2024, Director of BlackRidge Financial Inc. from 2004 to 2019.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 73

 

Management of the Fund  (Unaudited)  (continued)
As of October 31, 2025

Name, Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Fund
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
Principal Occupation(s)
During at Least the Past Five Years
Number of Registered
Investment Companies
("Registrants") consisting
of Investment Portfolios
("Portfolios") in
Fund Complex*
Overseen by
Board Members
Other
Directorships
Held by
Board Member**
Moritz Sell
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1967
Class I Director; Preferred Shares Director Term expires 2028; Director since 2018 Mr. Sell is the principal of Edison Holding GmbH. Mr. Sell was the Lead Independent Director of the Swiss Helvetia Fund (SWZ) 2017-2025, and a director of the BNY Mellon Municipal Income Fund (DMF) from 2024-2025. He currently serves as a director of the High Income Securities Fund (PCF) from 2018 and the Total Return Securities Fund from 2025. 3 Registrants
consisting of
3 Portfolios
Swiss Helvetia Fund (since June 2017), High Income Securities Fund (since June 2018) and BNY Mellon Municipal Income Fund (since 2024).
    
* As of the date of this report, the Fund Complex has a total of 17 Registrants with each Board member serving on the Boards of the number of Registrants listed. Each Registrant in the Fund Complex has one Portfolio except for two Registrants that are open-end funds, abrdn Funds and abrdn ETFs, which each have multiple Portfolios. The Registrants in the Fund Complex are as follows: abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc., abrdn Global Income Fund, Inc., abrdn Australia Equity Fund, Inc., abrdn Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund, Inc., The India Fund, Inc., abrdn Income Credit Strategies Fund, abrdn Global Dynamic Dividend Fund, abrdn Global Premier Properties Fund, abrdn Total Dynamic Dividend Fund, abrdn Global Infrastructure Income Fund, abrdn National Municipal Income Fund, abrdn Healthcare Investors, abrdn Life Sciences Investors, abrdn Healthcare Opportunities Fund, abrdn World Healthcare Fund, abrdn Funds (17 Portfolios), and abrdn ETFs (2 Portfolios).
** Current directorships (excluding Fund Complex) as of the date of this report held in (1) any other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, (2) any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) or (3) any company subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
*** Mr. Pittard is deemed to be an interested person because of his affiliation with the Fund’s investment adviser.
74 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Management of the Fund  (Unaudited)  (continued)
As of October 31, 2025

Officers of the Fund
Name, Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Fund
Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served
Principal Occupation(s) During at Least the Past Five Years
Kenneth Akintewe**
c/o abrdn Asia Limited
21 Church Street
#01-01 Capital Square Two
Singapore 049480
Year of Birth: 1980
Vice President Since 2014 Currently, Head of Asian Sovereign Debt on the Asian Fixed Income Team at  Aberdeen. Mr. Akintewe joined Aberdeen in 2002.
Sharon Ferrari**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1977
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer Since 2023; Fund Officer Since 2009 Currently, Director, Product Management for Aberdeen. Ms. Ferrari joined Aberdeen as a Senior Fund Administrator in 2008.
Katie Gebauer**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1986
Chief Compliance Officer and Vice President- Compliance Chief Compliance Officer Since 2025; Fund Officer Since 2023 Currently, Ms. Gebauer is Head of US Registered Fund Compliance. She serves as the Chief Compliance Officer for Aberdeen's US closed end funds, open end funds and ETFs. Ms. Gebauer joined Aberdeen in 2014.
Alan Goodson**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1974
President Since 2009 Currently, Executive Director and Head of Product & Client Solutions – Americas for Aberdeen, overseeing Product Management & Governance, Product Development and Client Solutions for registered and unregistered investment companies in the U.S., Brazil and Canada. Mr. Goodson is Director and Vice President of Aberdeen and joined Aberdeen in 2000.
Heather Hasson**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1982
Vice President Since 2022 Currently, Senior Product Development Manager. Previously, Senior Product Solutions and Implementation Manager, Product Governance US for Aberdeen. Ms. Hasson joined the company in November 2006.
Robert Hepp**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1986
Vice President Since 2022 Currently, Senior Product Governance Manager – US for Aberdeen. Mr. Hepp joined Aberdeen as a Senior Paralegal in 2016.
Megan Kennedy**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1974
Vice President and Secretary Since 2008 Currently, Senior Director,  Product Governance for Aberdeen. Ms. Kennedy joined Aberdeen in 2005.
Andrew Kim**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1983
Vice President Since 2022 Currently, Senior Product Governance Manager – Attorney for Aberdeen. Mr. Kim joined Aberdeen as a Product Manager in 2013.
Michael Marsico**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1980
Vice President Since 2022 Currently, Senior Product Manager – US for Aberdeen. Mr. Marsico joined Aberdeen as a Fund Administrator in 2014.
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. 75

 

Management of the Fund  (Unaudited)  (concluded)
As of October 31, 2025

Name, Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Fund
Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served
Principal Occupation(s) During at Least the Past Five Years
Adam McCabe**
c/o abrdn Asia Limited
21 Church Street
#01-01 Capital Square Two
Singapore 049480
Year of Birth: 1979
Vice President Since 2011 Currently, Head of Fixed Income – Asia Pacific at Aberdeen. Mr. McCabe joined Aberdeen in 2009 following the acquisition of certain asset management businesses from Credit Suisse.
Kolotioloma Silue**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1977
Vice President Since 2024 Currently, Senior Product Manager for Aberdeen. Mr. Silue joined Aberdeen in October 2023 from Tekla Capital Management where he was employed as a Senior Manager of Fund Administration.
Lucia Sitar**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1971
Vice President Since 2008 Currently, Vice President and U.S. Counsel - Head of Product Governance for Aberdeen. Previously, Ms. Sitar was Head of Product Governance and Management and Managing U.S. Counsel for Aberdeen. She joined Aberdeen as U.S. Counsel in 2007.
Michael Taggart**
c/o abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street
Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Year of Birth: 1970 
Vice President Since 2023 Currently, Head of Closed-End Fund Investor Relations at Aberdeen. since 2023. Prior to that, he was Vice President of Investment Research and Operations at Relative Value Partners, LLC from June 2022. Prior to that, he was self-employed after having left Nuveen in November 2020, where he had served as Vice President of Closed-End Fund Product Strategy since November 2013.
    
* Officers hold their positions with the Fund until a successor has been duly elected and qualifies. Officers are elected annually at a meeting of the Fund Board.
** Each officer may hold officer position(s) in one or more other funds which are part of the Fund Complex.
Further information about the Fund's Board Members and Officers is available in the Fund's Statement of Additional Information, which can be obtained without charge by calling (800) 522-5465. 
76 abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

Corporate Information 

Directors
P. Gerald Malone, Chair
Radhika Ajmera
Christian Pittard
Rahn Porter
Moritz Sell
Investment Manager
abrdn Asia Limited
7 Straits View
#23-04 Marina One East Tower
Singapore 018936
Investment Sub-Adviser
abrdn Investments Limited
1 George Street
Edinburgh, EH2 2LL
United Kingdom
Administrator
abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street, Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Custodian
State Street Bank and Trust Company
John Adams Building
1776 Heritage Drive
North Quincy, MA 02171
Transfer Agent
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43006
Providence, RI 02940-3078
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP
191 West Nationwide Blvd., Suite 500
Columbus, OH 43215
Legal Counsel
Dechert LLP
1900 K Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
Investor Relations
abrdn Inc.
1900 Market Street, Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
1-800-522-5465
Investor.Relations@aberdeenplc.com
 
Notice is hereby given in accordance with Section 23(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that the Fund may purchase, from time to time, shares of its common stock in the open market.
Shares of abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. are traded on the NYSE American under the symbol “FAX.” Information about the Fund’s net asset value and market price is available at www.aberdeenfax.com.
This report, including the financial information herein, is transmitted to the shareholders of abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. for their general information only. It does not have regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and the particular needs of any specific person. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

FAX-ANNUAL

 

(b)Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Code of Ethics.

 

(a) As of October 31, 2025, abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (the “Fund” or the “Registrant”) had adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to the Registrant’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, regardless of whether these individuals are employed by the Registrant or a third party (the “Code of Ethics”). 

 

(b) Definitional.

 

(c) There have been no amendments, during the period covered by this report, to a provision of the Code of Ethics.

 

(d) During the period covered by this report, there were no waivers to the provisions of the Code of Ethics. 

 

(e) Not applicable

 

(f) A copy of the Code of Ethics has been filed as an exhibit to this Form N-CSR.

 

Item 3. Audit Committee Financial Expert.

 

The Registrant's Board of Directors has determined that Moritz Sell, a member of the Board of Directors’ Audit Committee, possesses the attributes, and has acquired such attributes through means, identified in instruction 2 of Item 3 to Form N-CSR to qualify as an “audit committee financial expert,” and has designated Mr. Sell as the Audit Committee’s financial expert. Mr. Sell is considered to be an “independent” director, as such term is defined in paragraph (a)(2) of Item 3 to Form N-CSR.

 

Item 4. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

(a) – (d) Below is a table reflecting the fee information requested in Items 4(a) through (d):

 

Fiscal Year
Ended
  (a)
Audit Fees1
   (b)
Audit-Related Fees2
   (c)
Tax Fees3
   (d)
All Other Fees4
 
October 31, 2025  $100,300   $0   $0   $0 
Percentage approved pursuant to pre-approval exception5   0%   0%   0%   0%
October 31, 2024  $90,100   $0   $0   $0 
Percentage approved pursuant to pre-approval exception5   0%   0%   0%   0%

 

1 “Audit Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for professional services for the audit of the Fund’s annual financial statements and services provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

 

2 “Audit-Related Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements that are not reported under “Audit Fees”. These fees include offerings related to the Fund’s common shares.

 

3 “Tax Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for professional services for tax advice, tax compliance, and tax planning. These fees include: federal and state income tax returns, review of excise tax distribution calculations and federal excise tax return.

 

 

 

 

4 “All Other Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for products and services other than “Audit Fees”, “Audit-Related Fees” and “Tax Fees”.

 

5 Pre-approval exception under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X. The pre-approval exception for services provided directly to the Fund waives the pre-approval requirement for services other than audit, review or attest services if: (A) the aggregate amount of all such services provided constitutes no more than 5% of the total amount of revenues paid by the Fund to its accountant during the fiscal year in which the services are provided; (B) the Fund did not recognize the services as non-audit services at the time of the engagement; and (C) the services are promptly brought to the Audit Committee’s attention, and the Committee (or its delegate) approves the services before the audit is completed.

 

(e)(1) The Registrant’s Audit Committee (the “Committee”) has adopted a Charter that provides that the Committee shall annually select, retain or terminate, and recommend to the Independent Directors for their ratification, the selection, retention or termination, the Registrant’s independent auditor and, in connection therewith, to evaluate the terms of the engagement (including compensation of the independent auditor) and the qualifications and independence of the independent auditor, including whether the independent auditor provides any consulting, auditing or tax services to the Registrant’s investment adviser (the “Adviser”) or any sub-adviser, and to receive the independent auditor’s specific representations as to their independence, delineating all relationships that may affect the independent auditor’s independence, including the disclosures required by PCAOB Rule 3526 or any other applicable auditing standard. PCAOB Rule 3526 requires that, at least annually, the auditor: (1) disclose to the Committee in writing all relationships between the auditor and its related entities and the Registrant and its related entities that in the auditor’s professional judgment may reasonably be thought to bear on independence; (2) confirm in the letter that, in its professional judgment, it is independent of the Registrant within the meaning of the Securities Acts administered by the SEC; and (3) discuss the auditor’s independence with the audit committee. The Committee is responsible for actively engaging in a dialogue with the independent auditor with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence of the independent auditor and for taking, or recommending that the full Board take, appropriate action to oversee the independence of the independent auditor. The Committee Charter also provides that the Committee shall review in advance, and consider approval of, any and all proposals by Management or the Adviser that the Registrant, the Adviser or their affiliated persons, employ the independent auditor to render “permissible non-audit services” to the Registrant and to consider whether such services are consistent with the independent auditor’s independence. “Permissible non-audit services” include any professional services, including tax services, provided to the Registrant by the independent auditor, other than those provided to the Registrant in connection with an audit or a review of the financial statements of the Registrant. Permissible non-audit services may not include: (i) bookkeeping or other services related to the accounting records or financial statements of the Registrant; (ii) financial information systems design and implementation; (iii) appraisal or valuation services, fairness opinions or contribution-in-kind reports; (iv) actuarial services; (v) internal audit outsourcing services; (vi) management functions or human resources; (vii) broker or dealer, investment adviser or investment banking services; (viii) legal services and expert services unrelated to the audit; and (ix) any other service the PCAOB determines, by regulation, is impermissible.  Pre-approval by the Committee of any permissible non-audit services is not required so long as: (i) the aggregate amount of all such permissible non-audit services provided to the Registrant constitutes not more than 5% of the total amount of revenues paid by the Registrant to its auditor during the fiscal year in which the permissible non-audit services are provided; (ii) the permissible non-audit services were not recognized by the Registrant at the time of the engagement to be non-audit services; and (iii) such services are promptly brought to the attention of the Committee and approved by the Committee or its Delegate(s) prior to the completion of the audit. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members (“Delegates”) authority to pre-approve permissible non-audit services to be provided to the Registrant. Any pre-approval determination of a Delegate shall be presented to the full Committee at its next meeting. Any pre-approval determination of a Delegate shall be presented to the full Committee at its next meeting. Pursuant to this authority, the Registrant’s Committee delegates to the Committee Chair, subject to subsequent ratification by the full Committee, up to a maximum amount of $25,000, which includes any professional services, including tax services, provided to the Registrant by its independent registered public accounting firm other than those provided to the Registrant in connection with an audit or a review of the financial statements of the Registrant.  The Committee shall communicate any pre-approval made by it or a Delegate to the Adviser, who will ensure that the appropriate disclosure is made in the Registrant’s periodic reports required by Section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and other documents as required under the federal securities laws.

 

 

 

 

(e)(2) None of the services described in each of paragraphs (b) through (d) of this Item involved a waiver of the pre-approval requirement by the Audit Committee pursuant to Rule 2-01 (c)(7)(i)(C) of Regulation S-X.

 

(f) Not applicable.

 

(g) Non-Audit Fees

 

The following table shows the amount of fees that KPMG LLP billed during the Fund’s last two fiscal years for non-audit services to the Registrant, and to the Adviser, and any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Adviser that provides ongoing services to the Fund (“Affiliated Fund Service Provider”):

 

Fiscal Year Ended    Total Non-Audit Fees
Billed to Fund
   Total Non-Audit Fees
billed to Adviser and
Affiliated Fund Service
Providers (engagements
related directly to the
operations and financial
reporting of the Fund)
   Total Non-Audit Fees
billed to Adviser and
Affiliated Fund Service
Providers (all other
engagements)
   Total 
October 31, 2025    $0   $0   $1,253,744    $1,253,744  
October 31, 2024    $0   $0   $629,124   $629,124 

 

“Non-Audit Fees billed to Fund” for both fiscal years represent “Tax Fees” and “All Other Fees” billed to Fund in their respective amounts from the previous table.

 

(h) Not applicable.

 

(i)Not applicable.

 

(j)Not applicable.

 

Item 5. Audit Committee of Listed Registrants.

 

(a) The Registrant has a separately-designated standing Audit Committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended )the “Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(58)(A)).

 

As of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Audit Committee members were:

 

Radhika Ajmera

P. Gerald Malone

Moritz Sell

Rahn Porter

 

(b) Not applicable.

 

Item 6.  Investments.

 

(a) Included as part of the Report to Stockholders filed under Item 1 of this Form N-CSR.

 

(b) Not applicable.  

 

Item 7. Financial Statements and Financial Highlights for Open-End Management Investment Companies.

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

Item 8. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants for Open-End Management Investment Companies.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9. Proxy Disclosures for Open-End Management Investment Companies.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 10. Remuneration Paid to Directors, Officers, and Others of Open-End Management Investment Companies.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 11. Statement Regarding Basis for Approval of Investment Advisory Contract.

 

Included as part of the Report to Stockholders filed under Item 1 of this Form N-CSR.

 

Item 12. Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures for Closed-End Management Investment Companies.

 

Pursuant to the Registrant's Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures, the Registrant has delegated responsibility for its proxy voting to its Adviser, provided that the Registrant's Board of Directors has the opportunity to periodically review the Adviser's proxy voting policies and material amendments thereto.

 

The proxy voting policies of the Registrant are included herewith as Exhibit (c) and policies of the Adviser are included as Exhibit (d).

 

Item 13. Portfolio Managers of Closed-End Management Investment Companies.

 

(a)(1) PORTFOLIO MANAGER BIOGRAPHIES

 

The Fund is managed by Aberdeen’s Asia-Pacific fixed income team which also draws on the expertise of Aberdeen’s fixed income team globally. As of the date of filing this report, the following individuals have primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio:

 

Individual & Position Past Business Experience   Served on Fund Since
Kenneth Akintewe
Head of Asian Sovereign Debt
Kenneth Akintewe is the Head of Asian Sovereign Debt on the Asia-Pacific fixed income team. Kenneth is responsible for coordinating Asian interest rate and foreign exchange strategy. He is also a Vice President and Officer for the abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, abrdn Global Income Fund and abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Investment Company Limited. Following a graduate traineeship in 2002 with the Global Equities team in Glasgow, Kenneth joined the Global Fixed Income team in London in 2003. In his role as assistant fund manager he transferred to Aberdeen’s Singapore office in 2004, in order to facilitate the incorporation of Asian fixed income into global bond portfolios, before joining the Asia-Pacific fixed income team in 2005 to focus on Asian local currency interest rate and foreign exchange strategy. Kenneth graduated with an MA in Economics and an MSc in International Banking and Financial Studies from Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh, UK. 2006
Adam McCabe
Head of Fixed Income Asia Pacific
Adam McCabe is the Head of Fixed Income - Asia Pacific at Aberdeen. Adam joined Aberdeen via the acquisition of certain asset management businesses from Credit Suisse in 2009. Adam worked for Credit Suisse since 2001, where he was a director/investment manager responsible for the development and implementation of its Asian currency and interest rate strategies. Before that, he was a member of Credit Suisse's Australian fixed income team, where he was responsible for interest rate and currency strategies. Adam was also Head of Fixed Income for Woori Credit Suisse Asset Management, Korea, where he was responsible for the fixed income and money market portfolio management, investment strategy and processes. Adam graduated with a BComm (First Class Honours and University Medal) from the University of Sydney, Australia and a Diploma in Global Finance from the Chinese University of Hong Kong. 2011

 

 

 

 

Tai Li-Yan

Investment Manager

Tai Li Yian is an Investment Manager on the Asia Pacific fixed income team. Li Yian is responsible for undertaking fundamental research and making investment recommendations on Asian corporate credits. Li Yian joined the firm in 2014 as a Graduate Trainee.  Li Yian graduated with a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Melbourne and an MSc in Financial Economics from the University of Oxford. Li-Yian is a CFA® Charterholder. 2021

Henry Loh

Head of Asian Credit

Henry Loh is the Head of Asia Credit on the Asian Fixed Income Team at Aberdeen, responsible for managing hard and local currency Asian Credit strategies. In addition to this, Henry is part of Aberdeen’s ESG Fixed Income Network and a key investment committee member for several abrdn Fixed Income sustainable funds. Henry joined the company in 2013, with experience undertaking fundamental research across various sectors in Asia spanning both Investment Grade and High Yield. 2023

 

ACCOUNTS MANAGED BY PORTFOLIO MANAGERS.

 

The following chart summarizes information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into the following three categories: (1) registered investment companies; (2) other pooled investment vehicles; and (3) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is provided separately. The figures in the chart below for the category of “registered investment companies” include the Fund. The “Other Accounts Managed” represents the accounts managed by the teams of which the portfolio manager is a member. The information in the table below is as of October 31, 2025.

 

Name of
Portfolio Manager
  Type of Accounts  Other Accounts
Managed
   Total Assets ($M)   Number of
Accounts
Managed for
Which
Advisory
Fee is Based
on
Performance
   Total Assets for
Which
Advisory Fee is
Based  on
Performance ($M)
 
Kenneth Akintewe1  Registered Investment Companies  3   $1,790.74   0   $0 
    Pooled Investment Vehicles  26   $4,907.02   0   $0 
   Other Accounts  38   $14,356.68   0   $0 
Adam McCabe1  Registered Investment Companies  3   $1,790.74   0   $0 
   Pooled Investment Vehicles  26   $4,907.02   0   $0 
   Other Accounts  38   $14,356.68   0   $0 
Tai Li-Yan1  Registered Investment Companies  3   $1,790.74   0   $0 
    Pooled Investment Vehicles  26   $4,907.02   0   $0 
   Other Accounts  38   $14,356.68   0   $0 
Henry Loh1  Registered Investment Companies  3   $1,790.74   0   $0 
   Pooled Investment Vehicles  26   $4,907.02   0   $0 
   Other Accounts  38   $14,356.68   0   $0 

 

1 Includes accounts managed by the Global Emerging Markets Debt, Asian Fixed Income and Australian Fixed Income teams, of which the portfolio manager is a member.

 

 

 

 

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

The Adviser and its affiliates (collectively referred to herein as “Aberdeen”) serve as investment advisers for multiple clients, including the Registrant and other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act and private funds (such clients are also referred to below as “accounts”). The portfolio managers’ management of “other accounts” may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the Registrant’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Registrant. Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby the portfolio manager could favor one account over another. However, the Adviser believes that these risks are mitigated by the fact that: (i) accounts with like investment strategies managed by a particular portfolio manager are generally managed in a similar fashion, subject to exceptions to account for particular investment restrictions or policies applicable only to certain accounts, differences in cash flows and account sizes, and similar factors; and (ii) portfolio manager personal trading is monitored to avoid potential conflicts. In addition, the Adviser has adopted trade allocation procedures that require equitable allocation of trade orders for a particular security among participating accounts.

 

In some cases, another account managed by the same portfolio manager may compensate Aberdeen based on the performance-based fees with qualified clients. The existence of such a performance-based fee may create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time, resources and investment opportunities.

 

Another potential conflict could include instances in which securities considered as investments for the Registrant also may be appropriate for other investment accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Whenever decisions are made to buy or sell securities for the Registrant and one or more of the other accounts simultaneously, the Adviser may aggregate the purchases and sales of the securities and will allocate the securities transactions in a manner that it believes to be equitable under the circumstances. As a result of the allocations, there may be instances where the Registrant will not participate in a transaction that is allocated among other accounts. While these aggregation and allocation policies could have a detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to the Registrant from time to time, it is the opinion of the Adviser that the benefits from the policies outweigh any disadvantage that may arise from exposure to simultaneous transactions. The Registrant has adopted policies that are designed to eliminate or minimize conflicts of interest, although there is no guarantee that procedures adopted under such policies will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

 

With respect to non-discretionary model delivery accounts (including UMA accounts) and discretionary SMA accounts, abrdn Inc. will utilize a third party service provider to deliver model portfolio recommendations and model changes to the Sponsors. abrdn Inc. seeks to treat clients fairly and equitably over time, by delivering model changes to our service provider and investment instructions for our other discretionary accounts to our trading desk, simultaneously or approximately at the same time. The service provider will then deliver the model changes to each Sponsor on a when-traded, randomized full rotation schedule. All Sponsors will be included in the rotation schedule, including SMA and UMA.

 

UMA Sponsors will be responsible for determining how and whether to implement the model portfolio or model changes and implementation of any client specific investment restrictions. The Sponsors are solely responsible for determining the suitability of the model portfolio for each model delivery client, executing trades and seeking best execution for such clients.

 

As it relates to SMA accounts, abrdn Inc. will be responsible for managing the account on the basis of each client’s financial situation and objectives, the day to day investment decisions, best execution, accepting or rejecting client specific investment restrictions and performance. The SMA Sponsors will collect suitability information and will provide a summary questionnaire for our review and approval or rejection. For dual contract SMAs, abrdn Inc. will collect a suitability assessment from the client, along with the Sponsor suitability assessment. Our third party service provider will monitor client specific investment restrictions on a day to day basis. For SMA accounts, model trades will be traded by the Sponsor or may be executed through a “step-out transaction,”- or traded away- from the client’s Sponsor if doing so is consistent with Aberdeen’s obligation to obtain best execution. When placing trades through Sponsor Firms (instead of stepping them out), we will generally aggregate orders where it is possible and in the client’s best interests. In the event we are not comfortable that a Sponsor can obtain best execution for a specific security and trading away is infeasible, we may exclude the security from the model.

 

 

 

 

Trading costs are not covered by the Wrap Program fee and may result in additional costs to the client. In some instances, step-out trades are executed without any additional commission, mark-up, or mark-down, but in many instances, the executing broker-dealer may impose a commission or a mark-up or mark-down on the trade. Typically, the executing broker will embed the added costs into the price of the trade execution, making it difficult to determine and disclose the exact added cost to clients. In this instance, these additional trading costs will be reflected in the price received for the security, not as a separate commission, on trade confirmations or on account statements. In determining best execution for SMA accounts, abrdn Inc. takes into consideration that the client will not pay additional trading costs or commission if executing with the Sponsor.

 

While UMA accounts are invested in the same strategies as and may perform similarly to SMA accounts, there are expected to be performance differences between them. There will be performance dispersions between UMAs and other types of accounts because Aberdeen does not have discretion over trading and there may be client specific restrictions for SMA accounts.

 

Aberdeen may have already commenced trading for its discretionary client accounts before the model delivery accounts have executed Aberdeen’s recommendations. In this event, trades placed by the model delivery clients may be subject to price movements, particularly with large orders or where securities are thinly traded, that may result in model delivery clients receiving less favorable prices than our discretionary clients. Aberdeen has no discretion over transactions executed by model delivery clients and is unable to control the market impact of those transactions.

 

Timing delays or other operational factors associated with the implementation of trades may result in non-discretionary and model delivery clients receiving materially different prices relative to other client accounts. In addition, the constitution and weights of stocks within model portfolios may not always be exactly aligned with similar discretionary accounts. This may create performance dispersions within accounts with the same or similar investment mandate.

 

(a)(3)

 

DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE

 

Aberdeen’s remuneration policies are designed to support its business strategy as a leading international asset manager.  The objective is to attract, retain and reward talented individuals for the delivery of sustained, superior returns for Aberdeen’s clients and shareholders.  Aberdeen operates in a highly competitive international employment market, and aims to maintain its strong track record of success in developing and retaining talent.

 

Aberdeen’s policy is to recognize corporate and individual achievements each year through an appropriate annual bonus scheme. The bonus is a single, fully discretionary variable pay award. The aggregate value of awards in any year is dependent on the group’s overall performance and profitability.  Consideration is also given to the levels of bonuses paid in the market.  Individual awards, which are payable to all members of staff, are determined by a rigorous assessment of achievement against defined objectives.

 

The variable pay award is composed of a mixture of cash and a deferred award, the portion of which varies based on the size of the award.  Deferred awards are by default Aberdeen Group plc shares, with an option to put up to 50% of the deferred award into funds managed by Aberdeen. Overall compensation packages are designed to be competitive relative to the investment management industry. The information below is as of October 31, 2025. 

 

Base Salary

 

Aberdeen’s policy is to pay a fair salary commensurate with the individual’s role, responsibilities and experience, and having regard to the market rates being offered for similar roles in the asset management sector and other comparable companies. Any increase is generally to reflect inflation and is applied in a manner consistent with other Aberdeen employees; any other increases must be justified by reference to promotion or changes in responsibilities.

 

 

 

 

Annual Bonus

 

The Remuneration Committee determines the key performance indicators that will be applied in considering the overall size of the bonus pool.  In line with practices amongst other asset management companies, individual bonuses are not subject to an absolute cap.  However, the aggregate size of the bonus pool is dependent on the group’s overall performance and profitability.  Consideration is also given to the levels of bonuses paid in the market.  Individual awards are determined by a rigorous assessment of achievement against defined objectives, and are reviewed and approved by the Remuneration Committee.

 

Aberdeen has a deferral policy which is intended to assist in the retention of talent and to create additional alignment of executives’ interests with Aberdeen’s sustained performance and, in respect of the deferral into funds managed by Aberdeen, to align the interest of portfolio managers with our clients.

 

Staff performance is reviewed formally at least once a year. The review process evaluates the various aspects that the individual has contributed to Aberdeen, and specifically, in the case of portfolio managers, to the relevant investment team. Discretionary bonuses are based on client service, asset growth and the performance of the respective portfolio manager. Overall participation in team meetings, generation of original research ideas and contribution to presenting the team externally are also evaluated.

 

In the calculation of a portfolio management team’s bonus, Aberdeen takes into consideration investment matters (which include the performance of funds, adherence to the company investment process, and quality of company meetings) as well as more subjective issues such as team participation and effectiveness at client presentations through key performance indicator scorecards.  To the extent performance is factored in, such performance is not judged against any specific benchmark and is evaluated over the period of a year - January to December. The pre- or after-tax performance of an individual account is not considered in the determination of a portfolio manager’s discretionary bonus; rather the review process evaluates the overall performance of the team for all of the accounts the team manages.

 

Portfolio manager performance on investment matters is judged over all of the accounts the portfolio manager contributes to and is documented in the appraisal process.  A combination of the team’s and individual’s performance is considered and evaluated.

 

Although performance is not a substantial portion of a portfolio manager’s compensation, Aberdeen also recognizes that fund performance can often be driven by factors outside one’s control, such as (irrational) markets, and as such pays attention to the effort by portfolio managers to ensure integrity of our core process by sticking to disciplines and processes set, regardless of momentum and ‘hot’ themes.  Short-terming is thus discouraged and trading-oriented managers will thus find it difficult to thrive in the Aberdeen environment.  Additionally, if any of the aforementioned undue risks were to be taken by a portfolio manager, such trend would be identified via Aberdeen’s dynamic compliance monitoring system.

 

In rendering investment management services, the Adviser may use the resources of additional investment adviser subsidiaries of Aberdeen Group plc. These affiliates have entered into a memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) pursuant to which investment professionals from each affiliate may render portfolio management, research or trading services to Aberdeen clients. Each investment professional who renders portfolio management, research or trading services under a MOU or personnel sharing arrangement (“Participating Affiliate”) must comply with the provisions of the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Securities Act of 1933, the Exchange Act, and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and the laws of states or countries in which the Adviser does business or has clients. No remuneration is paid by the Fund with respect to the MOU/personnel sharing arrangements.

 

(a)(4)

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the
Registrant Beneficially Owned by the Portfolio
Manager as of October 31, 2025
   
Kenneth Akintewe  $10,001-$50,000
Adam McCabe  $10,001-$50,000
Tai Li-Yan  None
Henry Loh  None

 

 

 

 

(b) Not applicable.

 

Item 14. Purchases of Equity Securities by Closed-End Management Investment Company and Affiliated Purchasers.

 

Period  (a) Total No.
of Shares
Purchased
(1)
   (b) Average
Price Paid
per
Share
   (c) Total No.
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans
or Programs
   (d)
Maximum No.
of Shares
that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 
Month #1 (Nov. 1, 2024 – Nov. 30, 2024)               4,128,262 
Month #2 (Dec. 1, 2024– Dec. 31, 2024)               4,128,262 
Month #3 (Jan. 1, 2025 – Jan. 31, 2025)               4,128,262 
Month #4 (Feb. 1, 2025 – Feb. 28, 2025)               4,128,262 
Month #5 (Mar. 1, 2025 – Mar. 31, 2025)               4,128,262 
Month #6 (Apr. 1, 2025 – Apr. 30, 2025)               4,128,262 
Month #7 (May 1, 2025 – May 31, 2025)               4,128,262 
Month #8 (June 1, 2025 – June 30, 2025)               4,128,262 
Month #9 (Jul. 1, 2025 – Jul. 31, 2025)               4,128,262 
Month #10 (Aug. 1, 2025 – Aug. 31, 2025)               4,128,262 
Month #11 (Sep. 1, 2025– Sep. 30, 2025)               4,128,262 
Month #12 (Oct. 1, 2025 – Oct. 31, 2025)               4,128,262 
Total                    

 

  (1) On March 1, 2001, the Board of Directors approved an open market share repurchase program (the “Program”). The Program allows the Fund to purchase, in the open market, its outstanding common shares, with the amount and timing of any repurchase determined at the discretion of the Fund’s investment adviser. Such purchases may be made opportunistically at certain discounts to NAV per share in the reasonable judgment of management based on historical discount levels and current market conditions. On a quarterly basis, the Fund’s Board will receive information on any transactions made pursuant to this policy during the prior quarter and management will post the number of shares repurchased on the Fund's website on a monthly basis. Under the terms of the Program, the Fund is permitted to repurchase up to 10% of its outstanding shares of common stock in the open market during any 12 month period as of October 31 of the prior year. For the period ended October 31, 2025, the Fund did not repurchase any shares through this program.  

 

Item 15. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

 

During the period ended October 31, 2025, there were no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to the Registrant’s Board of Directors. 

 

 

 

 

Item 16. Controls and Procedures.

  

  (a) The Registrant’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, have concluded that the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 30a-3(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) (17 CFR 270.30a-3(c)) are effective, as of a date within 90 days of the filing date of the report that includes the disclosure required by this paragraph, based on the evaluation of these controls and procedures required by Rule 30a-3(b) under the Act (17 CFR 270.30a3(b)) and Rule 13a-15(b) or 15d-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (17 CFR 240.13a-15(b) or 240.15d15(b)).

 

  (b) There were no changes in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 30a-3(d) under the Act (17 CFR 270.30a-3(d))) that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 17. Disclosure of Securities Lending Activities for Closed-End Management Investment Companies

 

Not applicable

 

Item 18. Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 19. Exhibits.

 

(a)(1) Code of Ethics of the Registrant for the period covered by this report as required pursuant to Item 2 of this Form N-CSR. 
   
(a)(2) Any policy required by the listing standards adopted pursuant to Rule 10D-1 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.10D-1) by the registered national securities exchange or registered national securities association upon which the registrant’s securities are listed. Not applicable.
   
(a)(3) The certifications of the registrant as required by Rule 30a-2(a) under the Act are exhibits to this Form N-CSR. 
   
(a)(4) Any written solicitation to purchase securities under Rule 23c-1 under the 1940 Act (17 CFR 270.23c-1) sent or given during the period covered by the report by or on behalf of the registrant to 10 or more persons. Not applicable.
   
(a)(5) Change in Registrant’s independent public accountant.  Not applicable.
   
(b) The certifications of the registrant as required by Rule 30a-2(b) under the Act are exhibits to this Form N-CSR.
   
(c) Proxy Voting Policy of Registrant 
   
(d) Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of Adviser. 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.

 

By: /s/ Alan Goodson  
  Alan Goodson,  
  Principal Executive Officer of  
  abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.  
   
Date: January 8, 2026  
     

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

By: /s/ Alan Goodson  
  Alan Goodson,  
  Principal Executive Officer of  
  abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.  
   
Date: January 8, 2026  

 

By: /s/ Sharon Ferrari  
  Sharon Ferrari,  
  Principal Financial Officer of  
  abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.  
   
Date: January 8, 2026  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.CODEETH

 

CODE OF ETHICS (PERSONAL TRADING)

 

I.Introduction

 

Rule 17j-1(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), makes it unlawful for any affiliated person, officer or Board member of the Funds in connection with the purchase or sale by such person of a Security (as defined below) “held or to be acquired” by the Funds:

 

1.To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Funds;

 

2.To make to the Funds any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to the Funds a material fact necessary in order to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

3.To engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Funds; or

 

4.To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Funds’ investment portfolios.

 

II.Purpose of the Code of Ethics

 

The Funds expect that the officers and Fund Board members will conduct their personal investment activities in accordance with (1) the duty at all times to place the interests of the Funds’ shareholders first; (2) the requirement that all personal Securities transactions be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility; and (3) the fundamental standard that investment company personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.

 

In view of the foregoing, the provisions of Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act, Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, and various pronouncements by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the Investment Company Institute on personal investing by investment company personnel, 1 the Funds have adopted this Code of Ethics to specify a code of conduct for certain types of personal Securities transactions that might involve conflicts of interest or an appearance of impropriety, and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures. This Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interest, and literal compliance with each of its specific provisions will not shield Fund personnel from liability for personal trading or other conduct that violates a fiduciary duty to Fund shareholders.

 

This Code of Ethics does not apply to any officer, Board member or employee of the Funds who is also an Access Person or Investment Personnel (as defined under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act) employed by the Funds’ investment adviser, investment sub-advisers or principal underwriter (“Excluded Advisory Personnel”). Those individuals are covered by the Codes of Ethics that have been adopted by their respective entities and approved by the Board of each of the Funds in accordance with the provisions of Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act.

 

 

1See Investment Adviser Code of Ethics, SEC Release No. IC-26492 (July 9, 2004); Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel, SEC Release No. IC-23958 (August 24, 1999); Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel, Report by the Securities and Exchange Commission (September 1994); and Report of the Advisory Group on Personal Investing, Investment Company Institute (May 9, 1994).

 

 

 

 

III.Definitions

 

A.Access Person” means (1) each Board member or officer of the Funds; and (2) any Advisory Person of the Funds except Excluded Advisory Personnel.

 

B.Advisory Person” means (1) each Board member, officer, general partner or employee of the Funds (or of any company in a control relationship to the Funds) who in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Reportable Security (as defined below) by the Funds or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (2) any natural person in a control relationship to the Funds who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Funds with regard to the purchase or sale of a Reportable Security by the Funds.

 

C.Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

D.Beneficial Ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is considered a “beneficial owner” as defined in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“1934 Act”), which generally speaking, encompasses those situations where the beneficial owner has the right to enjoy some economic benefit from the ownership of the Reportable Security. You will be treated as a “beneficial owner” of a Security under this Code only if you have a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the Security. A direct pecuniary interest is the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit, or to share the profit, from the transaction. An indirect pecuniary interest is any nondirect financial interest, but is specifically defined in the rules to include, among other things, Securities held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household; Securities held by a partnership of which you are a general partner; Securities held by a trust of which you are the settlor if you can revoke the trust without the consent of another person, or a beneficiary if you have or share investment control with the trustee; and equity Securities which may be acquired upon exercise of an option or other right, or through conversion. For interpretive guidance on this test, you should consult your counsel. A person is normally regarded as the beneficial owner of Reportable Securities held in the name of his or her spouse or minor children and adults living in his or her household.

 

E.Control” shall have the same meaning as set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act. Generally, control is the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.

 

F.Exempt Transactions” means: (1) purchases or sales effected in any account over which an Access Person or Investment Personnel has no direct or indirect influence or control; (2) purchases or sales which are non-volitional2 on the part of the Access Person, Investment Personnel or the Funds; (3) purchases which are part of an Automatic Investment Plan; or (4) purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro-rata to all holders of a class of its Reportable Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.

 

 

2Non-volitional purchases or sales include those transactions, which do not involve a willing act or conscious decision on the part of the Board Member, officer or employee. For example, shares received or disposed of by Access Persons or Investment Personnel in a merger, recapitalization or similar transaction are considered non-volitional.

 

 

 

 

G.A Security is “held or to be acquired” if within the most recent 15 days it (1) is or has been held by the Funds, (2) is being or has been considered by the Funds or the investment adviser or investment sub-adviser for purchase by the Funds or (3) any option to purchase or sell and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for a Reportable Security that is described in (1) or (2) of this definition.

 

H.An Access Person’s “immediate family” means a spouse, minor children and adults living in the same household as the Access Person.

 

I.Independent Board Member” means each Board member who is not an “interested person” of the Funds (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) and who would be required to make a report under Section V of this Code solely by reason of being a Board member of the Funds.

 

J.An “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of Securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

K.Investment Personnel” of the Funds means (1) any employee of the Funds (or of any company in a control relationship to the Funds) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by the Funds or (2) any natural person who controls the Funds and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Funds regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by the Funds.

 

L.A “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

M.Purchase or sale of a Reportable Security” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Reportable Security.

 

N.Reportable Security” means a Security excluding (1) direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (2) banker’s acceptances; (3) bank certificates of deposit; (4) commercial paper; (5) high quality short-term debt instruments (any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization), including repurchase agreements; and (6) shares of registered open-end investment companies other than those advised by an Aberdeen Adviser.

 

 

 

 

O.Security” means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36)of the 1940 Act which is defined as any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security,” or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

 

IV.Policies of the Funds Regarding Personal Securities Transactions

 

A.General Policy

 

No Access Person of the Funds shall engage in any act, practice or course of business that would violate the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) set forth above, or in connection with any personal investment activity, engage in conduct inconsistent with this Code of Ethics.

 

B.Specific Policies

 

1.Restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions by Independent Board Members

 

The Funds recognize that an Independent Board Member does not have on-going, day-to-day interaction with the operations of the Funds. In addition, it has been the practice of the Funds to give information about Securities purchased or sold by the Funds or considered for purchase or sale by the Funds to Independent Board Members in materials circulated more than 15 days after such Securities are purchased or sold by the Funds or are considered for purchase or sale by the Funds. Accordingly, the Funds believe the following controls are appropriate for Independent Board Members:

 

a.Personal Account Dealing in Fund Shares.

 

i.Independent Board Members are prohibited from buying or selling any Aberdeen-advised U.S. Registered Fund (closed-end, open-end, and ETFs) shares during the two week period prior to or following Board meetings of which they are aware.

 

ii.Independent Board Members are required to pre-clear with the Fund CCO or his/her designee all Aberdeen-advised U.S. Registered Fund buys or sells including funds for which an Independent Board Member does not serve as a director/trustee.

 

iii.The Fund CCO may waive this prohibition in exceptional circumstances and upon a determination that the transaction does not violate any applicable laws or regulations. The Fund CCO will document any such waivers.

 

 

 

 

b.Limited Pre-clearance. The Securities pre-clearance requirement contained in IV.B.2. below shall only apply to an Independent Board Member if he or she knew that during the fifteen day period before the proposed transaction in a Reportable Security (other than Exempt Transactions) or at the time of the transaction that the Reportable Security to be purchased or sold by him or her (other than Exempt Transactions) was also purchased or sold by the Fund(s) or considered for the purchase or sale by the Fund(s) (i) for which such Independent Board Member acts as a Director or Trustee or (ii) any Aberdeen-advised U.S. Registered Fund (closed-end, open-end, and ETFs).3

 

c.Pre-clearance Not Granted. When the securities pre-clearance requirement applies to an Independent Board Member, no clearance will be given to the Independent Board Member to purchase or sell any Reportable Security (1) on a day when any Fund has a pending “buy” or “sell” order in that same Reportable Security until that order is executed or withdrawn or (2) when the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer has been advised by the Funds’ investment adviser or investment sub-adviser that the same Reportable Security is being considered for purchase or sale for any Fund.

 

2.Restrictions on Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering Personal Securities Transactions by Access Persons Who Are Not Independent Board Members

 

a.Pre-clearance. An Access Person who is not an Independent Board Member is prohibited from buying or selling any Security through an Initial Public Offering or a Limited Offering for his or her personal portfolio or the portfolio of a member of his or her immediate family without obtaining (i) email or other written authorization or (ii) oral authorization from a Funds Chief Compliance Officer prior to effecting such Reportable Security transaction.

 

A written authorization for such Security transaction will be provided by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer or his/her delegate to the person receiving the oral authorization (if granted). The written authorization will also be provided to the Funds’ administrator to memorialize the email and oral authorization that was granted.

 

Note: If an Access Person has questions as to whether purchasing or selling a Reportable Security for his or her personal portfolio or the portfolio of a member of his or her immediate family requires prior oral authorization, the Access Person should consult the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer for clearance or denial of clearance to trade prior to effecting any Reportable Securities transition.

 

 

3Because monitoring the publication of the portfolio holdings of series of abrdn ETFs and abrdn Funds that operate as ETFs is not construed to be within the ordinary course of fulfilling the duties of a board member, the publication or availability of such portfolio holdings shall not be construed to impart actual or constructive knowledge of such series’ portfolio transactions on an Independent Board Member.

 

 

 

 

b.Pre-clearance Expiration. Pre-clearance approval will expire at the close of business on the trading day after the date on which written or oral authorization is received, and the Access Person is required to renew clearance for the transaction if the trade is not completed before the authority expires.

 

c.Pre-clearance Not Granted. No pre-clearance will be given to purchase or sell any Reportable Security (1) on a day when any Fund has a pending “buy” or “sell” order in that same Reportable Security until that order is executed or withdrawn or (2) when the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer has been advised by the Funds’ investment adviser or investment sub-adviser that the same Reportable Security is being considered for purchase or sale for any Fund.

 

3.Additional Restrictions on Investment Personnel

 

a.Gifts. No investment personnel shall receive any gift or other thing of more than de minimis value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Funds.

 

b.Board Service. Investment Personnel shall not serve on the boards of directors of publicly traded companies absent prior authorization by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer.

 

V.Procedures – Initial Holdings Reports, Annual Holdings Reports and Quarterly Transaction Reports

 

A.In order to provide the Funds with information to enable it to determine with reasonable assurance whether the provisions of this Code of Ethics are being observed by its Access Persons:

 

1.Independent Board Members

 

a.Holdings Reports Not Required – Each Independent Board Member need not make initial or annual holdings reports.

 

b.Limited Quarterly Transaction Reporting – An Independent Board Member must submit the same quarterly transaction report as required under paragraph V.A.2.d below to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds, but only for a transaction in a Reportable Security where he or she knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as an Independent Board Member, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, such Reportable Security is or was purchased or sold, or considered by the Funds, its investment adviser or investment sub-adviser for purchase or sale by the Fund (i) for which such Independent Board Member acts as a Director or Trustee or (ii) any Aberdeen-advised U.S. Registered Fund (closed-end, open-end, and ETFs).

 

 

 

 

2.Access Persons Who Are Not Independent Board Members

 

a.Initial Holdings Reports – Each Access Person who is not an Independent Board Member will submit to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee of the Funds an Initial Holdings Report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A that lists all Reportable Securities in which the Access Person has Beneficial Ownership.

 

(i)The Initial Holdings Report must be submitted within ten days of becoming an Access Person and must contain information current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to becoming an Access Person.

 

(ii)The Initial Holdings Report must include the title of each Reportable Security, the number of shares held (for equity securities), the principal amount (for debt securities) of each Reportable Security, the date the report is submitted as well as a list of any Securities accounts maintained with any broker, dealer or bank in which any Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person of the Funds.

 

(iii)An Access Person need not include in the report transactions effected for, and Reportable Securities held in, any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

(iv)The report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Reportable Security to which the report relates.

 

b.Annual Holdings Reports – Each Access Person of the Funds who is not an Independent Board Member will also submit to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee of the Funds an Annual Holdings Report attached hereto as Exhibit A no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar year.

 

(i)The information contained in the Annual Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted.

 

(ii)The Annual Holdings Report must list all Reportable Securities in which the Access Person has Beneficial Ownership, the title of each Reportable Security, the number of shares held (for equity securities), the principal amount (for debt securities) of the Reportable Security, and the date the report is submitted. The Report must also list any Securities accounts maintained with any broker, dealer or bank in which any Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person.

 

 

 

 

(iii)An Access Person need not include in the report transactions effected for, and Reportable Securities held in, any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

(iv)The report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Reportable Security to which the report relates.

 

c.Securities Confirmations – Each Access Person of the Funds who is not an Independent Board Member shall direct his or her broker to supply to a Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee of the Funds, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of confirmation of all personal Securities transactions and copies of periodic statements for all Securities accounts in which the Access Person has Beneficial Ownership.

 

d.Quarterly Transaction Reports – Each Access Person of the Funds who is not an Independent Board Member shall submit reports in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee of the Funds, showing all transactions in Reportable Securities in which the person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership, as well as all accounts established with brokers, dealers or banks during the quarter in which any Securities were held for the direct or indirect beneficial interest of the Access Person.

 

(i)Quarterly transaction reports shall be filed no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter.

 

(ii)The report shall include (a) the date of the transaction, (b) the title of the Reportable Security, (c) the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), (d) the number of shares (for equity securities), (e) the principal amount of each Reportable Security involved; (f) the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition), (g) the price at which the transaction was effected, (h) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and (i) the date the report is submitted. In addition, with respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any Reportable Securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, the Access Person shall report the following information: (a) the name and address of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account; (b) the date the account was established; and (c) the date the report is submitted.

 

 

 

 

(iii)An Access Person of the Funds need not make a quarterly transaction report with respect to (a) transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan, (b) a transaction if all of the information required by paragraph (ii) above is contained in the brokerage confirmations or account statements required to be submitted under paragraph (c) above, and (c) transactions effected for, and Reportable Securities held in, any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

(iv)The report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Reportable Security to which the report relates.

 

3.Identification of Access Persons – The Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee of the Funds shall notify each Access Person of the Funds who may be subject to the pre-clearance requirement or required to make reports pursuant to this Code of Ethics that such person is subject to the pre-clearance or reporting requirements and shall deliver a copy of this Code of Ethics to each such person.

 

4.Compliance Review – The Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee of the Funds shall (i) with regard to any Access Persons or Investment Personnel reporting directly under this Code of Ethics, review any initial holdings reports, annual holdings reports, and quarterly transaction reports that are received by the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee under this Code of Ethics, and as appropriate compare the reports with the pre-clearance authorization received; (ii) with regard to any Excluded Advisory Personnel reporting under a Code of Ethics of the Funds’ investment adviser, sub-advisers or principal underwriter, quarterly contact the compliance officer of such investment adviser, sub-advisers or principal underwriter regarding the compliance of such Access Persons or Investment Personnel with their Code of Ethics and (iii) report to the Funds’ Board: (a) with respect to any transaction that appears to evidence a violation of this Code or the investment adviser’s, sub-advisers’ or principal underwriter’s Codes of Ethics; and (b) violations of the reporting requirement stated in such Codes of Ethics.

 

5.Board Review – The Board shall review the operation of this Code of Ethics at least once a year.

 

6.Service Provider Code of Ethics – The investment adviser, any investment sub-advisers and the principal underwriter shall adopt, maintain and enforce a separate code of ethics with respect to their personnel in compliance with Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Any material changes to the investment adviser’s, investment sub-adviser’s or principal underwriter’s code will be approved by the Board no later than six months after such change.

 

 

 

 

7.Board Reporting – At each quarterly Board meeting, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds’ investment adviser, any investment sub-adviser and the principal underwriter of the Funds shall provide a written report to the Funds’ Board stating:

 

a.any reported Securities transaction that occurred during the prior quarter that materially violated (either individually or in the aggregate) the provisions of the code of ethics adopted by the investment adviser, any investment sub-adviser or principal underwriter; and

 

b.all disciplinary actions4 taken in response to such violations.

 

8.Annual Reports – At least once a year, the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer shall provide to the Board a written report that contains any previously reported material violations of the code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to material violations, any recommended changes in the code or procedures, and a certification that the procedures which have been adopted are those reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons (as defined under Rule 17j-1) from violating their respective Codes of Ethics. The written report will also include an assessment of the effectiveness of the Service Providers’ Codes of Ethics outlined in Section 6 above.

 

9.Recordkeeping – This Code, the codes of the investment adviser, any investment sub-adviser and principal underwriter, a copy of each report by an Access Person, any record of any violation of this Code of Ethics and any action taken as a result thereof, any written report hereunder by the Chief Compliance Officer of the investment adviser, investment sub-adviser or the principal underwriter, records of approvals relating to Initial Public Offerings and Limited Offerings, lists of all persons required to make reports and a list of all persons responsible for reviewing such reports shall be preserved with the Funds’ records for the period required by Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act.

 

IV.Certification

 

Each Access Person, including an Independent Board Member, will be required to certify annually that he or she has read and understood this Code of Ethics, and will abide by it. Each Access Person, including an Independent Board Member, will further certify that he or she has disclosed or reported all personal Securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported under the Code of Ethics. Certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics by an Independent Board Member will occur annually.

 

 

4Disciplinary action includes but is not limited to any action that has a material financial effect upon the employee, such as fining, suspending, or demoting the employee, imposing a substantial fine or requiring the disgorgement of profits.

 

 

 

 

Code of Ethics

 

Exhibit A

 

HOLDINGS REPORT

 

For the Year/Period Ended    
  (Month/day/year)  

 

¨ Check here if this is an Initial Holdings Report

 

To: ______________, as the Chief Compliance Officer of [Name of Aberdeen Fund]

 

From:    

 

As of the calendar year/period referred to above, I have a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest in the Securities listed below which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics of the Funds.

 

Title of Security Number of Shares Principal Amount
     
     
     

 

The name and address of any broker, dealer or bank with whom I maintain an account in which my Securities are held for my direct or indirect benefit are as follows.

 

Name Address
   
   
   

 

For Initial Holdings Reports: This report contains information current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of becoming an Access Person.

 

For Annual Holdings Reports: This report contains information current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted.

 

This report (i) excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (ii) excludes other transactions not required to be reported and (iii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Securities listed above.

 

Date: _____________ Signature:  

 

 

 

 

Code of Ethics

 

Exhibit B

 

QUARTERLY SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORT

 

For the Calendar Quarter Ended    
  (month/day/year)  

 

To: ______________, Chief Compliance Officer

 

From:    

 

During the quarter referred to above, the following transactions were effected in Securities of which I had, or by reason of such transaction acquired, direct or indirect beneficial ownership, and which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics of the Funds:

 

Security Date of
Transaction
Number
of
Shares
Principal
Amount
Interest
Rate and
Maturity
Rate (if
applicable)
Nature of
Transaction
(Purchase,
Sale, or
Other)
Price Broker/Dealer
or Bank
Though Whom
Effected
               
               
               

 

During the quarter referred to above, I established the following accounts in which Securities were held during the quarter for my direct or indirect benefit:

 

Name and address of the broker, dealer or bank with which I established the account. The date the account was established.
   
   
   

 

This report (i) excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (ii) excludes other transactions not required to be reported, and (iii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Securities listed above.

 

Date: _____________ Signature:  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.CERT

 

Certification Pursuant to Rule 30a-2(a) under the 1940 Act and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

 

I, Sharon Ferrari, certify that:

 

1.I have reviewed this report on Form N-CSR of abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows (if the financial statements are required to include a statement of cash flows) of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 30a-3(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 30a-3(d) under the Investment Company Act of 1940) for the Registrant and have:

 

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

 

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:      January 8, 2026

 

/s/ Sharon Ferrari  
Sharon Ferrari  
Principal Financial Officer  

 

 

 

 

Certification Pursuant to Rule 30a-2(a) under the 1940 Act and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

 

I, Alan Goodson, certify that:

 

1.I have reviewed this report on Form N-CSR of abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows (if the financial statements are required to include a statement of cash flows) of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 30a-3(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 30a-3(d) under the Investment Company Act of 1940) for the Registrant and have:

 

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

 

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:      January 8, 2026

 

/s/ Alan Goodson  
Alan Goodson  
Principal Executive Officer  

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.906CERT

 

Certification Pursuant to Rule 30a-2(b) under the 1940 Act and Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

 

Alan Goodson, Principal Executive Officer, and Sharon Ferrari, Principal Financial Officer, of abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc. (the “Registrant”), each certify that:

 

1.The Registrant’s periodic report on Form N-CSR for the period ended October 31, 2025 (the “Form N-CSR”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as applicable; and

 

2.The information contained in the Form N-CSR fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER  
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.  
   
/s/ Alan Goodson  
Alan Goodson  
Date: January 8, 2026  
   
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER  
abrdn Asia-Pacific Income Fund, Inc.  
   
/s/ Sharon Ferrari  
Sharon Ferrari  
Date: January 8, 2026  

 

This certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of Form N-CSR or as a separate disclosure document. A signed original of this written statement, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Registrant and will be retained by the Registrant and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.19(c)

 

Appendix A - Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

Aberdeen Investments U.S. Registered Advisers (the “Advisers”)

Proxy Voting Guidelines
Effective as of March 2025

 

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) requires the Advisers to vote proxies in a manner consistent with clients’ best interest and must not place its interests above those of its clients when doing so. It requires the Advisers to: (i) adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the Advisers vote proxies in the best interest of the clients, and (ii) to disclose to the clients how they may obtain information on how the Advisers voted proxies. In addition, Rule 204-2 requires the Advisers to keep records of proxy voting and client requests for information. As of August 31, of each year, investment managers that are required to file reports under Section 13(f) are required to report their proxy voting records on Form N-PX for the twelve-month period ended June 30, with respect to certain shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation (those required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act). As registered investment advisers, the Advisers have an obligation to vote proxies with respect to securities held in its client portfolios in the best interests of the clients for which it has proxy voting authority.

 

The Advisers are committed to exercising responsible ownership with a conviction that companies adopting best practices in corporate governance will be more successful in their core activities and deliver enhanced returns to shareholders.

 

The Advisers have adopted a proxy voting policy. The proxy voting policy is designed and implemented in a way that is reasonably expected to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of clients.

 

Resolutions are analysed by a member of our regional investment teams or our Active Ownership Team and votes instructed following consideration of our policies, our views of the company and our investment insights. To enhance our analysis, we will often engage with a company prior to voting to understand additional context and explanations, particularly where there is a deviation from what we believe to be best practice.

 

Where contentious issues arise in relation to motions put before a shareholders’ meeting, Advisers will usually contact the management of the company to exchange views and give management the opportunity to articulate its position. The long-term nature of the relationships that we develop with investee company boards should enable us to deal with any concerns that we may have over strategy, the management of risk or governance practices directly with the chairman or senior independent director. In circumstances where this approach is unsuccessful, Advisers are prepared to escalate their intervention by expressing their concerns through the company’s advisers, through interaction with other shareholders or attending and speaking at General Meetings.

 

In managing third party money on behalf of clients, there are a limited number of situations where potential conflicts of interest could arise in the context of proxy voting. One case is where funds are invested in companies that are either clients or related parties of clients. Another case is where one fund managed by Aberdeen Investments invests in other funds managed by Aberdeen Investments.

 

For cases involving potential conflicts of interest, Advisers have implemented procedures to ensure the appropriate handling of proxy voting decisions. The guiding principle of the Advisers’ conflicts of interest policy is simple – to exercise our right to vote in the best interests of the clients on whose behalf we are managing funds.

 

We employ ISS as a service provider to facilitate electronic voting. We require ISS to provide recommendations based on our own set of parameters to tailored Aberdeen’s assessment and approach but remain conscious that all voting decisions, where we have been given voting authority, are our own on behalf of our clients. We consider ISS’s recommendations and those based on our custom parameters as input to our voting decisions. We make use of the ISS standard research and recommendations and those based on our own custom policy as input to our voting decisions. Where our analysts make a voting decision that is different from the recommendations based on our custom policy they will provide a rationale for such decisions which will be made available upon request.

 

In order to make proxy voting decisions, an Aberdeen Investments analyst will assess the resolutions at general meetings of companies held in our active investment portfolios. This analysis will be based on our knowledge of the company, but will also make use of the custom and standard recommendations provided by ISS as described above. The product of this analysis will be a final voting decision instructed through ISS and applied to all funds for which Aberdeen have been appointed to vote. For funds managed by a sub-adviser, we may delegate to the sub-adviser the authority to vote proxies; however, the sub-adviser will be required to either follow our policies and procedures or to demonstrate that their policies and procedures are consistent with ours, or otherwise implemented in the best interest of clients.

 

 

 

 

There may be certain circumstances where Aberdeen may take a more limited role in voting proxies. We will not vote proxies for client accounts in which the client contract specifies that Aberdeen will not vote. We may abstain from voting a client proxy if the voting is uneconomic or otherwise not in clients’ best interests. For companies held only in passively managed portfolios the Aberdeen custom recommendations provided by ISS will be used to automatically apply our voting approach; we have scope to intervene to test that this delivers appropriate results and will on occasions opt to instruct a vote differently from custom recommendations if we consider this to be in clients’ best interests. If voting securities are part of a securities lending program, we may be unable to vote while the securities are on loan. However, we have the ability to recall shares on loan or to restrict lending when required, in order to ensure all shares have voted. In addition, certain jurisdictions may impose share-blocking restrictions at various times which may prevent Aberdeen from exercising our voting authority.

 

We recognize that there may be situations in which we vote at a company meeting where we encounter a conflict of interest. Such situations include:

 

where a portfolio manager owns the holding in a personal account

 

An investee company that is also a segregated client

 

An investee company where an executive director or officer of our company is also a director of that company

 

An investee company where an employee of Aberdeen is a director of that company

 

A significant distributor of our products

 

Any other companies which may be relevant from time to time

 

In order to manage such conflicts of interests, we have established procedures to escalate decision-making so as to ensure that our voting decisions are based on our clients’ best interests and are not impacted by any conflict.

 

The implementation of this policy, along with conflicts of interest, will be reviewed periodically by the Active Ownership team. Aberdeen Investments’ Listed Company Sustainable Investment Principles and Voting Policies are published on our website.

 

To the extent that an Adviser may rely on sub-advisers, whether affiliated or unaffiliated, to manage any client portfolio on a discretionary basis, the Adviser may delegate responsibility for voting proxies to the sub-adviser. However, such sub-advisers will be required either to follow these Policies and Procedures or to demonstrate that their proxy voting policies and procedures are consistent with these Policies and Procedures or otherwise implemented in the best interests of the Adviser’s clients. Clients that have not granted Aberdeen voting authority over securities held in their accounts will receive their proxies in accordance with the arrangements they have made with their service providers.

 

As disclosed in Part 2A of each Adviser’s Form ADV, a client may obtain information on how its proxies were voted by requesting such information from its Adviser. Unless specifically requested by a client in writing, and other than as required for the Funds, the Advisers do not generally disclose client-specific proxy votes to third parties.

 

Our proxy voting records are available per request and on the SEC’s website at SEC.gov.

 

On occasions when it is deemed to be a fiduciary for an ERISA client’s assets, Aberdeen will vote the Plan assets in accordance with Aberdeen Investments’ Listed Company Sustainable Investment Principles and Voting Policies and in line with DOL guidance.

 

Listed Company Investment Principles & Voting Policies

 

April 2025

 

Aberdeen Investments is a global specialist asset manager. We are dedicated to helping investors achieve their financial goals in a changing world by combining our specialist knowledge, global presence in more than 25 locations and investing for the long-term.

 

Active Ownership and sustainable investment considerations are critical components of our investment process, our investment activity, our client journey and our corporate influence.

 

Through engagement with the companies in which we invest, and by exercising votes on behalf of our clients, we seek to improve the financial resilience and performance of our clients’ investments. Where we believe change is needed, we endeavour to catalyse this through our stewardship capabilities

 

 

 

 

Our expectations

 

As global investors, we are particularly aware that sustainable investment structures and frameworks vary across regions. Furthermore, what we expect of the companies in which we invest varies between different stages of business development and the underlying history and nature of the company in question. We seek to understand each company’s individual circumstances and so evaluate how it can best be governed and overseen. As such, we strive to apply the principles and policies set out on these pages in response to the needs of that individual company at that particular time. Our heritage as a predominantly active fund manager helps drive this bespoke approach to understanding good governance and risk management.

 

We have a clear perception of what we consider to be best practice globally – as set out in this document. However we will reflect the nature of the business, our close understanding of individual companies and regional considerations, where appropriate, in our approach to applying these policies, which are not exhaustive.

 

The principles and voting policies noted herein reflect our current position. We are monitoring and have contributed to the many reform agendas and consultations in the governance arena, particularly in the UK, on areas such as market competitiveness, listing rules, the approval of corporate transactions and greater flexibility in remuneration practices, including wider use of restricted stock. We are actively involved in these discussions, both as a corporate issuer and an investor, and our position will evolve as rules, guidance and practice develops.

 

This document has received approval from Aberdeen’s Chief Investment Officer (CIO) and the Chief Sustainable Investment Officer – Investments (CSIO) following consultation with various internal stakeholders.

 

Our approach to stewardship

 

We seek to integrate and appraise environmental, social and governance factors in our investment process. Our aim is to generate the best long-term outcomes for our clients, proportionate to the risk preference they have accepted, and we will actively take steps as stewards and owners to protect and enhance the value of our clients’ assets.

 

Stewardship is a reflection of this bespoke approach to good governance and risk management. We seek to understand each company’s specific approach to governance, how value is created through business success and how investors’ interests are protected through the management of risks that materially impact business success. This requires us to play our part in the governance process by being active stewards of companies, involved in dialogue with management and non-executive directors where appropriate, understanding the material risks and opportunities – including those relating to environmental and social factors and helping to shape the future success of the business.

 

We will:

 

Take into consideration, in our investment process, the policies and practices on environmental, social and governance matters of the companies in which we invest.

 

Seek to enhance long-term shareholder value through constructive engagement with the companies in which we invest.

 

Actively engage with companies and assets in which we invest where we believe we can influence or gain insight.

 

Exercise voting rights, where held, in a manner consistent with our clients’ long-term best interests.

 

Seek to influence the development of appropriately high standards of corporate governance and corporate responsibility in relation to environmental and social factors for the benefit of our clients.

 

Communicate our Listed Company Investment Principles and Voting Policies to clients, companies and other interested parties.

 

Be accountable to clients within the constraints of professional confidentiality and legislative and regulatory requirements.

 

Be transparent in reporting our engagement and voting activities.

 

Aberdeen is committed to exercising responsible ownership with a conviction that companies seeking to upgrade their practices in corporate governance and risk management will be more successful in their core activities and deliver enhanced long-term returns to shareholders. As owners of companies, the process of stewardship is a natural part of our investment approach as we seek to benefit from their long-term success on our clients’ behalf.

 

 

 

 

Engagement

 

It is a central tenet of our active investment approach that we strive to meet with the management and directors of our investee companies on a regular basis. We will concentrate that engagement on investee companies undergoing transformation or facing exceptional challenges or opportunities. The discussions we have cover a wide range of topics, including: strategic, operational, and ESG issues and consider the long-term drivers of value.

 

Engagement with companies on environmental, social and governance risks and opportunities is a fundamental part of our investment process. It is a process through which we can discuss how a company identifies, prioritises and mitigates its key risks and optimises outcomes from its most significant opportunities. As such, we regard engagement as:

 

Important to understanding investee companies holistically.

 

Helpful when conducting comprehensive sustainable investment analysis.

 

Useful to maintaining open dialogue and constructive relationships with companies.

 

An opportunity to generate positive change on a company’s holistic risk management programme–be active with our holdings rather than activist.

 

Proxy Voting

 

Proxy voting is an integral part of our active stewardship approach and we exercise voting rights in a manner in line with our clients’ best interests. We seek to ensure that voting reflects our understanding of the companies in which we invest on behalf of our clients. We believe that voting is a vital mechanism for holding boards and management teams to account, and is an important tool for escalation and shareholder action.

 

This document includes our process and overarching policy guidelines which we apply when voting at general meetings. These policies are not exhaustive and we evaluate our voting on a case by case basis. As a global investment firm we recognise the practical necessity of adopting a regional approach, taking into account differing and developing market practices. Where a policy is specific to one region this is denoted.

 

We endeavour to engage with companies regarding our voting decisions to maintain a dialogue on matters of concern.

 

Voting Process

 

In line with our active ownership approach, we review the majority of general meeting agendas convened by companies which are held in our active equity portfolios. Analysis is undertaken by a member of our regional investment teams or our Active Ownership team and votes instructed following consideration of our policies, our views of the company and our investment insights. To enhance our analysis we may engage with a company prior to voting to understand additional context and explanations, particularly where there is deviation from what we believe to be best practice.

 

To supplement our own analysis we may also make use of the benchmark research and recommendations provided by ISS, a provider of proxy voting services. In the UK we also make use of the Investment Association’s (IA) Institutional Voting Information Service. We have implemented regional voting policy guidelines with ISS which they apply to all meetings in order to produce customised vote recommendations. These custom recommendations help identify resolutions which deviate from our expectations. They are also used to determine votes where a company is held only in passive funds. Within our custom policies, however, we do specify numerous resolutions which should be referred to us for active review. For example we will review any resolution at company meetings we have identified as covering environmental and social factors.

 

While it is most common for us to vote in line with a board’s voting recommendation we will vote our clients’ shares against resolutions which we believe are not consistent with their best interests. We may also vote against resolutions which conflict with domestic governance guidelines, such as those issued by the IA in the UK. Although we seek to vote either in favour or against a resolution we do make use of an abstain vote where this is considered appropriate. For example we may use an abstention to acknowledge some improvement, but as a means to reserve our position in expectation that further improvement is needed before we can vote in favour. Where we vote against a resolution we endeavour to inform companies of our rationale.

 

In exceptional circumstances we may attend and speak at a shareholder meeting to reinforce our views to the company’s board.

 

We endeavour to vote all shares for which we have voting authority. We may not vote when there are obstacles to do so, for example those impacting liquidity, such as share-blocking, or where there is a significant conflict of interest. We use the voting platform of ISS to instruct our votes.

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

Strategy

 

We invest in companies that will create the best outcome for our clients in line with their investment mandates. Companies must be clear about the drivers of their business success and their strategy for maintaining and enhancing it. Investment is a forward-looking process; we seek to understand the opportunity for a business and its scope for future value-creation over the long term. In order to do this, we need clarity on past business delivery and its drivers, and on the effective track record of management; we require honest and open reporting to build confidence in that track record. We seek confidence that companies and their management can maintain their competitive positioning and operational performance and subsequently enhance returns for investors. A clear strategy and clarity about the drivers of operational success provides the lens through which we will consider most corporate issues, not least assessing performance and risk management.

 

We will consider voting against executive or non-executive directors if we have serious concerns regarding the oversight or implementation of strategy.

 

Board of Directors

 

We believe effective board governance promotes the long-term success and value creation of the company. The board should be responsible for establishing the company’s purpose and strategy, overseeing management in their implementation of strategy and performance against objectives. The board should ensure a strong framework of control and risk oversight, including material sustainable investment risks. The board should assess and monitor culture and be engaged with the workforce, shareholders and wider society.

 

Board Composition

 

Effective decision making requires a mix of skills around the table and constructive debate between diverse and different-minded individuals. A range of skills, experience and perspectives should be drawn together on the board. These include industry knowledge, experience from other sectors and relevant geographical knowledge. Independence of thought plays a crucial role in the ability of a board to generate the debate and discussion that will challenge management, help enhance business performance and improve decision-making. Board assessments will help the board ensure it has the necessary mix of skills, diversity and quality of individuals to address the risks and opportunities the company faces. Unitary boards should comprise an appropriate combination of executive and non-executive directors such that no group of individuals dominates decision-making. We expect the size of the board to reflect the size, nature and complexity of the business. We also expect regular internal and external board evaluations which include an assessment of board composition and effectiveness.

 

Leadership

 

Running businesses effectively for the long term requires effective collaboration and cooperation, with no individual or small group having unfettered powers. Nor should any individual or small group have dominant influence over the way a business is run or over major decisions about its operations or future. There should be a division of responsibility between board leadership and executive leadership of the business. We believe that there should be a division of roles at the top of the organisation, typically between a Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and an independent Chair.

 

We will consider supporting the re-election of an existing Chair & CEO role combination, recognising that this remains common in certain geographies. In reviewing this on a case by case basis we will take account of the particular circumstances of the company and consider what checks and balances are in place, such as the presence of a strong Senior Independent Director with a clear scope of responsibility.

 

We will generally oppose any re-combination of the roles of CEO and Chair, unless the move is on a temporary basis due to exceptional circumstances or other mitigating factors.

 

We will generally oppose any move of a retiring CEO to the role of Chair.

 

Independence

 

Companies should be led and overseen by genuinely independent boards. When looking at board composition we generally expect to see a majority of independent directors, with boards identifying their independence classifications in the Annual Report. It is preferable to see an identified Senior Independent Director on the board, who will lead the appraisal of and succession planning for the Chair. We expect SIDs to meet with investors and be a point of contact for escalating concerns if required.

 

In assessing a director’s independence we will have due regard for whether a director:

 

i.Has been an employee of the company within the last five years.

 

ii.Has had within the last three years a material business relationship with the company.

 

 

 

 

iii.Has received remuneration in addition to director fees or participates in the company’s option or variable incentive schemes, or is a member of the company’s pension scheme.

 

iv.Has close family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors or senior employees.

 

v.Holds cross-directorships or has significant links with other directors through involvement in other companies or bodies.

 

vi.Represents a significant shareholder.

 

vii.Has served on the board for more than 12 years (or 9 for UK companies).

 

We will consider voting against the re-election of non-independent directors if the board is not majority independent (excluding employee representatives). In doing so we will have regard for whether a company is controlled and the nature of the non-independence – for example, we are unlikely to vote against shareholder representatives unless their representation is disproportionate to their shareholding

 

Succession Planning & Refreshment

 

Regular refreshment of the non-executive portion of a board helps draw in fresh perspectives, not least in the context of changes to business and emerging opportunities and risks. It also helps limit the danger of group-think. Thoughtful and proactive succession planning is therefore needed for board continuity, to ensure that a board is populated by individuals with an appropriate mix of skills, experience and perspective. We expect the board to implement a formal process for the recruitment and appointment of new directors, and to provide transparency of this in the Annual Report.

 

We will vote against non-executive directors where there are concerns regarding board refreshment or excessive tenure. Where there are directors who have served for over 12 years on a board which has seen no refreshment in 3 years (2 in UK), we will generally vote against their re-election. If a director has served for over 15 years we will generally vote against their re-election. We will, however, consider the impact on board continuity and the company’s succession planning efforts prior to doing so. We may also not apply the tenure limit to directors who are founders or shareholder representatives where we believe this is appropriate.

 

Diversity

 

We believe diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) policies can help ensure that the best people are appointed to each role in the company, with the combination of skills and experience judged most likely to contribute to long- term value creation. Companies that make progress in DEI can be better positioned for long-term sustainability and outperformance. We believe diversity of thought, paired with a culture of inclusion, can help companies to tackle increasingly complex challenges and markets. We take into consideration whether boards report on how they promote DEI throughout the business. We recognise the necessity of adopting a regional approach to DEI, allowing us to account for variation in the needs and requirements of the company based on geography. We have for several years, actively encouraged progress in gender diversity at all levels, and have expanded our scope in relation to diversity, equity and inclusion across geographies. In respect of ethnic diversity, this is coming increasingly into focus as we encourage boards to progress in ensuring that their composition reflects their employee and customer bases.

 

Our regional specific policies are below. In determining our votes we will take account of mitigating factors, such as the sudden departure of a female board member. We will also consider the trajectory of diversity at the company and any assurance that diversity shortfalls will soon be addressed.

 

Gender Diversity.

 

UK: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair of FTSE 350 companies if the board is not comprised of at least one third female directors. We expect companies to seek to comply with the FCA’s diversity targets and may vote against the Chair of the Nomination Committee if we have concerns regarding the Committee’s efforts in succession planning to achieve the gender diversity target of 40% female members. For smaller companies, we will take action if the board does not include at least one female director.

 

Europe: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair of LargeCap companies if the supervisory board is not comprised of at least 30% female directors, or is not in line with the local standard if higher. For smaller companies, we will take this action if the supervisory board does not include at least one female director.

 

Australia: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair of ASX300 companies if the board is not comprised of at least 30% female directors.

 

 

 

 

Ethnic Diversity

 

UK: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair at the boards of FTSE 250 companies, if the board does not include at least one member from an ethnic minority background. This is in line with targets set up by the Parker Review.

 

Directors’ Time Commitment

 

Individual directors need sufficient time to carry out their role effectively and therefore we seek to ensure that all directors maintain an appropriate level of overall commitments such that allows them to be properly diligent.

 

We will consider opposing the election or re-election of any director where there is a concern regarding their ability to dedicate sufficient time to the role. In making this assessment we will have regard to the ISS classification of ‘overboarding’.

 

We will generally oppose the re-election of any director who has attended fewer than 75% of board meetings in two consecutive years.

 

Board Committees

 

Boards should establish committees, populated by independent and appropriately skilled non-executive directors, to oversee (as a minimum) the nomination, audit and remuneration processes. It may also be appropriate for additional committees to be established, such as a risk or sustainability committee. These committees should report openly on an annual basis about their activities and key decisions taken.

 

We will consider voting against committee members if we have concerns regarding the composition of a committee in relation to independence or skills.

 

Nomination Committee

 

This committee has responsibility for leading the process for orderly non-executive and senior management succession planning and recruitment, and for overseeing the composition of the board including skillset, experience and diversity. We expect the committee to be comprised of a majority of independent directors with an independent Chair.

 

We will consider voting against the re-election of the Nomination Committee Chair if we have concerns regarding the composition of the board or concerns regarding poor succession planning.

 

Audit Committee

 

This committee has responsibility for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, reviewing the company’s internal financial controls and risk management systems, reviewing the effectiveness of the company’s internal audit function and appointing and overseeing the quality of the work done by external auditors. We prefer the committee to be wholly independent, and expect this at UK and US companies in view of general market practice and board composition. In other regions, as a minimum, we expect the committee to be comprised of a majority of independent directors with an independent Chair. Furthermore we expect at least one member of the committee to have recent and relevant financial experience.

 

UK & US: We will generally vote against the re-election of non-independent members of the Audit Committee..

 

Europe: We will generally vote against the re-election of non-independent members of the Audit Committee if the committee is not majority independent. We will also generally vote against a non-independent Chair of the Audit Committee.

 

We will generally vote against the re-election of the Audit Committee Chair if at least one member of the Committee does not have recent and relevant financial experience.

 

 

 

 

Remuneration Committee

 

This committee is responsible for determining the policy and setting remuneration levels for executive and non-executive directors. The committee should ensure that directors’ remuneration is aligned with strategy and company performance. Remuneration policy should be cognisant of the company’s licence to operate and the potential overall level of remuneration. We expect remuneration committees to be robust in their approach to developing and implementing remuneration policies, with formal and transparent procedures for developing policies and for determining remuneration packages. Remuneration committees should be comprised of a majority of independent directors with an independent Chair and we expect members to have appropriate experience and knowledge of the business and remuneration practices in the jurisdiction in which they operate. No executive should be involved in setting their own remuneration..

 

Where we have significant concerns regarding the company’s remuneration policy or reward outcomes we may escalate these concerns through a vote against the Chair or members of the Remuneration Committee.

 

Director Accountability

 

We expect to be able to hold boards to account through engagement and regular director re-elections and directors should feel that they are accountable to investors. We encourage individual, rather than bundled, director elections. While our preference is for directors to be subject to re- election annually, we expect re-elections to take place at least every three years. Lengthier board mandates, while not uncommon in some markets, risk divorcing directors from an appropriate sense of accountability. Directors and management should make themselves available for discussions with major shareholders as we expect to have open dialogue to share our perspectives and gain confidence that the individuals are carrying out their roles with appropriate vigour and diligence. A further important element of director accountability to shareholders is that investors should have the right, both formal and informal, to propose and promote individual directors to be considered for election to the board by all shareholders.

 

We will generally oppose the re-election of non-independent NEDs who are proposed for a term exceeding three years. We may not apply this to directors who are shareholder representatives.

 

Where we have significant concerns regarding a board member’s performance, actions or inaction to address issues raised we may vote against their re-election.

 

We may vote against directors who decline appropriate requests for meetings without a clear justification.

 

Where a director has held a position of responsibility at a company which has suffered a material governance failure, we will consider whether we are comfortable to support their re-election at other listed companies.

 

We will generally support resolutions to discharge the supervisory board or management board members from legal liability unless we have serious concerns regarding actions taken during the year under review. Where there is insufficient information regarding allegations of misconduct, we may prefer to abstain. In exceptional circumstances we may vote against the discharge resolution to reflect serious ESG concerns if there is not another appropriate resolution.

 

We will not support the election of directors who are not personally identified but are proposed as corporations.

 

Reporting

 

A company’s board should present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the company’s position and prospects – financial and non- financial – and of how it has fulfilled its responsibilities. We support the principle of full disclosure of relevant and useful information, subject to issues of commercial confidentiality and prejudice. Boilerplate disclosure should be avoided. We encourage companies to consider using the appropriate globally developed standards and would particularly encourage the use of those created by the Taskforce for Climate related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC), the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) and the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI).

 

Audited reporting and financial numbers should be published ahead of any relevant shareholder meetings. We continue to monitor the evolving reporting landscape and consider new reporting developments as they emerge, either voluntary or regulatory.

 

We may consider voting against a company’s Annual Report & Accounts if we have concerns regarding timely provision or adequacy of disclosure.

 

 

 

 

Political Donations & Lobbying

 

Companies should be consistent in their public statements and not undermine these in private commentary to market participants or to politicians and regulators. We welcome transparency from companies about their lobbying activities and believe that good companies have nothing to hide in this respect. Similarly we encourage transparency of any political donations that companies deem appropriate – and we expect a clear explanation of why such donations are an appropriate use of corporate funds.

 

Risk & Audit

 

The board is responsible for determining the company’s risk appetite, establishing procedures to manage risk and for monitoring the company’s internal controls. We expect boards to conduct robust assessments of the company’s material risks and report to shareholders on risks, controls and effectiveness. The introduction of widely accepted global accounting standards has led to much greater investor confidence in the accounts produced by companies around the world. It has also assisted in creating consistency of reporting across companies, enabling fairer comparisons between different operating businesses. We therefore encourage companies seeking international investment to report under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) or US GAAP. As a firm Aberdeen supports the continued development of high quality global accounting standards.

 

An independent audit, delivered by a respected audit firm, is a required element for investor confidence in reporting by companies. We strongly favour meaningful, transparent and informative auditor reports, giving us additional insights into the audit process and accounting outcomes. Audit fees must be sufficient to pay for an appropriately in-depth assurance process. We would be concerned if a company sought to make unjustified savings in this respect as the cost in terms of damage to audit effectiveness and confidence in the company’s accounts would be much more substantial.

 

The independence of the auditor and the standard of their work, particularly in challenging management, should be subject to regular assessment that is appropriately disclosed. Even when individuals carrying out the audit are refreshed, we believe that the independence of the audit firm erodes over time and we will encourage a tender process and change of audit firm where an engagement has lasted for an extended period. In order to demonstrate the level of independence, companies should not have the same audit firm in place for more than 20 years.

 

The relationship with the auditor should be mediated through the Audit Committee. Where we are significant shareholders, we expect to be consulted on plans to tender and replace auditors.

 

We will generally vote against the re-election of an auditor which has a tenure of 20 years or over, if there are no plans for rotation in the near term.

 

We will consider voting against the auditors if we have concerns regarding the accounts presented or the audit procedures used.

 

We will vote against the approval of auditor fees if we have concerns regarding the level of fees or the balance of non-audit and audit fees.

 

Executive Remuneration

 

Executive Remuneration policies and the overall levels of pay should be aligned with strategy, attracting and retaining talent and incentivising the decisions and behaviours needed to create long-term value. The component parts of remuneration should be structured so as to link rewards to corporate and individual performance and they should be considered in the context of the remuneration policies when taken as a whole. We recognise the benefits of simplicity in forming the policy, which should clearly link outcomes and expectations for those receiving the remuneration, as well as external stakeholders. The structure should be transparent and understandable.

 

A company’s annual report should contain an informative statement of remuneration policy which communicates clearly to stakeholders how it has developed and evolved. This should include details of any stress testing that may have been undertaken to understand the policy outcomes for different business scenarios. The Remuneration Committee should provide a clear description of the application of policy and the outcomes achieved.

 

Executive Directors’ base salary should be set at a level appropriate for the role and responsibility of the executive. We discourage increases which are driven solely by peer benchmarking, and expect increases to be aligned with the wider workforce. Consideration should also be given to the knock-on impact to variable remuneration potential. Pension arrangements and benefits should be clearly disclosed. We generally expect pension structures to be aligned with the wider workforce.

 

 

 

 

A company should structure variable, performance-related pay to incentivise and reward management in a manner that is aligned with the company’s sustainable performance and risk appetite over the long term.

 

We expect all variable pay to be capped, preferably as a multiple of base salary. In the UK we expect variable pay to be capped as a multiple of base salary. In other markets, if variable pay is capped at a number of shares, we expect the value of grants to be kept under review annually to ensure the value remains appropriate and is not excessive.

 

Performance metrics used to determine variable pay should be clearly disclosed and aligned with the company’s strategy. A significant portion of performance metrics should seek to measure significant improvements in, or resilience with regard to, the underlying financial performance of the company. We also encourage the inclusion of non-financial metrics linked to targets which are aligned with the company’s progress inter alia on its sustainability strategy. Where possible we expect these targets to be quantifiable and disclosed.

 

Variable pay arrangements should over the long term incentivise participants to achieve above-average performance through the use of challenging targets. We encourage sliding-scale performance measures and expect performance target ranges to be disclosed to enable shareholders to assess the level of challenge and pay for performance alignment. We expect annual bonus targets to be disclosed retrospectively and encourage the disclosure of long term incentive (LTI) targets at the beginning of the performance period, but at minimum we expect retrospective disclosure. Where bonus or LTI targets are not disclosed due to commercial sensitivity we expect an explanation of why the targets continue to be considered sensitive retrospectively and expect some detail regarding the level of achievement vs target.

 

Where a share price metric is being used, we expect this to be underpinned by a challenging measure of underlying performance.

 

We encourage settlement of a portion of the annual bonus in shares which are deferred for at least one year. We expect settlement of long term incentives to be in shares, with rationale provided for any awards settled in cash. Long term incentives should have a performance period of no less than three years. In the UK we expect a further holding period of two years to be applied, and we encourage this in other markets.

 

We do not generally support value creation plans. We will consider supporting the use of restricted share plans (RSP) in the UK which have been structured consistent with the guidelines of the Investment Association. We will consider restricted share plans either individually or as part of a hybrid scheme. Any restricted share scheme would be expected to be issued at a significant quantum discount to conventional LTIP plans. The board would be expected to justify why the introduction of these plans is in the best interest of shareholders. We expect appropriate malus and clawback provisions to be applied to variable remuneration plans.

 

We expect shareholding guidelines to be adopted for executive directors and encourage the adoption of post-departure shareholding guidelines.

 

We expect details of any use of discretion to be disclosed and its use should be justifiable, appropriate and clearly explained. We would expect policies to be sufficiently robust so that discretion is only necessary in exceptional circumstances. We do not generally support exceptional awards, and are particularly sensitive to such awards being granted to reward a corporate transaction.

 

We expect executive service contracts to provide for a maximum notice period of 12 months. We will consider local best practice provisions related to severance arrangements when voting.

 

Non-executive fees should reflect the role’s level of responsibility and time commitment. We do not support NED’s participation in option or performance-related arrangements. However we do support the payment of fees in shares, particularly where conservation of cash is an issue.

 

In the UK our expectations of companies are aligned with the Investment Association’s Principles of Remuneration.

 

Where significant changes to remuneration arrangements are being considered, we would expect remuneration committees to consult with their largest shareholders prior to finalising any changes. Where any increase to variable remuneration is proposed, we would expect this to be accompanied by a demonstrable increase in the stretch of the targets. Furthermore we expect any increases to remuneration to be subject to shareholder approval.

 

In response to the issues arising from the cost of living crisis being experienced by many people in the UK, we expect companies to focus additional capacity towards those members of the workforce who need it most. We expect Remuneration Committees to take into account factors arising from the cost of living crisis when deliberating over executive pay outcomes. We would be concerned by reputational issues arising from decisions made in these unusual circumstances and may make this a factor in our voting decisions at relevant AGMs.

 

 

 

 

In line with the expectations set out above we will generally vote against the appropriate resolution(s) where:

 

We consider the overall reward potential or outcome to be excessive.

 

A significant increase to salary has been granted which is not aligned with the workforce or is not sufficiently justified.

 

A significant increase to performance-related pay has been granted which is not sufficiently justified, is not accompanied by an increase in the level of stretch required for achievement or results in the potential for excessive reward.

 

There is no appropriate cap on variable incentive schemes.

 

Performance targets for annual bonus awards are not disclosed retrospectively and the absence of disclosure is not explained.

 

Performance targets for long term incentive awards are not disclosed up front and there is no compelling explanation regarding the absence of disclosure or a commitment to disclose retrospectively.

 

Performance targets are not considered sufficiently challenging, either at threshold, target or maximum.

 

Relative performance targets allow vesting of awards for below median performance.. Retesting provisions apply.

 

Incentives that have been conditionally awarded have been repriced or performance conditions changed part way through a performance period.

 

We have concerns regarding the use of discretion or the grant of exceptional awards.

 

Pension arrangements are excessive.. Pension arrangements are not aligned with the wider workforce (UK).

 

Investor Rights

 

The interests of minority shareholders must be protected and any major, or majority, investor should not enjoy preferential treatment. The structure of ownership or control should minimise the potential for abuse of public shareholders.

 

Corporate Transactions

 

Companies should not make significant changes to their structure or nature without being fully transparent to their investors. Shareholders should have the opportunity to vote on significant corporate activity, such as mergers and acquisitions. Where a transaction is with a related party, only independent shareholders should have a vote. Even in markets where no vote is given to shareholders in these circumstances, investors need transparent disclosure of the reasons for any such major change. Companies should expect that shareholders may want to discuss and debate proposed developments

 

Diversification beyond the core skills of the business needs to be justified as it is more often than not a distraction from operational performance. All major deals need to be clearly explained and justified in the context of the pre-existing strategy and be subject to shareholder approval.

 

We will vote on corporate transactions on a case by case basis.

 

In markets where no vote is required on significant transactions, we may take voting action at a future general meeting if we have concerns regarding the transaction undertaken.

 

Dividends

 

We will generally support the payment of dividends but will scrutinise the proposed level where it appears excessive given the company’s financial position.

 

 

 

 

Share Capital

 

The board carries responsibility for prudent capital management and allocation.

 

Share Issuance

 

We will consider capital raises which are proposed for a specific purpose on a case by case basis but recognise that it can be beneficial for companies to have some general flexibility to issue shares to raise capital. However we expect issuances to be limited to the needs of the business and companies should not issue significant portions of shares unless offering these on a pro-rata basis to existing shareholders to protect against inappropriate dilution of investments.

 

Where a company seeks a general authority to issue shares we generally expect this to be limited to 25% of the company’s share capital for pre- emptive issuances. In the UK we are aligned with the guidance of the Investment Association Share Capital Management Guidelines. There is no global standard on pre-emptive issuance limits, and in the rest of the world we use 25% as a benchmark limit.

 

Where a company seeks a general authority to issue shares we generally expect this to be limited to 10% of the company’s share capital for non- pre-emptive issuances. In the UK we are aligned with the guidance of the Investment Association Share Capital Management Guidelines and those of the Pre-Emption Group.

 

We will not generally support share issuance by investment trusts unless there is a commitment that shares would only be issued at a price at or above net asset value.

 

When considering our votes we will, however, take account of the company’s circumstances and any further detail regarding proposed capital issuance authorities prior to voting.

 

Following changes to the UK’s Pre-Emption Group Guidelines in November 2022, which reflect an increase on previous limits, we will hold the Chair of the company accountable for any perceived misuse of the increased flexibility through a vote against their re-election.

 

Buyback

 

We recognise that share buybacks can be a flexible means of returning cash to shareholders.

 

We will generally support buyback authorities of up to 10% of the issued share capital. In the UK we will generally support authorities which are in line with the levels permitted under the Listing Rules.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

The nature of relations – particularly any related party transactions (RPTs) – with parent or related companies, or other major investors, must be disclosed fully. Related party transactions must be agreed on arm’s length terms and be made fully transparent. Where they are material, they should be subject to the approval of independent shareholders.

 

Where we are given a vote, we will vote against RPTs where there is insufficient transparency of the nature of the transaction, the rationale, the terms or the views and assessment of directors and advisors.

 

In markets where no vote is required on RPTs, we may take voting action at a future general meeting if we have concerns regarding the transaction undertaken

 

Article/Bylaw Amendments

 

While it is standard to see proposals from companies to amend their articles of association or bylaws, we will review these on a case by case basis. When doing so we expect full transparency of the proposed changes to be disclosed.

 

We will generally vote against amendments which will reduce shareholder rights.

 

Anti-Takeover Defences

 

There should be no artificial structures put in place to entrench management and protect companies from takeover. The best defence from hostile takeover is strong operational delivery.

 

We will generally vote against anti-takeover/‘poison pill’ proposals.

 

 

 

 

Voting Rights

 

We are supporters of the principle of ‘one share, one vote’ and therefore favour equal voting rights for all shareholders. Where multiple voting rights are implemented at the point of listing, we expect an appropriate sunset clause to apply (ideally with a maximum of 7 years, in line with common market practice).

 

We will generally vote against proposals which seek to introduce or continue capital structures with multiple voting rights, unless there is an exceptional justification and also a suitable sunset clause in place.

 

We will consider voting against proposals to raise new capital at companies if we have concerns regarding the use of with multiple share classes and voting rights.

 

General Meetings

 

Shareholder meetings provide an important opportunity to hold boards to account not only through voting on the proposed resolutions but also by enabling investors the opportunity to raise questions, express views and emphasise concerns to the entire board. We may make a statement at a company’s AGM as a means of escalation to reinforce our views to a company’s board.

 

We welcome the opportunity to attend meetings virtually, being of the view that this can increase participation given obstacles such as location or meeting concentration. However we are not supportive of companies adopting virtual-only meetings as we believe this format reduces accountability. Our preference is for a hybrid meeting format to balance the flexibility of remote attendance with the accountability of an in-person meeting.

 

We will generally support resolutions seeking approval to shorten the EGM notice period to minimum 14 days, unless we have concerns regarding previous inappropriate use of this flexibility.

 

We will generally support proposals to enable virtual meetings to take place as long as there is confirmation that the format will be hybrid, with physical meetings continuing to take place (unless prohibited by law). We expect virtual attendees to have the same rights to speak and raise questions as those attending in-person. We will generally vote against proposals which permit wholly virtual general meetings.

 

Sustainability

 

As part of strategic planning, boards need to have oversight of, and clearly articulate, the key opportunities and risks affecting the sustainability of the business model. This includes having a process for, and transparent disclosure of, potential and emerging opportunities and risks and the actions being taken to address them.

 

The effective management of risks extends to long-term issues that are hard to measure and whose timeframe is uncertain and will include the management of environmental and social issues. We use the UN Global Compact’s four areas of focus in assessing how companies are performing in this area.

 

Specifically we expect companies to be able to demonstrate how they manage their exposures under the following headings.

 

The Environment

 

It is generally accepted that companies are responsible for the effects of their operations and products on the environment. The steps they take to assess and reduce those impacts can lead to cost savings and reduce potential reputational damage. Companies are held responsible for their impact on the climate and they face increased regulation from world governments on activities that contribute to climate change.

 

We expect that companies will

 

Identify, manage and reduce their environmental impacts, as applicable.

 

Understand their impact along the company value chain.

 

Develop group-level climate policies commensurate to their business and, where relevant, set targets to manage the impact, report on policies, practices and actions taken to reduce carbon and other environmental risks within their operations.

 

Comply with all environmental laws and regulations, or recognised international best practice as a minimum.

 

Where we have serious concerns regarding a board’s actions, or inaction, in relation to the environment we will consider taking voting action on an appropriate resolution.

 

We will use the indicators within the Carbon Disclosure Project to identify companies which are not fulfilling their climate commitments. Where appropriate we will take voting action to encourage better practice among companies which we deem to be laggards.

 

 

 

 

Labour and Employment

 

Companies that respect internationally recognised labour rights and provide safe and healthy working environments for employees are likely to reap the benefits. This approach is likely to foster a more committed and productive workforce, and help reduce damage to reputation and a company’s license to operate. We expect companies to comply with all employment laws and regulations and adopt practices in line with the International Labour Organization’s core labour standards as a minimum.

 

In particular, companies will:

 

Take affirmative steps to ensure that they uphold decent labour standards.

 

Adopt strong health and safety policies and programmes to implement such policies.

 

Adopt equal employment opportunity and diversity policies and a programme for ensuring compliance with such policies.

 

Adopt policies and programmes for investing in employee training and development.

 

Adopt initiatives to attract and retain talented employees, foster higher productivity and quality, and encourage in their workforce a commitment to achieving the company’s purpose.

 

Ensure policies are in place for a company’s suppliers that promote decent labour standards, and programmes are in place to ensure high standards of labour along supply chains.

 

Report regularly on its policy and implementation of managing human capital.

 

Where we have serious concerns regarding a board’s actions, or inaction, in relation to labour and employment we will consider taking voting action on an appropriate resolution.

 

Human Rights

 

We recognise the impact that human-rights issues can have on our investments and the role we can play in stimulating progress. We draw upon a number of international, legal and voluntary agreements for guidance on human-rights responsibilities and compliance. Our primary sources are the International Bill of Rights and the core conventions of the International Labour Organisation (ILO), which form the list of internationally agreed human rights, and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs), which clarifies the roles of states and businesses. We encourage companies to use the UNGPs Reporting Framework and encourage disclosure in line with this guidance.

We expect companies to:

 

Continually work to understand their actual and potential impacts on human rights.

 

Establish systems that actively ensure respect for human rights.

 

Take appropriate action to remedy any infringements on human rights.

 

Where we have serious concerns regarding a board’s actions, or inaction, in relation to human rights we will consider taking voting action on an appropriate resolution.

 

 

 

 

Business Ethics

 

As institutions of wealth and influence, companies have a significant impact on the prosperity of their local communities and the wider world. Having a robust code of ethics and ensuring professional conduct mean companies operate more effectively, particularly when it comes to ethical principles governing decision- making. A company’s failure to conform to internationally recognised standards of business ethics on matters such as bribery and corruption, can increase its risk of facing investigation, litigation and fines. This could undermine its license to operate, and affect its reputation and image.

 

We expect companies to have policies in place to support the following:

 

Ethics at the heart of the organisation’s governance.

 

A zero-tolerance policy on bribery and corruption.. How people are rewarded, as pay can influence behaviour.

 

Respect for human rights.

 

Tax transparency.

 

Ethical training for employees.

 

Where we have serious concerns regarding a board’s actions, or inaction, related to business ethics we will consider taking voting action on an appropriate resolution.

 

Environmental & Social Resolutions

 

We will review any resolution at company meetings we have identified as covering environmental and social factors. The following will detail our overarching approach and expectations.

 

Our approach to vote analysis is consistent across active and quantitative investment strategies Review the resolution, proponent and board statements, existing disclosures, and external research. Engage with the company, proponents, and other stakeholders as required.

 

Involve thematic experts, investment analysts and other specialists, as needed, in our in decision-making to harness a wide range of expertise and address material factors in our analysis.

 

Ensure consistency by using our own in-house guidance to frame case-by-case analysis.

 

Monitor the outcomes of votes.

 

Follow-up with on-going engagement as required.

 

Given the nature of the topics covered by these resolutions we do not apply binary voting policies. We adopt a nuanced approach to our voting research and outcomes and will consider the specific circumstances of the company concerned. Our objective is to determine the best outcome for the company in the context of the best outcome for our clients. There may be instances where we welcome the spirit of a resolution, but other factors preclude our support for the proposal. For example, where the wording is overly prescriptive or ambiguous, when suggested implementation is overly burdensome or where the proposal strays too close to the board’s responsibility for setting the company’s strategy.

 

Management Proposals

 

We are supportive of the steps being taken by companies to provide transparent, detailed reporting of their sustainability strategies and targets. While shareholder proposals on environmental and social topics have been common on AGM agendas for several years, an increasing number of companies are presenting management proposals, such as so called ‘say on climate’ votes, for shareholder approval. While we welcome the intention of accountability behind these votes, we have reservations about the potential for them to limit the scope for subsequent investor challenge, increase a company’s exposure to litigation, and diminish the direct responsibility and accountability of the board and individual directors. We believe it is the role of the board and the executive to develop and apply strategy, including sustainability strategies, and we will continue to use existing voting items to hold boards to account on the implementation of these strategies. As active investors we also regularly engage with investee companies on sustainability topics and find this dialogue to be the best opportunity to provide feedback.

 

We will review the appropriateness of ‘say on climate’ votes and consider if other voting mechanisms should be applied to ensure both boards and executives apply appropriate rigour to the oversight and delivery of a company’s climate approach.

 

 

 

 

Shareholder Proposals

 

The vast majority of resolutions focused on environmental and social issues are filed by shareholders. The following provides an overview of some of the factors we consider when assessing the most prevalent themes for shareholder proposals.

 

Climate

 

We do not evaluate a company’s climate strategy in isolation. Our approach recognises the links between corporate governance, strategy and climate approach. Where a company’s operational response to climate change has significant shortcomings, the effectiveness of board oversight and corporate governance may also be called into question.

 

We use a range of mechanisms to evaluate whether companies appear to be fulfilling their climate commitments. Through engagement and voting we seek to work with companies, in the context of their local market and sector, to encourage robust methodologies underpinned by targets and, where required, improved reporting and disclosure in alignment with the TCFD framework. We also encourage companies to carefully manage climate-related lobbying. Ensuring appropriate oversight and disclosure of direct and indirect lobbying activities can help companies reduce the risk of misalignment with corporate strategy.

 

The Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosure (TNFD) was established to develop and deliver a risk management and disclosure framework. While it is not currently mandatory, the TNFD framework is likely to become the default standard for disclosure of naturebased risks. Aberdeen is supportive of TNFD and will generally support proposals asking for companies to report in line with it, taking into consideration best practice for the local market and sector. In addition, we encourage companies to consider their disclosure and reporting on natural capital as we believe better disclosure can support our analysis of financially material nature-related risks and opportunities.

 

Nature and Biodiversity

 

For investors, the risks and opportunities associated with the use of natural capital (the world’s natural resources, which underpin our economy and society) are becoming increasingly financially material. However, company reporting on these issues, and how they are managed, has historically been poor and difficult to compare.

 

We have seen an increase in resolutions concerning biodiversity and nature in recent years. The focus of these resolutions has varied; however, the main themes are evaluation of scenarios for plastic demand and associated financial implications, waste and the circular economy, and increased disclosure of environmental policies.

 

Artificial Intelligence

 

As Artificial Intelligence (AI) technologies quickly evolve, Aberdeen’s objective is to work with the companies in which we invest to encourage a future where AI delivers sustainable benefits for shareholders and other stakeholders. Heightened investor scrutiny of AI practices has become evident in shareholder resolutions filed at the annual meetings of companies - from technology giants to entertainment businesses.

 

Resolutions typically request a report on the use of AI and any ethical guidelines adopted by companies, enhanced disclosure regarding board oversight, or further information about the mitigation of AI-generated misinformation. Our voting approach builds upon the principles that we believe will support positive and sustainable outcomes for our investee companies. We encourage companies to focus on implementing robust governance and oversight, clear ethical guidelines, appropriate due diligence, and sufficient transparency. Where AI is likely to have significant impact on operations and labour relations, we believe it is prudent for companies to demonstrate a responsible approach at the earliest opportunity. Collaborating with the workforce can enable companies to mitigate negative outcomes and avoid costly disruption to labour relations. As technology develops, we believe these issues will remain crucial to the responsible development and use of AI.

 

Human Rights

 

Aberdeen believes that poor oversight of human rights can have a material impact on long-term value creation and cause avoidable harm. Resolutions concerning human rights are filed with companies operating in a broad range of sectors and focus on operations and supply chains in regions with a poor record of protecting human rights.

 

As a supporter of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, we expect companies to demonstrate how human rights due diligence is conducted across operations, services, product use and the supply chain. Companies can have a significant impact on human rights directly through operations and provision of services, and indirectly through product use and the supply chain. When analysing a company’s approach to human rights, we will assess its existing policies to decide if voting action would enhance its approach and benefit the company and shareholders. Where we believe sufficient disclosure and due diligence are already in place, we may vote against a proposal to avoid unnecessary and unduly burdensome reporting. We are usually not supportive of resolutions that seek to dictate where and to whom companies can sell products and services or other resolutions which may be considered unduly prescriptive.

 

 

 

 

Political Disclosure

 

Corporate lobbying and political contributions disclosure continues to be a recurrent theme of shareholder resolutions, particularly in the US. These proposals typically encompass direct lobbying undertaken by the company and indirect lobbying undertaken by trade associations and other organisations of which it is a member or supporter. Proposals may also request the disclosure of more information regarding the process and rationale for political contributions. We expect companies to make transparent, consolidated disclosures of direct and indirect lobbying and political expenditure. We have seen progress in this area and will carefully consider whether additional disclosure is in the interest of the company and its shareholders.

 

Diversity, Equity & Inclusion

 

Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DEI) is a major theme for shareholder resolutions. In recent years resolutions have focused on pay gap reporting, racial equity audits, disclosure of DEI metrics and assessments of the efficacy of DEI programmes.

 

We are generally supportive of shareholder proposals for disclosure of standardised DEI metrics and pay gap reporting. Such disclosures can support assessments of how companies are addressing opportunity and inclusion. We will, however, consider whether companies are allowed sufficient discretion to report on pay gaps in a way that adequately reflects the demographic and legal variations between jurisdictions.

 

A racial equity or civil rights audit is an independent analysis of a company’s business practices designed to identify aspects that may have a discriminatory effect. In applicable geographies, we tend to support racial equity and civil rights audits in relation to internal and external DEI programmes where there could be an elevated risk of discrimination. Resolutions should allow companies to carry out audits at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable timeframe. We carefully consider a company’s existing disclosure to ensure that proposals requesting these audits are not duplicative, prescriptive, or unduly onerous.

 

Important Information

 

This document is strictly for information purposes only and should not be considered as an offer, investment recommendation, or solicitation, to deal in any of the investments or funds mentioned herein and does not constitute investment research. Aberdeen does not warrant the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the information and materials contained in this document and expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in such information and materials.

 

Any research or analysis used in the preparation of this document has been procured by Aberdeen for its own use and may have been acted on for its own purpose. The results thus obtained are made available only coincidentally and the information is not guaranteed as to its accuracy. Some of the information in this document may contain projections or other forward looking statements regarding future events or future financial performance of countries, markets or companies. These statements are only predictions and actual events or results may differ materially. The reader must make their own assessment of the relevance, accuracy and adequacy of the information contained in this document and make such independent investigations, as they may consider necessary or appropriate for the purpose of such assessment. This material serves to provide general information and is not meant to be investment, legal or tax advice for any particular investor. No warranty whatsoever is given and no liability whatsoever is accepted for any loss arising whether directly or indirectly as a result of the reader, any person or group of persons acting on any information, opinion or estimate contained in this document. Aberdeen reserves the right to make changes and corrections to any information in this document at any time, without notice. This material is not to be reproduced in whole or in part without the prior written consent of Aberdeen .

 

Applying ESG and sustainability criteria in the investment process may result in the exclusion of securities within the universe of potential investments. The interpretation of ESG and sustainability criteria is subjective meaning that products may invest in companies which similar products do not (and thus perform differently) and which do not align with the personal views of any individual investor. Furthermore, the lack of common or harmonized definitions and labels regarding ESG and sustainability criteria may result in different approaches by managers when integrating ESG and sustainability criteria into investment decisions. This means that it may be difficult to compare strategies within ostensibly similar objectives and that these strategies will employ different security selection and exclusion criteria. Consequently, the performance profile of otherwise similar vehicles may deviate more substantially than might otherwise be expected. Additionally, in the absence of common or harmonized definitions and labels, a degree of subjectivity is required and this will mean that a product may invest in a security that another manager or an investor would not.

 

Aberdeen Group plc is registered in Scotland (SC286832) at 1 George Street, Edinburgh EH2 2LL.

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.19(d)

 

U.S. Registered Advisers

Summary of Proxy Voting Guidelines

as of October 26, 2022

 

Where clients appoint abrdn Inc. to vote proxies on their behalf, policies have been established to vote these proxies in the best interests of our clients.

 

We employ ISS as a service provider to facilitate electronic voting. We require ISS to provide recommendations based on our own set of parameters tailored to abrdns assessment and approach, but remain conscious that all voting decisions are our own on behalf of our clients. We consider ISS’s recommendations and those based on our custom parameters as input to our voting decisions. We make use of the ISS standard research and recommendations and those based on our own custom policy as input to our voting decisions. Where our analysts make a voting decision that is different from the recommendations based on our custom policy they will provide a rationale for such a decisions which will be made publicly available in our voting disclosures.

 

In order to make proxy voting decisions, an abrdn analyst assesses the resolutions at general meetings in our active investment portfolios. This analysis will be based on our knowledge of the company, but will also make use of the custom and standard recommendations provided by ISS as described above. The product of this analysis will be a final voting decision instructed through ISS and applied to all funds for which abrdn have been appointed to vote. For funds managed by a sub-adviser, we may delegate to the sub-adviser the authority to vote proxies; however, the sub-adviser will be required to either follow our policies and procedures or to demonstrate that their policies and procedures are consistent with ours, or otherwise implemented in the best interest of clients.

 

There may be certain circumstances where abrdn Inc. may take a more limited role in voting proxies. We will not vote proxies for client accounts in which the client contract specifies that abrdn Inc. will not vote. We may abstain from voting a client proxy if the voting is uneconomic or otherwise not in clientsbest interests. For companies held only in passively managed portfolios, abrdn Inc. custom recommendations provided by ISS will be used to automatically apply our voting approach; we have scope to intervene to test that this delivers appropriate results, and will on occasions intrude to apply a vote more fully in clients’ best interests. If voting securities are part of a securities lending program, we may be unable to vote while the securities are on loan. However, we have the ability to recall shares on loan or to restrict lending when required, in order to ensure all shares have voted. In addition, certain jurisdictions may impose share-blocking restrictions at various times which may prevent abrdn Inc. from exercising our voting authority.

 

We recognize that there may be situations in which we vote at a company meeting where we encounter a conflict of interest. Such situations include:

 

·Where a portfolio manager owns the holding in a personal account.

 

·An investee company that is also a segregated client.

 

·An investee company where an Executive Director or Officer of our company or that of abrdn plc or another affiliate is also a Director of that company.

 

·An investee company where an employee of abrdn plc or an affiliate or subsidiary is a Director of that company.

 

·A significant distributor of our products.

 

·Any other companies which may be relevant from time to time.

 

We have adopted procedures within our proxy voting process to identify where a conflict exists. These procedures are designed to ensure that our voting decisions are based on our clients best interests and are not impacted by any conflict.

 

The implementation of this policy, along with conflicts of interest, will be reviewed periodically by the Active Ownership team. abrdns Global ESG Principles & Voting Policies are published on our website.

 

Clients may obtain a free copy of abrdn Inc.s proxy voting policies and procedures and/or proxy voting records for their account by contacting us at (215) 405-5700. abrdn publishes ESG Principles & Voting Policies, which describe our approach to investment analysis, shareholder engagement and proxy voting across companies worldwide. There are published on our website.

 

Clients that have not granted abrdn Inc. voting authority over securities held in their accounts will receive their proxies in accordance with the arrangements they have made with their service providers.

 

Listed Company ESG Principles & Voting Policies

 

February 2023

 

Introduction

 

Active Ownership and Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) considerations are a driver of our investment process, our investment activity, our client journey and our corporate influence.

 

 

 

 

Through engagement with the companies in which we invest, and by exercising votes on behalf of our clients, we seek to improve the financial resilience and performance of our clientsinvestments. Where we believe change is needed, we endeavour to catalyse this through our stewardship capabilities.

 

Our expectations

 

As global investors, we are particularly aware that ESG structures and frameworks vary across regions. Furthermore, what we expect of the companies in which we invest varies between different stages of business development and the underlying history and nature of the company in question. We seek to understand each companys individual circumstances and so evaluate how it can best be governed and overseen. As such, we strive to apply the principles and policies set out on these pages in response to the needs of that individual company at that particular time. Our heritage as a predominantly active fund manager helps drive this bespoke approach to understanding good governance and risk management.

 

We have a clear perception of what we consider to be best practice globally as set out in this document. However we will reflect the nature of the business, our close understanding of individual companies and regional considerations, where appropriate, in our approach to applying these policies, which are not exhaustive.

 

This document has received approval from the Head of Public Markets and the Investment Vector’s Chief Sustainability Officer following consultation with various internal stakeholders.

 

Our approach to stewardship

 

We seek to integrate and appraise environmental, social and governance factors in our investment process. Our aim is to generate the best long-term outcomes for our clients and we will actively take steps as stewards and owners to protect and enhance the value of our clientsassets.

 

Stewardship is a reflection of this bespoke approach to good governance and risk management. We seek to understand each companys specific approach to governance, how value is created through business success and how investors’ interests are protected through the management of risks that materially impact business success. This requires us to play our part in the governance process by being active stewards of companies, involved in dialogue with management and non-executive directors where appropriate, understanding the material risks and opportunities including those relating to environmental and social factors and helping to shape the future success of the business.

 

We will:

 

·Take into consideration, in our investment process, the policies and practices on environmental, social and governance matters of the companies in which we invest.

 

·Seek to enhance long-term shareholder value through constructive engagement with the companies in which we invest.

 

·Actively engage with the companies and assets in which we invest where we believe we can influence or gain insight.

 

·Seek to exercise voting rights, where held, in a manner consistent with our clientslong-term best interests.

 

·Seek to influence the development of high standards of corporate governance and corporate responsibility in relation to environmental and social factors for the benefit of our clients.

 

·Communicate our Listed Company ESG Principles and Voting Policies to clients, companies and other interested parties.

 

·Be accountable to clients within the constraints of professional confidentiality and legislative and regulatory requirements.

 

·Be transparent in reporting our engagement and voting activities.

 

abrdn is committed to exercising responsible ownership with a conviction that companies adopting improving practices in corporate governance and risk management will be more successful in their core activities and deliver enhanced returns to shareholders. As owners of companies, the process of stewardship is a natural part of our investment approach as we seek to benefit from their long-term success on our clientsbehalf.

 

Engagement

 

It is a central tenet of our active investment approach that we strive to meet with the management and directors of our investee companies on a regular basis. The discussions we have cover a wide range of topics, including: strategic, operational, and ESG issues and consider the long-term drivers of value. Engagement with companies on ESG risks and opportunities is a fundamental part of our investment process. It is a process by which we can discuss how a company identifies, prioritises and mitigates its key risks and optimises its most significant opportunities. As such, we regard engagement as:

 

·Important to understanding investee companies as a whole.

 

·Helpful when conducting proper ESG analysis.

 

·Useful to maintaining open dialogue and solid relationships with companies.

 

 

 

 

·An opportunity to inflect positive change on a companys holistic risk management programme be active with our holdings rather than activist.

 

Proxy Voting

 

Proxy voting is an integral part of our active stewardship approach and we seek to exercise voting rights in a manner in line with our clientsbest interests. We seek to ensure that voting reflects our understanding of the companies in which we invest on behalf of our clients. We believe that voting is a vital mechanism for holding boards and management teams to account, and is an important tool for escalation and shareholder action.

 

This document includes our process and overarching policy guidelines which we apply when voting at general meetings. These policies are not exhaustive and we evaluate our voting on a case by case basis. As a global investment firm we recognise the importance of adopting a regional approach, taking into account differing and developing market practices. Where a policy is specific to one region this is denoted.

 

We endeavour to engage with companies regarding our voting decisions to maintain a dialogue on matters of concern.

 

Voting Process

 

In line with our active ownership approach, we review the majority of general meeting agendas convened by companies which are held in our active equity portfolios. Analysis is undertaken by a member of our regional investment teams or our Active Ownership team and votes instructed following consideration of our policies, our views of the company and our investment insights. To enhance our analysis we may engage with a company prior to voting to understand additional context and explanations, particularly where there is deviation from what we believe to be best practice.

 

To supplement our own analysis we make use of the benchmark research and recommendations provided by ISS, a provider of proxy voting services. In the UK we also make use of the Investment Associations (IA) Institutional Voting Information Service. We have implemented regional voting policy guidelines with ISS which ISS applies to all meetings in order to produce customised vote recommendations. These custom recommendations help identify resolutions which deviate from our expectations. They are also used to determine votes where a company is held only in passive funds. Within our custom policies, however, we do specify numerous resolutions which should be referred to us for active review. For example we will analyse all proposals marked by ISS as environmental or social proposals.

 

While it is most common for us to vote in line with a boards voting recommendation we will vote our clientsshares against resolutions which are not consistent with their best interests. We may also vote against resolutions which conflict with local governance guidelines, such as the IA in the UK. Although we seek to vote either in favour or against a resolution we do make use of an abstain vote where this is considered appropriate. For example we may use an abstention to acknowledge some improvement, but as a means to reserve our position in expectation that further improvement is needed before we can vote in favour. Where we vote against a resolution we endeavour to inform companies of our rationale.

 

In exceptional circumstances we may attend and speak at a shareholder meeting to reinforce our views to the companys board.

 

We endeavour to vote all shares for which we have voting authority. We may not vote when there are obstacles to do so, for example those impacting liquidity, such as share- blocking, or where there is a significant conflict of interest. We use the voting platform of ISS to instruct our votes. Where we lend stock on behalf of clients, and subject to the terms of client agreements, we hold the right to recall shares where it is in clientsinterests and we take the view that it will impact the final vote to maintain full voting weight on a particular meeting or resolution.

 

Our votes are disclosed publicly on our website one day after a general meeting has taken place.

 

Strategy

 

We invest in companies to create the best outcome for our clients. Companies must be clear about the drivers of their business success and their strategy for maintaining and enhancing it. Investment is a forward-looking process; we seek to understand the opportunity for a business and its scope for future value-creation over the long term. In order to do this, we need clarity on past business delivery and its drivers, and on the effective track record of management; we require honest and open reporting to build confidence in that track record. We seek confidence that companies and their management can maintain their competitive positioning and operational performance and subsequently enhance returns for investors. A clear strategy and clarity about the drivers of operational success provides the lens through which we will consider most corporate issues, not least assessing performance and risk management.

 

·We will consider voting against executive or non-executive directors if we have serious concerns regarding the oversight or implementation of strategy.

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors

 

We believe effective board governance promotes the long-term success and value creation of the company. The board should be responsible for establishing the companys purpose and strategy, overseeing management in their implementation of strategy and performance against objectives. The board should ensure a strong framework of control and risk oversight, including material ESG risks. The board should assess and monitor culture and be engaged with the workforce, shareholders and wider society.

 

Board Composition

 

Effective decision making requires a mix of skills around the table and constructive debate between diverse and different-minded individuals. A range of skills, experience and perspectives should be drawn together on the board. These include industry knowledge, experience from other sectors and relevant geographical knowledge. Independence of thought plays a crucial role in the ability of a board to generate the debate and discussion that will challenge management, help enhance business performance and improve decision-making. Board assessments will help the board ensure it has the necessary mix of skills, diversity and quality of individuals to address the current risks and opportunities the company faces. Unitary boards should comprise an appropriate combination of executive and non-executive directors such that no group of individuals dominates decision-making. We expect the size of the board to reflect the size, nature and complexity of the business. We also expect regular internal and external board evaluations which include an assessment of board composition and effectiveness.

 

Leadership

 

Running businesses effectively for the long term requires effective collaboration and cooperation, with no individual or small group having unfettered powers. Nor should they have dominant influence over the way a business is run or over major decisions about its operations or future. There should be a division of responsibility between board leadership and executive leadership of the business. We believe that there should be a division of roles at the top of the organisation, typically between a Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and an independent Chair.

 

·We will consider supporting the re-election of an existing Chair & CEO role combination, recognising that this remains common in certain geographies. In reviewing on a case by case basis we will take account of the particular circumstances of the company and consider what checks and balances are in place, such as the presence of a strong Senior Independent Director with a clear scope of responsibility.

 

·We will generally oppose any re-combination of the roles of CEO and Chair, unless the move is on a temporary basis due to exceptional circumstances or other mitigating factors.

 

·We will generally oppose any move of a retiring CEO to the role of Chair.

 

Independence

 

Companies should be led and overseen by genuinely independent boards. When looking at board composition we generally expect to see a majority of independent directors, with boards identifying their independence classifications in the Annual Report. It is preferable to see an identified Senior Independent Director (SID) on the board, who will lead the appraisal of and succession planning for the Chair. We expect SIDs to meet with investors and be a point of contact for escalating concerns if required.

 

In assessing a directors independence we will have due regard for whether a director:

 

(I)Has been an employee of the company within the last five years.

 

(II)Has had within the last three years a material business relationship with the company.

 

(III)Has received remuneration in addition to director fees or participates in the companys option or variable incentive schemes, or is a member of the companys pension scheme.

 

(IV)Has close family ties with any of the companys advisers, directors or senior employees.

 

(V)Holds cross-directorships or has significant links with other directors through involvement in other companies or bodies.

 

(VI)Represents a significant shareholder.

 

(VII)Has served on the board for more than 12 years (or 9 for UK companies).

 

·We will consider voting against the re-election of non-independent directors if the board is not majority independent (excluding employee representatives). In doing so we will have regard for whether a company is controlled and the nature of the non-independence for example, we are unlikely to vote against shareholder representatives unless their representation is disproportionate to their shareholding.

 

Succession Planning & Refreshment

 

Regular refreshment of the non-executive portion of a board helps draw in fresh perspectives, not least in the context of changes to business and emerging opportunities and risks. It also helps limit the danger of group-think. Thoughtful and proactive succession planning is therefore needed for board continuity, to ensure that a board is populated by individuals with an appropriate mix of skills, experience and perspective. We expect the board to implement a formal process for the recruitment and appointment of new directors, and to provide transparency of this in the Annual Report.

 

 

 

 

·We will vote against non-executive directors where there are concerns regarding board refreshment or excessive tenure. Where there are directors who have served for over 12 years on a board which has seen no refreshment in 3 years (2 in UK), we will generally vote against their re-election. If a director has served for over 15 years we will generally vote against their re-election. We will, however, consider the impact on board continuity and the companys succession planning efforts prior to doing so. We may not apply the tenure limit to directors who are founders or shareholder representatives.

 

Diversity

 

We believe that companies that make progress in diversity and inclusion (D&I) are better positioned for long-term sustainability and outperformance. Diversity of thought, paired with a culture of inclusion, can help companies to tackle increasingly complex challenges and markets. We expect boards to report on how they promote D&I throughout the business and believe that setting targets is important to addressing imbalances. We recognise the importance of adopting a regional approach to diversity and inclusion, allowing us to press for progress with appropriate consideration for the starting point. We have for several years, actively encouraged progress in gender diversity at all levels, and have expanded our scope in relation to diversity and inclusion across geographies. In respect of ethnic diversity, this is coming increasingly into focus as we encourage boards to progress in ensuring that their composition reflects their employee and customer bases.

 

Our regional specific policies are below. In determining our votes we will take account of mitigating factors, such as the sudden departure of a female board member. We will also consider any clear progress being made by the company on diversity and any assurance that diversity shortfalls will soon be addressed.

 

Gender Diversity

 

·UK: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair of FTSE 350 companies if the board is not comprised of at least one third female directors. For smaller companies, we will take this action if the board does not include at least one female director.

 

·Europe: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair of LargeCap companies if the supervisory board is not comprised of at least 30% female directors, or is not in line with the local standard if higher. For smaller companies, we will take this action if the supervisory board does not include at least one female director.

 

·Australia: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair of ASX300 companies if the board is not comprised of at least 30% female directors.

 

·North America: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair of LargeCap companies if the board is not comprised of at least 30% female directors. For smaller companies, we will take this action if the board does not include at least one female director

 

Ethnic Diversity

 

·UK: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair at the boards of FTSE 100 companies, if the board does not include at least one member from an ethnic minority background. This is in line with targets set up by the Parker Review.

 

·US: We will generally vote against the Nomination Committee Chair at the boards of S&P 1500 & Russell 3000 companies if the board does not include at least one member from a racial or ethnic minority background.

 

DirectorsTime Commitment

 

Individual directors need sufficient time to carry out their role effectively and therefore we seek to ensure that all directors maintain an appropriate level of overall commitments such that allows them to be properly diligent.

 

·We will consider opposing the election or re-election of any director where there is a concern regarding their ability to dedicate sufficient time to the role. In making this assessment we will have regard for the ISS classification of overboarding.

 

·We will generally oppose the re-election of any director who has attended fewer than 75% of board meetings in two consecutive years.

 

Board Committees

 

Boards should establish committees, populated by independent and appropriately skilled non-executive directors, to oversee (as a minimum) the nomination, audit and remuneration processes. It may also be appropriate for additional committees to be established, such as a risk or sustainability committee. These committees should report openly on an annual basis about their activities and key decisions taken.

 

·We will consider voting against committee members if we have concerns regarding the composition of a committee.

 

Nomination Committee

 

This committee has responsibility for leading the process for orderly non-executive and senior management succession planning and recruitment, and for overseeing the composition of the board including skillset, experience and diversity. We expect the committee to be comprised of a majority of independent directors with an independent Chair.

 

 

 

 

·We will consider voting against the re-election of the Nomination Committee Chair if we have concerns regarding the composition of the board or concerns regarding poor succession planning.

 

Audit Committee

 

This committee has responsibility for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, reviewing the companys internal financial controls and risk management systems, reviewing the effectiveness of the company’s internal audit function and appointing auditors. While we prefer the committee to be wholly independent, at minimum we expect the committee to be comprised of a majority of independent directors with an independent Chair and at least one member having recent and relevant financial experience.

 

·We will generally vote against the re-election of the Audit Committee Chair if at least one member of the Committee does not have recent and relevant financial experience.

 

Remuneration Committee

 

This committee is responsible for determining the policy and setting remuneration for executive and non-executive directors. The committee should ensure that remuneration is aligned with strategy and company performance and should clearly demonstrate regard for the companys employees, for wider society and be cognisant of the companys licence to operate when considering policy and the overall level of remuneration. We expect remuneration committees to be robust in their approach to developing and implementing remuneration policies, with formal and transparent procedures for developing policies and for determining remuneration packages. Remuneration committees should be comprised of a majority of independent directors with an independent Chair and we expect members to have appropriate experience and knowledge of the business. No executive should be involved in setting their own remuneration.

 

·Where we have significant concerns regarding the companys remuneration policy or reward outcomes we may escalate these concerns through a vote against the Chair or members of the Remuneration Committee.

 

Director Accountability

 

We expect to be able to hold boards to account through engagement and regular director re-elections and directors should feel that they are accountable to investors. We encourage individual, rather than bundled, director elections. While our preference is for directors to be subject to re-election annually, we expect re-elections to take place at least every three years. Lengthier board mandates, while not uncommon in some markets, risk divorcing directors from an appropriate sense of accountability. Directors and management should make themselves available for discussions with major shareholders as we expect to have open dialogue to share our perspectives and gain confidence that the individuals are carrying out their roles with appropriate vigour and diligence. A further important element of director accountability to shareholders is that investors should have the right, both formal and informal, to propose and promote individual directors to be considered for election to the board by all shareholders.

 

·We will generally oppose the re-election of non- independent NEDs who are proposed for a term exceeding three years. We may not apply this to directors who are shareholder representatives.

 

·Where we have significant concerns regarding a board members performance, actions or inaction to address issues raised we may vote against their re-election.

 

·We may vote against directors who decline appropriate requests for meeting without a clear justification.

 

·Where a director has held a position of responsibility at a company which has suffered a material governance failure, we will consider whether we are comfortable to support their re-election at other listed companies.

 

·We will generally support resolutions to discharge the supervisory board or management board members unless we have serious concerns regarding actions taken during the year under review. Where there is insufficient information regarding allegations of misconduct, we may prefer to abstain. In exceptional circumstances we may vote against the discharge resolution to reflect serious ESG concerns if there is not another appropriate resolution.

 

·We will not support the election of directors who are not personally identified but are proposed as corporations.

 

Reporting

 

A companys board should present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the companys position and prospects – financial and non-financial – and of how it has fulfilled its responsibilities. We support the principle of full disclosure of relevant and useful information, subject to issues of commercial confidentiality and prejudice. Boilerplate disclosure should be avoided. We encourage companies to consider using the appropriate globally developed standards and would particularly encourage the use of those created by the Taskforce for Climate related Financial Disclosure (TCFD), the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC), the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) and the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). Audited reporting and financial numbers should be published ahead of any relevant shareholder meetings. We continue to monitor the evolving reporting landscape and consider new reporting developments as they emerge, either voluntary or regulatory.

 

·We may consider voting against a companys Annual Report & Accounts if we have concerns regarding timely provision or disclosure.

 

 

 

 

Political Donations & Lobbying

 

Companies should be consistent in their public statements and not undermine these in private commentary to market participants or to politicians and regulators. We welcome transparency from companies about their lobbying activities and believe that good companies have nothing to hide in this respect. Similarly we encourage transparency of any political donations that companies deem appropriate and we expect a clear explanation of why such donations are an appropriate use of corporate funds.

 

Risk & Audit

 

The board is responsible for determining the companys risk appetite, establishing procedures to manage risk and for monitoring the company’s internal controls. We expect boards to conduct robust assessments of the company’s material risks and report to shareholders on risks, controls and effectiveness. The introduction of global accounting standards has led to much greater investor confidence in the accounts produced by companies around the world. It has also assisted in creating consistency of reporting across companies, enabling fairer comparisons between different operating businesses. We therefore encourage companies seeking international investment to report under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) or US GAAP. As a firm abrdn supports the continued development of high quality global accounting standards.

 

An independent audit, delivered by a respected audit firm, is a required element for investor confidence in reporting by companies. We strongly favour meaningful, transparent and informative auditor reports, giving us additional insights into the audit process and accounting outcomes. Audit fees must be sufficient to pay for an appropriately in-depth assurance process. We would be concerned if a company sought to make savings in this respect as the cost in terms of damage to audit effectiveness and confidence in the companys accounts would be much more substantial.

 

The independence of the auditor and the standard of their work, particularly in challenging management, should be subject to regular assessment that is appropriately disclosed. Even when individuals carrying out the audit are refreshed, we believe that the independence of the audit firm erodes over time and we will encourage a tender process and change of audit firm where an engagement has lasted for an extended period. In order to demonstrate the level of independence, companies should not have the same audit firm in place for more than 20 years.

 

The relationship with the auditor should be mediated through the audit committee. Where we are significant shareholders, we expect to be consulted on plans to tender and replace auditors.

 

·We will generally vote against the re-election of an auditor which has a tenure of 20 years or over, if there are no plans for rotation in the near term.

 

·We will consider voting against the auditors if we have concerns regarding the accounts presented or the audit procedures used.

 

·We will vote against the approval of auditor fees if we have concerns regarding the level of fees or the balance of non-audit and audit fees.

 

Remuneration

 

Remuneration policies and the overall levels of pay should be aligned with strategy, attracting and retaining talent and incentivising the decisions and behaviours needed to create long-term value. The component parts of remuneration should be structured so as to link rewards to corporate and individual performance and they should be considered in the context of the remuneration policies when taken as a whole. We recognise the benefits of simplicity in forming the policy, which should clearly link outcomes and expectations for those receiving the remuneration, as well as external stakeholders. The structure should be transparent and understandable.

 

A companys annual report should contain an informative statement of remuneration policy which communicates clearly to stakeholders how it has developed and evolved. This should include details of any stress testing that may have been undertaken to understand the policy outcomes for different business scenarios. The remuneration committee should provide a clear description of the application of policy and the outcomes achieved.

 

Base salary should be set at a level appropriate for the role and responsibility of the executive. We discourage increases which are driven by peer benchmarking, and expect increases to be aligned with the wider workforce. Consideration should also be given to the knock on impact to variable remuneration potential. Pension arrangements and benefits should be clearly disclosed. We generally expect pension structures to be aligned with the wider workforce.

 

A company should structure variable, performance- related pay to incentivise and reward management in a manner that is aligned with the companys sustainable performance and risk appetite over the long term. We expect all variable pay to be capped, preferably as a proportion of base salary. In the UK we expect variable pay to be capped as a proportion of salary. In other markets, if variable pay is capped at a number of shares, we expect the value of grants to be kept under review annually to ensure the value remains appropriate and is not excessive.

 

 

 

 

Performance metrics used to determine variable pay should be clearly disclosed and aligned with the companys strategy. A significant portion of performance metrics should seek to measure significant improvements in the underlying financial performance of the company. We also encourage the inclusion of non-financial metrics linked to targets which are aligned with the company’s progress on its ESG strategy. Where possible we expect these targets to be quantifiable and disclosed.

 

Variable pay arrangements should incentivise participants to achieve above-average performance through the use of challenging targets. We encourage sliding-scale performance measures and expect performance target ranges to be disclosed to enable shareholders to assess the level of challenge and pay for performance alignment. We expect annual bonus targets to be disclosed retrospectively and encourage the disclosure of long term incentive (LTI) targets at the beginning of the performance period, but at minimum we expect retrospective disclosure. Where bonus or LTI targets are not disclosed due to commercial sensitivity we expect an explanation of why the targets continue to be considered sensitive retrospectively and expect some detail regarding the level of achievement vs target. Where a share price metric is being used, we expect this to be underpinned by a challenging measure of underlying performance.

 

We encourage settlement of a portion of the annual bonus in shares which are deferred for at least one year.

 

We expect settlement of long term incentives to be in shares, with rationale provided for any awards settled in cash. Long term incentives should have a performance period of no less than three years. In the UK we expect a further holding period of two years to be applied, and we encourage this in other markets.

 

We do not generally support restricted share schemes or value creation plans. We will consider supporting the use of restricted share plans which have been structured consistent with the guidelines of the Investment Association.

 

We expect appropriate malus and clawback provisions to be applied to variable remuneration plans.

 

We expect shareholding guidelines to be adopted for executive directors and encourage the adoption of post-departure shareholding guidelines.

 

We expect details of any use of discretion to be disclosed and its use should be justifiable, appropriate and clearly explained. We would expect policies to be sufficiently robust so that discretion is only necessary in exceptional circumstances. We do not generally support exceptional awards, and are particularly sensitive to such awards being granted to reward a corporate transaction.

 

We expect executive service contracts to provide for a maximum notice period of 12 months. We will consider local best practice provisions related to severance arrangements when voting.

 

Non-executive fees should reflect the roles level of responsibility and time commitment. We do not support NEDs participation in option or performance-related arrangements. However we do support the payment of fees in shares, particularly where conservation of cash is an issue.

 

In the UK our expectations of companies are aligned with the Investment Associations Principles of Remuneration.

 

Where significant changes to remuneration arrangements are being considered, we would expect remuneration committees to consult with their largest shareholders prior to finalising any changes. Where any increase to variable remuneration is proposed, we would expect this to be accompanied by a demonstrable increase in the stretch of the targets. Furthermore we expect any increases to remuneration to be subject to shareholder approval.

 

In response to the issues arising from the cost of living crisis being experienced by many people in the UK, we expect companies to focus any additional help towards those members of the workforce who need it most. We expect Remuneration Committees to take into account factors arising from the cost of living crisis when deliberating over executive pay outcomes. We would be concerned by reputational issues arising from decisions made in these unusual circumstances and may make this a factor in our voting decisions at relevant AGMs.

 

In line with the expectations set out above we will generally vote against the appropriate resolution(s) where:

 

·We consider the overall reward potential or outcome to be excessive.

 

·A significant increase to salary has been granted which is not aligned with the workforce or is not sufficiently justified.

 

·A significant increase to performance-related pay has been granted which is not sufficiently justified, is not accompanied by an increase in the level of stretch required for achievement or results in the potential for excessive reward.

 

·There is no appropriate cap on variable incentive schemes.

 

·Performance targets for annual bonus awards are not disclosed retrospectively and the absence of disclosure is not explained.

 

·Performance targets for long term incentive awards are not disclosed up front and there is no compelling explanation regarding the absence of disclosure or a commitment to disclose retrospectively.

 

·Performance targets are not considered sufficiently challenging, either at threshold, target or maximum.

 

·Relative performance targets allow vesting of awards for below median performance.

 

 

 

 

·Retesting provisions apply.

 

·Incentives that have been conditionally awarded have been repriced or performance conditions changed part way through a performance period.

 

·We have concerns regarding the use of discretion or the grant of exceptional awards.

 

·Pension arrangements are excessive.

 

·Pension arrangements are not aligned with the wider workforce (UK).

 

Investor Rights

 

The interests of minority shareholders must be protected and any major, or majority, investor should not enjoy preferential treatment. The structure of ownership or control should minimise the potential for abuse of public shareholders.

 

Corporate Transactions

 

Companies should not make significant changes to their structure or nature without being fully transparent to their investors. Shareholders should have the opportunity to vote on significant corporate activity, such as mergers and acquisitions. Where a transaction is with a related party, only independent shareholders should have a vote. Even in markets where no vote is given to shareholders in these circumstances, investors need transparent disclosure of the reasons for any such major change. Companies should expect that shareholders may want to discuss and debate proposed developments

 

Diversification beyond the core skills of the business needs to be justified as it is more often than not a distraction from operational performance. All major deals need to be clearly explained and justified in the context of the pre- existing strategy and be subject to shareholder approval.

 

We will vote on corporate transactions on a case by case basis.

 

Dividends

 

We will generally support the payment of dividends but will scrutinise the proposed level where it appears excessive given the companys financial position.

 

Share Capital

 

The board carries responsibility for prudent capital management and allocation.

 

Share Issuance

 

We will consider capital raises which are proposed for a specific purpose on a case by case basis but recognise that it can be beneficial for companies to have some general flexibility to issue shares to raise capital. However we expect issuances to be limited to the needs of the business and companies should not issue significant portions of shares unless offering these on a pro-rata basis to existing shareholders to protect against inappropriate dilution of investments.

 

·Where a company seeks a general authority to issue shares we generally expect this to be limited to 25% of the companys share capital for pre- emptive issuances. In the UK we are aligned with the guidance of the Investment Association Share Capital Management Guidelines.

 

·Where a company seeks a general authority to issue shares we generally expect this to be limited to 10% of the companys share capital for non-pre-emptive issuances. In the UK we are aligned with the guidance of the Investment Association Share Capital Management Guidelines and those of the Pre-Emption Group.

 

·We will not generally support share issuances at investment trusts unless there is a commitment that shares would only be issued at a price at or above net asset value.

 

When considering our votes we will, however, take account of the companys circumstances and any further detail regarding proposed capital issuance authorities prior to voting.

 

Following changes to the UKs Pre-Emption Group Guidelines in November 2022, which reflect an increase on previous limits, we will hold the Chair of the company accountable for any perceived misuse of the increased flexibility through a vote against their re-election.

 

Buyback

 

We recognise that share buybacks can be a flexible means of returning cash to shareholders.

 

·We will generally support buyback authorities of up to 10% of the issued share capital.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

The nature of relations particularly any related party transactions (RPTs) with parent or related companies, or other major investors, must be disclosed fully. Related party transactions must be agreed on arm’s length terms and be made fully transparent. Where they are material, they should be subject to the approval of independent shareholders.

 

·We will vote against RPTs where there is insufficient transparency of the nature of the transaction, the rationale, the terms or the views and assessment of directors and advisors.

 

 

 

 

Article/Bylaw amendments

 

While it is standard to see proposals from companies to amend their articles of association or bylaws, we will review these on a case by case basis. When doing so we expect full transparency of the proposed changes to be disclosed.

 

·We will vote against amendments which will reduce shareholder rights.

 

Anti-Takeover Defences

 

There should be no artificial structures put in place to entrench management and protect companies from takeover. The best defence from hostile takeover is strong operational delivery.

 

·We will generally vote against anti-takeover/poison pillproposals.

 

Voting Rights

 

We are strong supporters of the principle of one share, one voteand therefore favour equal voting rights for all shareholders.

 

·We will generally vote against proposals which seek to introduce or continue capital structures with multiple voting rights.

 

·We will consider voting against proposals to raise new capital at companies with multiple share classes and voting rights.

 

General Meetings

 

Shareholder meetings provide an important opportunity to hold boards to account not only through voting on the proposed resolutions but also by enabling investors the opportunity to raise questions, express views and emphasise concerns to the entire board. We may make a statement at a companys AGM as a means of escalation to reinforce our views to a company’s board.

 

We welcome the opportunity to attend meetings virtually, being of the view that this can increase participation given obstacles such as location or meeting concentration. However we are not supportive of companies adopting virtual-only meetings as we believe this format reduces accountability. Our preference is for a hybrid meeting format to balance the flexibility of remote attendance with the accountability of an in-person meeting.

 

·We will generally support resolutions seeking approval to shorten the EGM notice period to minimum 14 days, unless we have concerns regarding previous inappropriate use of this flexibility.

 

·We will generally support proposals to enable virtual meetings to take place as long as there is confirmation that the format will be hybrid, with physical meetings continuing to take place (unless prohibited by law). We expect virtual attendees to have the same rights to speak and raise questions as those attending in-person.

 

As part of strategic planning, boards need to have oversight of, and clearly articulate, the key opportunities and risks affecting the sustainability of the business model. This includes having a process for, and transparent disclosure of, potential and emerging opportunities and risks and the actions being taken to address them.

 

The effective management of risks extends to long-term issues that are hard to measure and whose timeframe is uncertain and will include the management of environmental and social issues. We use the UN Global Compacts four areas of focus in assessing how companies are performing in this area.

 

Specifically we expect companies to be able to demonstrate how they manage their exposures under the following headings.

 

The Environment

 

It is generally accepted that companies are responsible for the effects of their operations and products on the environment. The steps they take to assess and reduce those impacts can lead to cost savings and reduce potential reputational damage. Companies are responsible for their impact on the climate and they face increased regulation from world governments on activities that contribute to climate change.

 

We expect that companies will

 

·Identify, manage and reduce their environmental impacts.

 

·Understand the impact of climate change along the company value chain.

 

·Develop group-level climate policies and, where relevant, set targets to manage the impact, report on policies, practices and actions taken to reduce carbon and other environmental risks within their operations.

 

·Comply with all environmental laws and regulations, or recognised international best practice as a minimum.

 

Where we have serious concerns regarding a boards actions, or inaction, in relation to the environment we will consider taking voting action on an appropriate resolution.

 

We will use the indicators within the Carbon Disclosure Project to identify companies which are not fulfilling their climate commitments. Where appropriate we will take voting action to encourage better practice among companies which we deem to be laggards.

 

 

 

 

Labour and employment

 

Companies that respect internationally recognised labour rights and provide safe and healthy working environments for employees are likely to reap the benefits. This approach is likely to foster a more committed and productive workforce, and help reduce damage to reputation and a companys license to operate. We expect companies to comply with all employment laws and regulations and adopt practices in line with the International Labour Organization’s core labour standards. a minimum.

 

In particular, companies will:

 

·Take affirmative steps to ensure that they uphold decent labour standards.

 

·Adopt strong health and safety policies and programmes to implement such policies.

 

·Adopt equal employment opportunity and diversity policies and a programme for ensuring compliance with such policies.

 

·Adopt policies and programmes for investing in employee training and development.

 

·Adopt initiatives to attract and retain talented employees, foster higher productivity and quality, and encourage in their workforce a commitment to achieving the companys purpose.

 

·Ensure policies are in place for a companys suppliers that promote decent labour standards, and programmes are in place to ensure high standards of labour along supply chains.

 

·Report regularly on its policy and implementation of managing human capital.

 

Where we have serious concerns regarding a boards actions, or inaction, in relation to labour and employment we will consider taking voting action on an appropriate resolution.

 

Human rights

 

We recognise the impact that human-rights issues can have on our investments and the role we can play in stimulating progress. We draw upon a number of international, legal and voluntary agreements for guidance on human-rights responsibilities and compliance. Our primary sources are the International Bill of Rights and the core conventions of the International Labour Organisation (ILO), which form the list of internationally agreed human rights, and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs), which clarifies the roles of states and businesses. We encourage companies to use the UNGPs Reporting Framework and encourage disclosure in line with this guidance.

 

We expect companies to:

 

·Continually work to understand their actual and potential impacts on human rights.

 

·Establish systems that actively ensure respect for human rights.

 

·Take appropriate action to remedy any infringements on human rights.

 

Where we have serious concerns regarding a boards actions, or inaction, in relation to human rights we will consider taking voting action on an appropriate resolution.

 

Business ethics

 

As institutions of wealth and influence, companies have a significant impact on the prosperity of their local communities and the wider world. Having a robust code of ethics and ensuring professional conduct mean companies operate more effectively, particularly when it comes to ethical principles governing decision- making. A companys failure to conform to internationally recognised standards of business ethics on matters such as bribery and corruption, can increase its risk of facing investigation, litigation and fines. This could undermine its license to operate, and affect its reputation and image.

 

We expect companies to have policies in place to support the following:

 

·Ethics at the heart of the organisations governance.

 

·A zero-tolerance policy on bribery and corruption.. How people are rewarded, as pay can influence behaviour.

 

·Respect for human rights.

 

·Tax transparency.

 

·Ethical training for employees.

 

Where we have serious concerns regarding a boards actions, or inaction, related to business ethics we will consider taking voting action on an appropriate resolution.

 

We will review any resolution at company meetings which ISS has identified as covering environmental and social factors.

 

The following will detail our overarching approach and expectations.

 

Our approach to vote analysis is consistent across active and quantitative investment strategies Review the resolution, proponent and board statements, existing disclosures, and external research.

 

Engage with the company, proponents, and other stakeholders as required.

 

Involve thematic experts, regional specialists, and investment analysts in decision-making to harness a wide range of expertise and include all material factors in our analysis.

 

 

 

 

Ensure consistency by using our own in-house guidance to frame case-by-case analysis.

 

Monitor the outcomes of votes.

 

Follow-up with on-going engagement as required.

 

Given the nature of the topics covered by these resolutions we do not apply binary voting policies. We adopt a nuanced approach to our voting research and outcomes and will consider the specific circumstances of the company concerned. Our objective is not to vote in favour of all shareholder resolutions but to determine the best outcome for the company in the context of the best outcome for our clients. There are instances where we are supportive of the spirit of a resolution however there may be a reason which prevents our support for the proposal. For example, where the purpose of the resolution is unclear, where the wording is overly prescriptive, when suggested implementation is overly burdensome or where the proposal strays too closely to the boards responsibility for setting the companys strategy.

 

Management Proposals

 

We are supportive of the steps being taken by companies to provide transparent, detailed reporting of their ESG strategies and targets. While shareholder proposals on environmental and social topics have been common on AGM agenda for several years, an increasing number of companies are presenting management proposals, such as so called ‘say on climatevotes, for shareholder approval. While we welcome the intention of accountability behind these votes, we have reservations about the potential for them to limit the scope for subsequent investor challenge and diminish the direct responsibility and accountability of the board and individual directors. We believe it is the role of the board and the executive to develop and apply strategy, including ESG strategies, and we will continue to use existing voting items to hold boards to account on the implementation of these strategies. As active investors we also regularly engage with investee companies on ESG topics and find this dialogue to be the best opportunity to provide feedback.

 

We will review the appropriateness of say on climatevotes and consider if other voting mechanisms should be applied to ensure both Boards and Executives apply the appropriate rigour to initiate and deliver strategies to support the climate transition.

 

Shareholder Proposals

 

The number of resolutions focused on environmental and social (E&S) issues filed by shareholders continues to grow rapidly. The following provides an overview of some of the factors we consider when assessing the most prevalent themes for shareholder proposals.

 

Climate Change

 

We are members of the Net Zero Asset Manager Initiatives and this is reflected in our Active Ownership approach. We encourage the companies in which we invest to demonstrate a robust methodology underpinning Paris aligned goals and targets and are supportive of resolutions that will help companies to achieve this. Once a credible climate strategy is in place, we prioritise evidence of implementation over requests to re-draft strategies and targets after only a year or two.

 

A growing number of resolutions call on companies to increase the transparency of their reporting on climate- related lobbying. These proposals typically encompass direct lobbying undertaken by the company and indirect lobbying undertaken by trade associations and other organisations of which it is a member or supporter. Lobbying contrary to the objectives of the Paris Agreement is effective in creating climate policy inertia and impeding the transition to net zero economies.

 

We do not evaluate resolutions in isolation. Our approach recognises the links between corporate governance, strategy and climate approach. Where a companys operational response to climate change is inadequate, the effectiveness of board oversight and corporate governance may also be called into question.

 

We expect and encourage companies to:

 

·Demonstrate that a robust methodology underpins Paris aligned, net zero goals and targets.

 

·Set targets for absolute emission reduction, not just carbon intensity, to show a clear pathway to net zero.

 

·Report in alignment with the TCFD  framework.

 

·Link targets to remuneration and ensure they are reflected in capital expenditure and R&D plans.

 

·Carefully manage climate-related lobbying by ensuring appropriate oversight, transparent disclosure of activities, and alignment of activities with the companys strategy and publicly stated positions.

 

Diversity & Inclusion

 

Diversity & Inclusion (D&I) is an important and growing theme for shareholder resolutions. In recent years resolutions have focussed on racial equity audits, pay gap reporting, transparent disclosure of D&I metrics and assessments of the efficacy of D&I programmes.

 

A racial equity audit is an independent analysis of a companys business practices designed to identify practices that may have a discriminatory effect. We are supportive of racial equity audits in relation to internal and external D&I programmes. It is appropriate that these programmes should have KPIs and audit mechanisms in place to measure and evaluate outcomes. Some proposals request racial equity audits of provision of services. We are aware that measuring provision of service is challenging and gathering racial data on customers can be difficult and inappropriate. There are also multiple different factors that can influence service provision and which could be misconstrued as being racially motivated. We will however, support resolutions which are not unduly prescriptive and allow companies to carry out audits within a reasonable timeframe, at a reasonable cost, and excluding confidential or proprietary information.

 

 

 

 

We consider standardised gender pay gap disclosure to be an important tool for assessing how companies are addressing gender inequality. Reporting on gender pay gaps across global operations can help companies to remain ahead of the regulatory curve. It also enables them to offer better opportunities and remuneration for women around the world. We are therefore supportive of resolutions which are likely to deliver these benefits. Proposals must be carefully drafted to achieve these outcomes. For instance, in the past we have been unable to support resolutions which called for global median gender and racial pay gap reporting as it was unclear how this would reveal potential pay disparities at a local level and how it could be implemented by companies with operations in jurisdictions where collection of racial identity data is illegal.

 

In the US market we support public disclosure of EEO-1 forms by companies. The EEO-1 form details a comprehensive breakdown of workforce by race and gender according to ten employment categories. The form is submitted privately to the US Equal Employment Opportunity Commission on an annual basis. When publicly disclosed, it offers investors and other stakeholders data in a standardised and comparable form. We have used our engagement programme to ask the companies in which we invest to disclose this form for their US operations while making it central to our D&I voting approach and supporting resolutions that request it.

 

Human rights

 

As a supporter of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs), we expect companies to demonstrate how human rights due diligence is conducted across operations, services, product use and the supply chain. Companies can have a significant impact on human rights directly through operations and provision of services, and indirectly through product use and the supply chain. In recent years the sale and end-use of controversial technologies, such as facial recognition software, has emerged as a prominent theme.

 

We expect and encourage companies to:

 

·Have robust due diligence processes to assess the actual and potential human rights impacts of their operations, services, product use and supply chain.

 

·Conduct customer and supplier vetting processes commensurate with the risk of human rights abuse.

 

·Publicly disclose information about the operation of these processes and utilise the UNGPsReporting Framework. This will improve the standard and consistency of human rights reporting and enable more informed investment decision making.

 

Corporate Lobbying & Political Contributions

 

Corporate lobbying and political contributions are a recurrent theme of shareholder resolutions, particularly in the US. These proposals typically encompass direct lobbying undertaken by the company and indirect lobbying undertaken by trade associations and other organisations of which it is a member or supporter. Proposals may also request the disclosure of more information regarding the process and rationale for political contributions. We expect companies to make transparent, consolidated disclosures of direct and indirect lobbying and political expenditure. This disclosure should be underpinned by a coherent policy that: explains public policy priorities and the rationale for associated expenditure, identifies the management positions responsible for public policy engagement, and provides appropriate mechanisms for board oversight. These measures should mitigate the risks associated with corporate lobbying and political contributions, protecting the interest of shareholders and other stakeholders.

 

Nuclear Energy

 

In the Japanese market nuclear energy is a recurrent theme of shareholder resolutions. The Japanese government is seeking to reduce the nations reliance on coal and its energy strategy presents safe nuclear power generation as an important source of base-load power. In this context, resolutions which seek to limit or cease the nuclear operations of an individual company do not appear to be in the best interests of shareholders and other stakeholders. The health & safety risks associated with nuclear energy are high, must be managed carefully across the industry, and are an important consideration in our voting.

 

Important Information

 

This document is strictly for information purposes only and should not be considered as an offer, investment recommendation, or solicitation, to deal in any of the investments or funds mentioned herein and does not constitute investment research. abrdn does not warrant the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the information and materials contained in this document and expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in such information and materials.

 

 

 

 

Any research or analysis used in the preparation of this document has been procured by abrdn for its own use and may have been acted on for its own purpose. The results thus obtained are made available only coincidentally and the information is not guaranteed as to its accuracy. Some of the information in this document may contain projections or other forward looking statements regarding future events or future financial performance of countries, markets or companies. These statements are only predictions and actual events or results may differ materially. The reader must make their own assessment of the relevance, accuracy and adequacy of the information contained in this document and make such independent investigations, as they may consider necessary or appropriate for the purpose of such assessment. This material serves to provide general information and is not meant to be investment, legal or tax advice for any particular investor. No warranty whatsoever is given and no liability whatsoever is accepted for any loss arising whether directly or indirectly as a result of the reader, any person or group of persons acting on any information, opinion or estimate contained in this document. abrdn reserves the right to make changes and corrections to any information in this document at any time, without notice. This material is not to be reproduced in whole or in part without the prior written consent of abrdn.

 

Applying ESG and sustainability criteria in the investment process may result in the exclusion of securities within the universe of potential investments. The interpretation of ESG and sustainability criteria is subjective meaning that products may invest in companies which similar products do not (and thus perform differently) and which do not align with the personal views of any individual investor. Furthermore, the lack of common or harmonized definitions and labels regarding ESG and sustainability criteria may result in different approaches by managers when integrating ESG and sustainability criteria into investment decisions. This means that it may be difficult to compare strategies within ostensibly similar objectives and that these strategies will employ different security selection and exclusion criteria. Consequently, the performance profile of otherwise similar vehicles may deviate more substantially than might otherwise be expected. Additionally, in the absence of common or harmonized definitions and labels, a degree of subjectivity is required and this will mean that a product may invest in a security that another manager or an investor would not.

 

abrdn plc is registered in Scotland (SC286832) at 1 George Street, Edinburgh EH2 2LL.